As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2012
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
x Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3
Post-Effective Amendment No.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Registrants Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
COPIES TO:
Steven B. Boehm, Esq. Harry S. Pangas, Esq. Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP 1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20004-2415 Tel: (202) 383-0100 Fax: (202) 637-3593 |
John A. Good, Esq. Helen W. Brown, Esq. Bass, Berry & Sims PLC 100 Peabody Place, Suite 900 Memphis, Tennessee 38103-3672 Tel: (901) 543-5901 Fax: (888) 543-4644 |
Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. o
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
o when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).
Title of Securities Being Registered | Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2) |
Amount of Registration Fee |
||||||
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share | $ | 138,000,000 | $ | 15,815 | (3) |
(1) | Includes the underwriters option to purchase additional shares. |
(2) | Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee. |
(3) | Previously paid. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
We are a newly organized, externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act. We also intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments in middle-market companies.
The companies in which we intend to invest will typically be highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies will not be rated by national rating agencies. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating below investment grade (i.e., below BBB or Baa), which are often referred to as junk.
We are managed by Stellus Capital Management, LLC, an investment advisory firm led by the former head and certain senior investment professionals of the D. E. Shaw groups direct capital business, which was spun out of the D. E. Shaw group in January 2012. Certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management, have purchased $12.7 million of shares of our common stock at the same offering price paid by investors in this offering pursuant to a private placement transaction.
This is an initial public offering of our shares of common stock. All of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are being sold by us.
Our shares of common stock have no history of public trading. The initial public offering price per share of our common stock is $15.00 per share. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SCM. Based on an initial offering price per share of $15.00, purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $0.50 per share. See Dilution. Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. If our shares trade at a discount to our net asset value, it will likely increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering.
We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock in Risk Factors beginning on page 18 of this prospectus.
This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our common stock. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. Upon completion of this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information. This information will also be available free of charge by contacting us at 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024, Attention: Investor Relations, or by calling us collect at (713) 292-5400 or on our website at www.stelluscapital.com/SCIC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.
Per share | Total | |||||||
Public offering price | $ | 15.00 | $ | 120,000,000 | ||||
Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)(1) | $ | 0.90 | $ | 7,200,000 | ||||
Proceeds to us, before expenses(2) | $ | 14.46 | $ | 115,687,200 |
(1) | Stellus Capital Management has agreed to pay to the underwriters a portion of the sales load in an amount equal to $2.9 million, or $0.36 per share. |
(2) | We estimate that we will incur offering expenses of approximately $835,500, or approximately $0.10 per share, in connection with this offering. Stellus Capital Management has agreed to pay any offering expenses that exceed $835,500. |
The underwriters may purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 shares from us at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, we will pay a sales load of $5.0 million and Stellus Capital Management has agreed to pay a sales load of $3.3 million. The total proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $133.0 million.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or before November 13, 2012.
Joint Book-Running Managers
RAYMOND JAMES | STIFEL NICOLAUS WEISEL |
Co-Lead Managers
BAIRD | OPPENHEIMER & CO. |
Co-Managers
JANNEY MONTGOMERY SCOTT | STERNE AGEE |
The date of this prospectus is , 2012
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law.
Through and including December 8, 2012 (25 days after the date of the prospectus), U.S. federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read the more detailed information set forth under Risk Factors and the other information included in this prospectus carefully.
Except as otherwise indicated, the terms:
| we, us and our refer to Stellus Capital Investment Corporation; |
| Stellus Capital Management refers to our investment adviser and administrator, Stellus Capital Management, LLC; and |
| the D. E. Shaw group refers collectively to the activities and operations of D. E. Shaw & Co., L.P. and its associated investment funds and affiliated entities. |
We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act, and as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We were recently formed to originate and invest primarily in private middle-market companies (typically those with $5.0 million to $50.0 million of EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization)) through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. We expect to source investments primarily through the extensive network of relationships that the principals of Stellus Capital Management have developed with financial sponsor firms, financial institutions, middle-market companies, management teams and other professional intermediaries. The companies in which we intend to invest will typically be highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies will not be rated by national rating agencies. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating below investment grade (i.e., below BBB or Baa), which are often referred to as junk. Our investment activities will be managed by our investment adviser, Stellus Capital Management, a newly formed investment advisory firm led by the former head and certain senior investment professionals of the D. E. Shaw groups direct capital business, which was spun out of the D. E. Shaw group in January 2012. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has worked together at several companies and has invested approximately $5.4 billion of capital in middle-market companies while at the D. E. Shaw group.
Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation by:
| accessing the extensive origination channels that have been developed and established by the Stellus Capital Management investment team that include long-standing relationships with private equity firms, commercial banks, investment banks and other financial services firms; |
| investing in what we believe to be companies with strong business fundamentals, generally within our core middle-market company focus; |
| focusing on a variety of industry sectors, including business services, energy, general industrial, government services, healthcare, software and specialty finance; |
| directly originating transactions rather than participating in broadly syndicated financings; |
| applying the disciplined underwriting standards that the Stellus Capital Management investment team has developed over their extensive investing careers; and |
| capitalizing upon the experience and resources of the Stellus Capital Management investment team to monitor our investments. |
1
We expect that our investments will generally range in size from $5 million to $30 million. We may also selectively invest in larger positions, and we generally expect that the size of our larger positions will increase in proportion to the size of our capital base. Pending such investments, we may reduce our outstanding indebtedness or invest in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments with a maturity of one year or less. In the future, we may adjust opportunistically the percentage of our assets held in various types of loans, our principal loan sources and the industries to which we have greatest exposure, based on market conditions, the credit cycle, available financing and our desired risk/return profile.
In order to expedite the ramp-up of our investment activities and further our ability to meet our investment objective, shortly prior to the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC, we intend to acquire our initial portfolio from a private investment fund (the D. E. Shaw group fund) to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser and Stellus Capital Management serves as a non-discretionary sub-adviser. To the extent we would acquire the initial portfolio after the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC and the D. E. Shaw group were deemed to be our affiliate, the purchase would be a prohibited affiliated transaction under the 1940 Act, unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC. Our initial portfolio will be comprised of a portion of the loans to middle-market companies that were originated over the past three years by the Stellus Capital Management investment team during their time with the D. E. Shaw group and were selected for our initial portfolio because they are similar to the type of investments we plan to originate. Our initial portfolio includes middle-market loans that have an internal risk rating of 2 or better (e.g., investments that are performing at or above expectations and whose risks are neutral or favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment). We do not expect there to be any material difference in the future performance as compared to the historical performance of our initial portfolio or the assets retained by the D. E. Shaw group fund; however, we can provide no assurances that our initial portfolio or the assets retained by the D. E. Shaw group fund will continue to perform as they have historically. We engaged an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in our determination of the acquisition price of the initial portfolio, which was ultimately approved by our board of directors (which includes a majority of independent directors). The independent third party valuation firm that we have engaged is also the third party valuation firm engaged by the D. E. Shaw group to value the initial portfolio for the D. E. Shaw group fund in the ordinary course of such funds operations.
Shortly prior to the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC, we intend to enter into our $156 million credit facility (the Bridge Facility) with SunTrust Bank and acquire the initial portfolio. To secure the Bridge Facility and certain rights and obligations under the purchase agreement for our initial portfolio, the parties will enter into certain pledge and/or escrow arrangements pending completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Such arrangements will terminate upon completion of this offering and will be replaced by the pledge and security arrangements to be entered into in connection with the Credit Facility described below. We will acquire the initial portfolio for $165.2 million in cash and $29.2 million in shares of our common stock based on the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, or $194.4 million in total (excluding accrued interest of approximately $2.3 million). We intend to finance the cash portion of the acquisition of the initial portfolio by (i) borrowing $152.5 million under the Bridge Facility and (ii) using the $12.7 million of proceeds we received in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction to certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management, at a purchase per share equal to the initial public offering price per share. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and will terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder with the proceeds from our initial public offering. Borrowings under the Bridge Facility are expected to bear interest at the highest of (i) a prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%.
2
In addition, we have received commitments to enter into a new senior secured revolving credit facility (the Credit Facility) with SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent and lender and additional lenders which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. The Credit Facility is a syndicated multi-currency facility and expected to initially provide for borrowings up to $115 million and is expected to expire in 2016. The facility size may be increased up to $150 million, subject to certain conditions, with additional new lenders or through an increase in commitments of current lenders. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are generally expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%.
Upon the consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, our initial portfolio will include 32.4% first lien debt, 12.8% second lien debt, and 54.8% mezzanine debt at fair value, of which 67.6% is invested in fixed-rate debt and the remaining 32.4% is invested in floating rate debt. We do not believe that there are any material differences in the underwriting standards that were used to originate our initial portfolio and the underwriting standards described in this prospectus that we expect to implement going forward.
Upon the consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, the industry composition and geographic composition of our initial portfolio at fair value as a percentage of the total investments will be as follows:
Geographic Composition | Industry Composition | |
Upon the consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, the weighted average yield of the initial portfolio at its face value will be 12.99%, of which approximately 12.20% will be current cash interest. The face value of a loan refers to the principal of the loan. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all debt investments within the initial portfolio, including accretion of original issue discount.
Stellus Capital Management manages our investment activities and is responsible for analyzing investment opportunities, conducting research and performing due diligence on potential investments, negotiating and structuring our investments, originating prospective investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Stellus Capital Management is a newly formed investment advisory firm led by the former head, Robert T. Ladd, and certain senior investment professionals of the D. E. Shaw groups direct capital business, which was spun out of the D. E. Shaw group in January 2012. The Stellus Capital Management investment team was responsible for helping the D. E. Shaw group build its middle-market direct investment business until it was spun out in January 2012. The senior investment
3
professionals of Stellus Capital Management have an average of over 22 years of investing, corporate finance, restructuring, consulting and accounting experience and have worked together at several companies. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has a wide range of experience in middle-market investing, including originating, structuring and managing loans and debt securities through market cycles. The Stellus Capital Management investment team will continue to provide investment advisory services to the D. E. Shaw group with respect to a $934.7 million investment portfolio (as of September 30, 2012) in middle-market companies pursuant to sub-advisory arrangements. The D. E. Shaw group has a minority economic stake in Stellus Capital Management.
In addition to serving as our investment adviser, Stellus Capital Management is currently seeking to raise capital for a private credit fund that will have an investment strategy that is identical to our investment strategy and an energy private equity fund. We intend to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds, as defined below) where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. We believe that such co-investments may afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. We will not co-invest with the energy private equity fund, as the energy private equity fund will focus on predominantly equity-related investments and we will focus on predominantly credit-related investments.
Stellus Capital Management is headquartered in Houston, Texas, and also maintains offices in the New York City area, San Francisco, California, and the Washington, D.C. area.
We intend to originate and invest primarily in private middle-market companies through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. We believe the environment for investing in middle-market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:
Robust Demand for Debt Capital. According to Pitchbook, private equity firms raised an estimated $1.2 trillion of equity commitments from 2006 to 2011 and approximately $425 billion of this capital remained available for investment at the end of 2011. In addition, private equity deal flow continues to improve since the recession and totaled $344 billion in 2011 according to Pitchbook. Lower middle-market and middle-market private equity deals (those under $250 million in size) have dominated deal activity, accounting for more than 70% of all sponsored transactions by volume since 2004. We expect the large amount of uninvested capital commitments will drive buyout activity over the next several years, which should, in turn, create lending opportunities for us. In addition to increased buyout activity, a high volume of senior secured and high yield debt was originated in the calendar years 2004 through 2007 and will come due in the near term and, accordingly, we believe that new financing opportunities will increase as many companies seek to refinance this indebtedness.
Reduced Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe there are fewer providers of, and less capital available for financing to middle-market companies, as compared to the time period prior to the recent economic downturn. We believe that, as a result of that downturn, many financing providers have chosen to focus on large, liquid corporate loans and managing capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses. In addition, we believe recent regulatory changes, including the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Act and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel III Accords, or Basel III, have caused banks to curtail their lending to middle-market-companies. We also believe hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market as a result of reduced availability of funding for new investments. As a result, we believe that less competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity throughout the investment process.
4
Attractive Deal Pricing and Structures. We believe that the pricing of middle-market debt investments is higher, and the terms of such investments are more conservative, compared to larger liquid, public debt financings, due to the more limited universe of lenders as well as the highly negotiated nature of these financings. These transactions tend to offer stronger covenant packages, higher interest rates, lower leverage levels and better call protection compared to larger financings. In addition, middle-market loans typically offer other investor protections such as default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and information rights for lenders.
Specialized Lending Requirements. Lending to middle-market companies requires in depth diligence, credit expertise, restructuring experience and active portfolio management. We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to middle-market companies. For example, based on the experience of Stellus Capital Managements investment team, lending to middle-market companies in the United States (a) is generally more labor intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of the information available with respect to such companies, (b) requires specialized due diligence and underwriting capabilities, and (c) may also require more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender. We believe that, through Stellus Capital Management, we have the experience and expertise to meet these specialized lending requirements.
We believe that the following competitive strengths will allow us to achieve positive returns for our investors:
Experienced Investment Team. Through our investment adviser, Stellus Capital Management, we will have access to the experience and expertise of the Stellus Capital Management investment team, including its senior investment professionals who have an average of over 22 years of investing, corporate finance, restructuring, consulting and accounting experience and have worked together at several companies. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has a wide range of experience in middle-market investing, including originating, structuring and managing loans and debt securities through market cycles. We believe the members of Stellus Capital Managements investment team are proven and experienced, with extensive capabilities in leveraged credit investing, having participated in these markets for the predominant portion of their careers. We believe that the experience and demonstrated ability of the Stellus Capital Management investment team to complete transactions will enhance the quantity and quality of investment opportunities available to us.
Established, Rigorous Investment and Monitoring Process. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has developed an extensive review and credit analysis process over the past seven years within the D. E. Shaw group. Each investment that is reviewed by Stellus Capital Management is brought through a structured, multi-stage approval process. Of the over 5,000 investment transactions reviewed by Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals from 2004 through 2011 while at the D. E. Shaw group, 204, or approximately 4%, were fully approved and the transaction consummated. Stellus Capital Management will take an active approach in monitoring all investments, including reviews of financial performance on at least a quarterly basis and regular discussions with management. Stellus Capital Managements investment and monitoring process and the depth and experience of its investment team should allow it to conduct the type of due diligence and monitoring that enables it to identify and evaluate risks and opportunities.
Demonstrated Ability to Structure Investments Creatively. Stellus Capital Management has the expertise and ability to structure investments across all levels of a companys capital structure. While at the D. E. Shaw group, the Stellus Capital Management investment team invested approximately $5.4 billion across the entire capital structure in 193 middle-market companies. These investments included secured and unsecured debt and related equity securities. Furthermore, we believe that current market conditions will allow us to structure attractively priced debt investments and may allow us to incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such
5
as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption premiums, payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest or some form of equity securities.
Resources of Stellus Capital Management Platform. We will have access to the resources and capabilities of Stellus Capital Management, which has 14 investment professionals, including Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis and Overbergen, who are supported by six principals, two vice presidents and two associates. These individuals have developed long-term relationships with middle-market companies, management teams, financial sponsors, lending institutions and deal intermediaries by providing flexible financing throughout the capital structure. While at the D. E. Shaw group, the Stellus Capital Management investment team completed financing transactions with more than 90 equity sponsors and completed multiple financing transactions with 12 of those equity sponsors. We believe that these relationships will provide us with a competitive advantage in identifying investment opportunities in our target market. We also expect to benefit from Stellus Capital Managements due diligence, credit analysis, origination and transaction execution experience and capabilities, including the support provided with respect to those functions by Mr. Huskinson, who serves as our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, and his staff of five additional mid- and back-office professionals.
We intend to apply for a license to form a small business investment company subsidiary, or SBIC subsidiary; however, the application is subject to approval by the United States Small Business Administration, or the SBA, and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. The SBIC subsidiary would be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures up to a maximum of $150 million under current SBIC regulations, subject to required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary and other requirements. SBA guaranteed debentures generally have longer maturities and lower interest rates than other forms of debt that may be available to us, and we believe therefore would represent an attractive source of debt capital.
We may have conflicts of interest arising out of the investment advisory activities of Stellus Capital Management, including those described below.
Our investment strategy includes investments in secured debt (including first lien, second lien and unitranche) and mezzanine debt (including senior unsecured and subordinated debt), as well as related equity securities of private middle-market companies. Stellus Capital Management also manages, and in the future may manage, other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles that invest or may invest in assets eligible for purchase by us. For example, Stellus Capital Management is currently seeking to raise capital for a private credit fund that will have an investment strategy that is identical to our investment strategy. Stellus Capital Management also provides non-discretionary advisory services to the D. E. Shaw group, pursuant to sub-advisory arrangements, with respect to a private investment fund and a strategy of a private multi-strategy investment fund (collectively with the D. E. Shaw group fund, the D. E. Shaw group funds) to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser that have an investment strategy similar to our investment strategy. Our investment policies, fee arrangements and other circumstances may vary from those of other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management.
We intend to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. We generally will only be permitted to co-invest with such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles where the only term that is negotiated is price. However, we and Stellus Capital Management have filed an exemptive application with the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory
6
requirements and other pertinent factors. This exemptive application is still pending, and there can be no assurance that we will receive exemptive relief from the SEC to permit us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) where terms other than price are negotiated, and we offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. When we invest alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management, prior to receiving exemptive relief, we expect to make such investments consistent with Stellus Capital Managements allocation policy, which generally requires that each co-investment opportunity be allocated between us and the other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management pro rata based on each entitys capital available for investment, as determined by Stellus Capital Management. We expect that available capital for our investments will be determined based on the amount of cash on-hand, liquidity available under our financing arrangements, including the borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, existing commitments and reserves, if any, the targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or as imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. The capital available for investment for the private credit fund, investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles will generally include uncalled capital commitments, which is the aggregate amount of capital that investors in our private credit fund have committed to furnish us upon our request, as well as cash on hand. In situations where co-investment alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management, prior to receiving exemptive relief, is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, Stellus Capital Management will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. Stellus Capital Management will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on an alternating basis that will be fair and equitable over time. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Stellus Capital Management has previously invested. See Risk Factors Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us and Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.
In addition, our initial portfolio consists of 15 assets acquired from the D. E. Shaw group fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser. Stellus Capital Management provides non-discretionary advisory services with respect to the D. E. Shaw group fund pursuant to a sub-advisory arrangement. However, the D. E. Shaw group fund has retained equity investments in seven of those 12 portfolio companies. To the extent that our investments in these portfolio companies need to be restructured or that we choose to exit these investments in the future, our ability to do so may be limited if such restructuring or exit also involves an affiliate or the D. E. Shaw group fund therein because such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act in the absence of our receipt of relief from the SEC in connection with such transaction. For example, if the D. E. Shaw group fund were required to approve a restructuring of our investment in one of these portfolio companies in its capacity as an equity holder thereof and the D. E. Shaw group fund were deemed to be our affiliate, such involvement by the D. E. Shaw group fund in the restructuring transaction may constitute a prohibited joint transaction under the 1940 Act. However, we do not believe that our ability to restructure or exit these investments will be significantly hampered due to the fact that the equity investments retained by the D. E. Shaw group fund are minority equity positions and, as a result, it is unlikely that the D. E. Shaw group fund will be or will be required to be involved in any such restructurings or exits. Moreover, although we are seeking exemptive relief in relation to certain joint transactions with certain investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles affiliated with Stellus Capital Management, we do not expect that such exemptive relief will apply to the D. E. Shaw group funds sub-advised by Stellus Capital Management. See Risk Factors Our ability to sell or otherwise
7
exit investments in which affiliates of Stellus Capital Management also have an investment may be restricted and Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.
In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to Stellus Capital Management. We have entered into an investment advisory agreement with Stellus Capital Management that provides that these fees will be based on the value of our gross assets. Because these fees are based on the value of our gross assets, Stellus Capital Management will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. This fee structure may encourage Stellus Capital Management to cause us to borrow money to finance additional investments. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how Stellus Capital Management addresses these and other conflicts of interests associated with its management services and compensation. While our board of directors is not expected to review or approve each investment decision, borrowing or incurrence of leverage, our independent directors will periodically review Stellus Capital Managements services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. See Risk Factors The incentive fee structure we have with Stellus Capital Management may create incentives that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.
Stellus Capital Management may from time to time incur expenses in connection with investments to be made on our behalf and on behalf of other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management. Stellus Capital Management will allocate such expenses on a pro rata basis according to the participation in a transaction, subject to oversight by our board of directors.
Our principal executive offices are located at 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024, and our telephone number is (713) 292-5400. We maintain a website located at www.stelluscapital.com/SCIC. Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.
8
Common stock offered by us |
8,000,000 shares (or 9,200,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
10,827,276 shares (or 12,027,276 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). This includes 849,999 shares issued in a private placement to certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management, and 1,943,943 shares issued in connection with the acquisition of our initial portfolio. |
Use of Proceeds |
We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering to be approximately $114.9 million, or approximately $132.2 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated organization and offering expenses payable by us. |
We intend to use 100% of the net proceeds of this offering and together with $41.1 million of borrowings under the Credit Facility to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Facility, which we will incur in connection with the purchase of our initial portfolio. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and will terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder. Borrowings under the Bridge Facility are expected to bear interest at the highest of (i) a prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%. |
Investment Advisory Agreement |
We will pay Stellus Capital Management a fee for its services under the investment advisory agreement. This fee consists of two components: a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents. The base management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears. |
The incentive fee, which provides Stellus Capital Management with a share of the income that it generates for us, consists of two parts. The first part, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a hurdle rate of 2.0% per quarter (8.0% annualized), and is subject to a catch-up feature. The second part is calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or, upon termination of the investment advisory agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20.0% of our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such |
9
year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. See Management Agreements Management Fee and Incentive Fee. |
Pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement, and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount (OID), debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. However, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) will be paid to Stellus Capital Management, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Stellus Capital Management has agreed to permanently waive any interest accrued on the portion of the incentive fee attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID). |
Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a hurdle of 2.0% per quarter (8.0% annualized), subject to a catch-up provision incurred at the end of each calendar quarter. The incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our pre-incentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. As a result, the total return requirement acts to defer our obligation to pay our investment adviser an incentive fee to the extent that we have generated cumulative net decreases in assets resulting from operations over the trailing 12 quarters due to unrealized or realized net losses on our investments and even in the event that our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate. |
10
Our net pre-incentive fee investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee. |
See the section entitled Management Agreements for examples of how the incentive fee is calculated. |
Stellus Capital Management has agreed to waive its incentive fee for the years ending December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 to the extent required to support a minimum annual dividend yield of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis) based on our initial public offering price per share. |
New York Stock Exchange symbol |
SCM |
Trading at a discount |
Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade in the secondary market at a discount to their net asset values. We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below our net asset value per share unless we have prior stockholder approval. The risk that our shares may trade at a discount to our net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below net asset value. See Risk Factors. |
Distributions |
We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. We intend to declare our first stockholder distribution during the fourth quarter of 2012. The distribution is contingent upon the completion of this offering. The amount of any such distribution will be based on a minimum annual dividend yield of 9.0% and will be proportionately reduced to reflect the number of days remaining in the quarter after completion of this offering. |
Taxation |
We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders. To maintain our qualification as a RIC and the associated tax benefits, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains, if any, in excess of our net long-term capital losses. See Distributions. |
Leverage |
We expect to continue to use borrowed funds in order to make additional investments. We expect to use this practice, which is known as leverage, when the terms and conditions are favorable to long-term investing and well aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition in an effort to increase returns to our stockholders, but this strategy involves significant risks. See |
11
Risk Factors. With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% immediately after each such borrowing. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on Stellus Capital Managements and our board of directors assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. |
We intend to enter into the Bridge Facility in connection with the acquisition of the initial portfolio. The Bridge Facility is expected to provide for borrowings up to $156 million and must be repaid with the proceeds of our initial public offering. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and will terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder. |
In addition, we have received commitments to enter the Credit Facility, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to have approximately $58.0 million in available borrowings under the Credit Facility to finance additional investments. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into the Credit Facility on the terms contemplated by the commitment letter, or at all. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure We may be unable to enter into the Credit Facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our common stockholders will bear the costs associated with any borrowings under the Credit Facility, or to finance new investments, including increased investment advisory fees payable to Stellus Capital Management, as a result of such borrowings. See Discussion Managements Expected Operating Plans for details on our debt facilities. |
We intend to apply for a license to form an SBIC subsidiary, however, the application is subject to approval by the SBA, and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. The SBIC subsidiary would be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures up to a maximum of $150 million under current SBIC regulations, subject to required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary and other requirements. See Summary SBIC License. |
Dividend reinvestment plan |
We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders, which is an opt out dividend reinvestment plan. Under this plan, if we declare a cash distribution to our stockholders, the amount of such distribution will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless a stockholder specifically opts out of our dividend reinvestment plan. If a stockholder opts out, that stockholder will receive cash distributions. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock generally will be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as |
12
stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash, but will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any applicable taxes. See Dividend Reinvestment Plan. |
Administration Agreement |
The administration agreement requires us to reimburse Stellus Capital Management for our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of overhead and other expenses, including furnishing us with office facilities and equipment and providing clerical, bookkeeping, record keeping and other administrative services at such facilities, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. To the extent that Stellus Capital Management outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis, without incremental profit to Stellus Capital Management. See Management Agreements Administration Agreement. |
License arrangements |
We have entered into a license agreement with Stellus Capital Management under which Stellus Capital Management has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name Stellus Capital. For a description of the license agreement, see Management Agreements License Agreement. |
Custodian and transfer agent |
State Street Bank and Trust Company will serve as our custodian and our transfer and distribution paying agent and registrar. See Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar. |
Anti-takeover provisions |
Our charter and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our common stock. See Description of Capital Stock. |
Available information |
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, of which this prospectus is a part. This registration statement contains additional information about us and the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. After the completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SECs public reference room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and on the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov. Information on the operation of the SECs public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. |
We maintain a website at www.stelluscapital.com/SCIC and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information on |
13
our website is not incorporated into or part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information free of charge by contacting us in writing at 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024, Attention: Investor Relations. |
Risk Factors |
An investment in our common stock is subject to risks. The following is a summary of the principal risks that you should carefully consider before investing in shares of our common stock. In addition, see Risk Factors beginning on page 18 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. |
Neither we nor Stellus Capital Management has ever operated as or advised a business development company or a RIC, and we may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders. |
We are dependent upon key personnel of Stellus Capital Management for our future success. If Stellus Capital Management were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed. |
Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships. Any inability of Stellus Capital Management to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business. |
Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on our ability to manage our business effectively. |
There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns. |
The incentive fee structure we have with Stellus Capital Management may create incentives that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders and may induce Stellus Capital Management to make speculative investments. |
The involvement of our interested directors in the valuation process may create conflicts of interest. |
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us. |
Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to and the way in which we raise additional capital and, as a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage. |
14
We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us. We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money when we expect the return on our investment to exceed the cost of borrowing. |
Because we use debt to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income. |
Adverse developments in the credit markets may impair our ability to borrow money. |
Most of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments. |
We will be subject to corporate-level income tax and may default under our Credit Facility if we are unable to qualify or maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. |
15
The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by us or that we will pay fees or expenses, common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses.
Stockholder Transaction Expenses: |
||||
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price) | 3.59 | %(1) | ||
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price) | 0.51 | %(2) | ||
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses | None | (3) | ||
Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price) | 4.11 | % | ||
Annual Expenses (as percentage of net assets attributable to common stock): |
||||
Base management fees | 2.36 | %(4) | ||
Incentive fees payable under the investment advisory agreement | | %(5) | ||
Interest payments on borrowed funds | 1.85 | %(6) | ||
Other expenses | 1.37 | %(7) | ||
Total annual expenses | 5.59 | % |
(1) | The underwriting discount and commission with respect to shares of our common stock sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee paid to the underwriters, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering. The sales load due to the underwriters is 6.0% of the offering price. We have agreed to pay to the underwriters a sales load of 3.59% of the offering price and Stellus Capital Management has agreed to pay the remaining sales load equal to 2.41% of the offering price. We are not obligated to repay the portion of the sales load paid by Stellus Capital Management. |
(2) | Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of approximately $835,500. |
(3) | The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in Other expenses. See Dividend Reinvestment Plan. |
(4) | Our base management fee, payable quarterly in arrears, is at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed amounts or other forms of leverage (including public and private debt issuances, derivative instruments, repurchase agreements and other similar instruments or arrangements) and excluding cash and cash equivalents. |
(5) | We may have capital gains and interest income that result in the payment of an incentive fee to Stellus Capital Management in the first year after completion of this offering. However, the incentive fee payable to Stellus Capital Management is based on our performance and will not be paid unless we achieve certain goals. In addition, Stellus Capital Management has agreed to waive incentive fees for the years ending December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 to the extent required to support a minimum annual dividend yield of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis) based on our initial public offering price per share. As we cannot predict whether we will meet the necessary performance targets, we have assumed an incentive fee of 0% in this table. |
The incentive fee consists of two components, ordinary income and capital gains:
The ordinary income component, which is payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our pre-incentive fee net investment income over a 2.0% quarterly (8.0% annualized) hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, and a catch-up provision, measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser receives no incentive fee until our net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0% but then receives, as a catch-up, 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. The effect of the catch-up provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, Stellus Capital Management will receive 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. The ordinary income component of the incentive fee will be computed on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. The foregoing ordinary income component of the incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Companys pre-incentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations (as defined below) over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20.0% of the amount by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the catch-up provision, and (ii) (x) 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations is the sum of pre-incentive fee net investment income, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to Stellus Capital Management, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such accounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter, and accordingly, there is no clawback of
16
amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle, and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle.
The capital gains component of the incentive fee will equal 20.0% of our Incentive Fee Capital Gains, if any, which will equal our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The second component of the incentive fee will be payable, in arrears, at the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the year ending December 31, 2012, provided that the capital gains component of the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2012 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2012. We will record an expense accrual relating to the capital gains component of the incentive fee payable by us to Stellus Capital Management when the unrealized gains on our investments exceed all realized capital losses on our investments given the fact that a capital gains incentive fee would be owed to Stellus Capital Management if we were to liquidate our investment portfolio at such time. The actual incentive fee payable to our investment adviser related to capital gains will be determined and payable in arrears at the end of each fiscal year and will include only realized capital gains for the period. See Management Agreements Management Fee and Incentive Fee.
In addition, Stellus Capital Management has agreed to waive incentive fees for the years ending December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 to the extent required to support a minimum annual dividend yield of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis) based on our initial public offering price per share. Stellus Capital Management has agreed to permanently waive any interest accrued on the portion of the incentive fee attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID).
(6) | We intend to continue to borrow funds from time to time to make investments to the extent we determine that the economic situation is conducive to doing so. The costs associated with any outstanding indebtedness are indirectly borne by our investors. The table assumes: (a) that we borrow for investment purposes up to an amount equal to 32.7% of our average total assets (average borrowing of $76.8 million out of average total assets of $234.8 million) and (b) that the interest expense, the unused fee and the one-year portion of the aggregate structuring fee is $2.9 million, based on estimated amounts for our first fiscal year. We may also issue preferred stock, subject to our compliance with applicable requirements under the 1940 Act. We do not, however, anticipate issuing preferred stock during the 12 months following our initial public offering. |
(7) | Includes organizational expenses, our overhead expenses, including payments under the administration agreement based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Stellus Capital Management. See Management Agreements Administration Agreement. |
The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed we would have $86.6 million of leverage at the end of the year, and that our annual operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above.
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return | $ | 122 | $ | 236 | $ | 347 | $ | 620 |
While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. Because the income incentive fee under our investment advisory agreement is unlikely to be significant assuming a 5% annual return, the example assumes that the 5% annual return will be generated entirely through the realization of capital gains on our assets and, as a result, will trigger the payment of a capital gains incentive fee under our investment advisory agreement. The incentive fee under the investment advisory agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or have an immaterial impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses, and returns to our investors, would be higher. This example also includes estimated offering expenses of approximately $835,500. Further, while the example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to a participant by (a) 95% of the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the payment date fixed by our board of directors or (b) the average purchase price of all shares of common stock purchased by the administrator of the dividend reinvestment plan in the event shares are purchased in the open market to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan, which may be at, above or below net asset value.
This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.
17
Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
We were formed in March 2012 and have not maintained any business operations since our formation, and Stellus Capital Management was formed and began operations in January 2012. As a result of our limited operating history, we are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially.
In addition, Stellus Capital Management has never managed a business development company. The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of business development companies and RICs that do not apply to other investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management. Business development companies are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. Neither we nor Stellus Capital Management has any experience operating or advising under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.
We will depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management to achieve our investment objective. We expect that Stellus Capital Managements team of investment professionals will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of our investment advisory agreement. We can offer no assurance, however, that Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals will continue to provide investment advice to us.
Stellus Capital Managements investment committee, which provides oversight over our investment activities, is provided to us by Stellus Capital Management under the investment advisory agreement. Stellus Capital Managements investment committee consists of three members of our board of directors, Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo and Davis, and two investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management, Messrs. Overbergen and Huskinson. The loss of any member of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee would limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
18
We depend upon Stellus Capital Management to maintain its relationships with private equity sponsors, placement agents, investment banks, management groups and other financial institutions, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If Stellus Capital Management fails to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom Stellus Capital Management has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business and to grow our investments and earnings. This will depend, in turn, on Stellus Capital Managements ability to identify, invest in and monitor portfolio companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objective on a cost-effective basis will depend upon Stellus Capital Managements execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals will have substantial responsibilities in connection with the management of other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. The personnel of Stellus Capital Management may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them from servicing new investment opportunities for us or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The members of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management. Similarly, Stellus Capital Management may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. For example, Stellus Capital Management is currently seeking to raise capital for a private credit fund that will have an investment strategy that is identical to our investment strategy. Stellus Capital Management also provides sub-advisory services to the D. E. Shaw group with respect to a private investment fund and a strategy of a private multi-strategy investment fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser that have an investment strategy similar to our investment strategy.
We intend to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. Without an exemptive order from the SEC (as described below), we generally will only be permitted to co-invest with such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles when the only term that is negotiated is price. However, we and Stellus Capital Management have filed an exemptive application with the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) in a manner consistent with our investment objective,
19
positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. This exemptive application is still pending, and we can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time, or that we will receive exemptive relief from the SEC to permit us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) where terms other than price are negotiated. When we invest alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management, prior to receiving exemptive relief, we expect to make such investments consistent with Stellus Capital Managements allocation policy, which generally requires that each co-investment opportunity be allocated between us and the other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management pro rata based on each entitys capital available for investment, as determined by Stellus Capital Management. We expect that available capital for our investments will be determined based on the amount of cash on-hand, liquidity available under our financing arrangements, including the borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, existing commitments and reserves, if any, the targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or as imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. In situations where co-investment alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management, prior to receiving exemptive relief, is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, Stellus Capital Management will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. Stellus Capital Management will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on an alternating basis that will be fair and equitable over time. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Stellus Capital Management has previously invested.
In addition, there may be times when Stellus Capital Management, members of its investment committee or its other investment professionals have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest. In particular, a private investment fund for which Stellus Capital Management provides investment advisory services may hold minority equity interests in certain of the portfolio companies in which we will hold a debt investment immediately following the completion of this offering. As a result, Stellus Capital Management, members of its investment committee or its other investment professionals may face conflicts of interest in connection with making business decisions for these portfolio companies to the extent that such decisions affect the debt and equity holders in these portfolio companies differently. In addition, Stellus Capital Management may face conflicts of interests in connection with making investment or other decisions, including granting loan waivers or concessions, on our behalf with respect to these portfolio companies given that they also provide investment advisory services to a private investment fund that holds the equity interests in these portfolio companies. Although our investment adviser will endeavor to handle these investment and other decisions in a fair and equitable manner, we and the holders of the shares of our common stock could be adversely affected by these decisions. Moreover, given the subjective nature of the investment and other decisions made by our investment adviser on our behalf, we will be unable to monitor these potential conflicts of interest between us and our investment adviser; however, our board of directors, including the independent directors, reviews conflicts of interest in connection with its review of the performance of our investment adviser.
The senior investment team and other investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management, including members of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee, may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, portfolio companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material nonpublic
20
information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.
In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to Stellus Capital Management. We have entered into an investment advisory agreement with Stellus Capital Management that provides that these fees will be based on the value of our gross assets. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a gross basis and receive distributions on a net basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on the value of our gross assets, Stellus Capital Management will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. This fee structure may encourage Stellus Capital Management to cause us to borrow money to finance additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of borrowed money may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor our stockholders.
Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how Stellus Capital Management addresses these and other conflicts of interests associated with its management services and compensation. While our board of directors is not expected to review or approve each investment decision, borrowing or incurrence of leverage, our independent directors will periodically review Stellus Capital Managements services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors will consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, Stellus Capital Management may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.
Stellus Capital Management will receive an incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, Stellus Capital Management may benefit when capital gains are recognized and, because Stellus Capital Management will determine when to sell a holding, Stellus Capital Management will control the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. As a result, our investment advisor may have a tendency to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.
Stellus Capital Management will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a threshold return for that quarter and subject to a total return requirement. The general effect of this total return requirement is to prevent payment of the foregoing incentive compensation except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. Consequently, we may pay an incentive fee if we incurred losses more than three years prior to the current calendar quarter even if such losses have not yet been recovered in full. Thus, we may be required to pay Stellus Capital Management incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an
21
incentive fee of 20.0% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.
We expect to make many of our portfolio investments in the form of loans and securities that are not publicly traded and for which no market based price quotation is available. As a result, our board of directors will determine the fair value of these loans and securities in good faith as described below in Most of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments. In connection with that determination, investment professionals from Stellus Capital Management may provide our board of directors with valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. While the valuation for each portfolio investment will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm quarterly, the ultimate determination of fair value will be made by our board of directors, including our interested directors, and not by such third party valuation firm. In addition, Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo and Davis, each an interested member of our board of directors, has a direct pecuniary interest in Stellus Capital Management. The participation of Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals in our valuation process, and the pecuniary interest in Stellus Capital Management by certain members of our board of directors, could result in a conflict of interest as Stellus Capital Managements management fee is based, in part, on the value of our gross assets, and our incentive fees will be based, in part, on realized gains and realized and unrealized losses.
We have entered into a license agreement with Stellus Capital Management under which Stellus Capital Management has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name Stellus Capital. See Management Agreements License Agreement. In addition, we have entered into an administration agreement with Stellus Capital Management pursuant to which we are required to pay to Stellus Capital Management our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Stellus Capital Management in performing its obligations under such administration agreement, such as rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and his staff. This will create conflicts of interest that our board of directors will monitor. For example, under the terms of the license agreement, we will be unable to preclude Stellus Capital Management from licensing or transferring the ownership of the Stellus Capital name to third parties, some of whom may compete against us. Consequently, we will be unable to prevent any damage to goodwill that may occur as a result of the activities of Stellus Capital Management or others. Furthermore, in the event the license agreement is terminated, we will be required to change our name and cease using Stellus Capital as part of our name. Any of these events could disrupt our recognition in the market place, damage any goodwill we may have generated and otherwise harm our business.
The investment advisory agreement and the administration agreement were negotiated between related parties. Consequently, their terms, including fees payable to Stellus Capital Management, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights and remedies under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with Stellus Capital Management and its affiliates. Any such decision, however, would breach our fiduciary obligations to our stockholders.
22
Stellus Capital Management and some of its affiliates, including our officers and our non-independent directors, are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing, another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. For example, Stellus Capital Management is currently seeking to raise capital for a private credit fund that will have an investment strategy that is identical to our investment strategy. We and Stellus Capital Management have also filed for exemptive relief from the SEC that would establish a co-investment program with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds); however, there can be no assurance if and when the SEC would grant such relief. In addition, pursuant to sub-advisory arrangements, Stellus Capital Management provides non-discretionary advisory services to the D. E. Shaw group related to a private investment fund and a strategy of a private multi-strategy investment fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser. As a result, the time and resources they could devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities.
If Stellus Capital Management is paid a higher performance-based fee from any of its other funds, it may have an incentive to devote more research and development or other activities, and/or recommend the allocation of investment opportunities, to such higher fee-paying fund. For example, to the extent Stellus Capital Managements incentive compensation is not subject to a hurdle or total return requirement with respect to another fund, it may have an incentive to devote time and resources to such other fund.
Under the investment advisory agreement, Stellus Capital Management has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement. It will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow Stellus Capital Managements advice or recommendations. Under the investment advisory agreement, Stellus Capital Management, its officers, members and personnel, and any person controlling or controlled by Stellus Capital Management will not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiarys stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misfeasance, bad faith or reckless disregard of the duties that Stellus Capital Management owes to us under the investment advisory agreement. In addition, as part of the investment advisory agreement, we have agreed to indemnify Stellus Capital Management and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the investment advisory agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misfeasance, bad faith or reckless disregard of such persons duties under the investment advisory agreement. These protections may lead Stellus Capital Management to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
23
We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate without the prior approval of our independent directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain joint transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include concurrent investments in the same portfolio company, without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person that controls us or who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that persons affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security (other than any security of which we are the issuer) from or to any portfolio company of a private fund managed by Stellus Capital Management or its affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.
We may, however, invest alongside Stellus Capital Managements investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that Stellus Capital Management, acting on our behalf and on behalf of such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside Stellus Capital Managements investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and Stellus Capital Managements allocation policy. This allocation policy provides that allocations among us and investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management and its affiliates will generally be made pro rata based on capital available for investment, as determined, in our case, by our board of directors as well as the terms of our governing documents and those of such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. It is our policy to base our determinations on such factors as: the amount of cash on-hand, existing commitments and reserves, if any, our targeted leverage level, our targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or imposed by applicable laws, rules, regulations or interpretations. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
In situations where co-investment with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management, prior to receiving exemptive relief, is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest concurrently in different securities of the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interests and those of Stellus Capital Managements clients, subject to the limitations described in the preceding paragraph, Stellus Capital Management will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. Stellus Capital Management will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on an alternating basis that will be fair and equitable over time. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Stellus Capital Management has previously invested.
We and Stellus Capital Management have filed for exemptive relief from the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that
24
it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) may afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. Accordingly, our application for exemptive relief is seeking an exemptive order permitting us to invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) in the same portfolio companies under circumstances in which such investments would otherwise not be permitted by the 1940 Act. We expect that such exemptive relief permitting co-investments, if granted, would not require review and approval of each co-investment by our independent directors. This exemptive application is still pending, and there can be no assurance if and when the SEC would grant such relief.
Pursuant to the 1940 Act, unless and until we receive exemptive relief from the SEC permitting us to do so, we may be prohibited from exiting our positions in portfolio companies in which funds affiliated with Stellus Capital Management also hold positions. As more fully described elsewhere in this prospectus, our initial portfolio consists of 15 assets once held by the D. E. Shaw group fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser and is sub-advised by Stellus Capital Management. However, the D. E. Shaw group fund has retained equity investments in seven of those 12 portfolio companies. To the extent that our investments in these portfolio companies need to be restructured or that we choose to exit these investments in the future, our ability to do so may be limited if such restructuring or exit also involves an affiliate or the D. E. Shaw group fund therein because such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act in the absence of our receipt of relief from the SEC in connection with such transaction. For example, if the D. E. Shaw group fund were required to approve a restructuring of our investment in one of these portfolio companies in its capacity as an equity holder thereof and the D. E. Shaw group fund were deemed to be our affiliate, such involvement by the D. E. Shaw group fund in the restructuring transaction may constitute a prohibited joint transaction under the 1940 Act. However, we do not believe that our ability to restructure or exit these investments will be significantly hampered due to the fact that the equity investments retained by the D. E. Shaw group fund are minority equity positions and, as a result, it is unlikely that the D. E. Shaw group fund will be or will be required to be involved in any such restructurings or exits. Moreover, although we are seeking exemptive relief in relation to certain joint transactions with certain investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles affiliated with Stellus Capital Management, we do not expect that such exemptive relief will apply to the D. E. Shaw group funds sub-advised by Stellus Capital Management.
A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make. We will compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or the source-of-income, asset
25
diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC qualification. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.
With respect to the investments we make, we will not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we will offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss. We may also compete for investment opportunities with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management. Although Stellus Capital Management will allocate opportunities in accordance with its policies and procedures, allocations to such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles will reduce the amount and frequency of opportunities available to us and may not be in the best interests of us and our stockholders. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure There are significant conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns, Conflicts related to obligations Stellus Capital Management has to other clients and Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.
To qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Because we intend to incur debt, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments will be in private or thinly-traded public companies, any such dispositions may be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses.
We anticipate that, immediately after we acquire the initial portfolio, our assets will not be sufficiently diversified to satisfy the RIC asset diversification requirements, but that we will be able to take sufficient actions to allow us to satisfy such RIC asset diversification requirements prior to the end of our quarter ending December 31, 2012. Provided that we do satisfy the asset diversification requirements as of the end of the quarter ending December 31, 2012, the failure of our portfolio to satisfy the diversification requirements immediately after the acquisition of the initial portfolio will not prevent us from qualifying as a RIC for our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. No certainty can be provided, however, that we will satisfy the asset diversification requirements or the other requirements necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate income taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to our stockholders and the amount of funds available for new investments. Furthermore, if we fail to qualify as a RIC , we may be in default under the terms of the Credit Facility. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. See Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Taxation as a RIC.
26
We may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. We intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our qualification as a RIC. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. An inability on our part to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which would have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.
We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of RIC status, compliance with applicable business development company, SBA regulations (if applicable) and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relative from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will make distributions to our stockholders in the future.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accrual of original issue discount. This may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, and increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.
Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our qualification as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax. See Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Taxation as a RIC.
Certain of our debt investments may contain provisions providing for the payment of PIK interest. Because PIK interest results in an increase in the size of the loan balance of the underlying loan, the receipt by us of PIK interest will have the effect of increasing our assets under
27
management. As a result, because the base management fee that we pay to Stellus Capital Management is based on the value of our gross assets, the receipt by us of PIK interest will result in an increase in the amount of the base management fee payable by us. In addition, any such increase in a loan balance due to the receipt of PIK interest will cause such loan to accrue interest on the higher loan balance, which will result in an increase in our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees that are payable by us to Stellus Capital Management.
We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as senior securities, up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we will be permitted as a business development company to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% of our gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous to us in order to repay a portion of our indebtedness. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss.
We have received commitments to enter the Credit Facility, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to have approximately $58.0 million in available borrowings under the Credit Facility to finance additional investments, subject to our compliance with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act described above. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into the Credit Facility on the terms contemplated by the commitment letter, or at all.
We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests, and if our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you may experience dilution.
We have received commitments to enter the Credit Facility, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to have approximately $58.0 million in available borrowings under the Credit Facility to finance additional investments, subject to our compliance with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act described above. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into the Credit Facility on the terms contemplated by the commitment letter, or at all. In the event we are unable to enter into the Credit Facility (or enter into a similar facility), our business could be adversely affected, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
28
We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money when we expect the return on our investment to exceed the cost of borrowing. The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. However, we intend to borrow from, and may in the future issue debt securities to, banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Lenders of these funds will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we may enter into with lenders. In addition, under the terms of the Credit Facility and any borrowing facility or other debt instrument we may enter into, we are likely to be required to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions with respect to our common stock or preferred stock. Our ability to service any debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, as the base management fee payable to Stellus Capital Management will be payable based on the value of our gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, Stellus Capital Management will have a financial incentive to incur leverage, which may not be consistent with our stockholders interests. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to Stellus Capital Management.
As a business development company, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings (other than potential leverage in future SBIC subsidiaries, should we receive an SBIC license(s), subject to exemptive relief) and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we will not be able to incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is otherwise disadvantageous for us to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on Stellus Capital Managements and our board of directors assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.
Illustration. The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual results may be higher or lower than those appearing below.
(10.0)% | (5.0)% | 0.0% | 5.0% | 10.0% | ||||||||||||||||
Corresponding net return to common stockholder | (15.0 | )% | (8.2 | )% | (1.4 | )% | 5.4 | % | 12.3 | % |
(1) | Assumes $214.2 million in total assets, $57.0 million in debt outstanding, $157.0 million in net assets, and an average cost of funds of 3.8%. Actual interest payments may be different. |
29
In addition, our debt facilities may impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code.
In the event we default under the Credit Facility or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell all or a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under the Credit Facility or such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under the Credit Facility or such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Because we intend to borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. There is no limit as to our ability to enter into such derivative transactions.
In addition, a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees payable to Stellus Capital Management.
The Credit Facility will be, and any future borrowing facility may be, backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will or, in the case of a future facility, may have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a guarantee and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
30
In addition, any security interests as well as negative covenants the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility may limit our ability to incur additional liens or debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. For example, under the terms of the Credit Facility, we have agreed to not incur any additional secured indebtedness other than in connection with indebtedness under the secured revolving credit facility we intend to enter into to allow us to purchase investments in U.S. Treasury Bills. In addition, we have agreed not to incur any additional indebtedness that has a maturity date prior to the maturity date of the Credit Facility. Further, if our borrowing base under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility were to decrease, we would be required to secure additional assets in an amount equal to any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make stockholder distributions.
In addition, under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility we may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. Furthermore, we expect that the terms of the Credit Facility will contain a covenant requiring us to maintain compliance with RIC provisions at all times, subject to certain remedial provisions. Thus, a failure to maintain compliance with RIC provisions could result in an event of default under the Credit Facility. An event of default under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our revenues and, by delaying any cash payment allowed to us under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility until the lenders have been paid in full, reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business and maintain our qualification as a RIC.
During the economic downturn in the United States that began in mid-2007, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited refinancing and loan modification transactions and reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. If these conditions recur (for example, as a result of a broadening of the current Euro zone credit crisis), it may be difficult for us to enter into a new borrowing facility, obtain other financing to finance the growth of our investments, or refinance any outstanding indebtedness on acceptable economic terms, or at all.
As a business development company, we may not acquire any assets other than qualifying assets unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See Regulation.
We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not
31
invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to business development companies. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If we do not maintain our status as a business development company, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.
We expect that most of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our investments. Most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 157, Fair Value Measurement, or SFAS 157 (ASC Topic 820). This means that our portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. We expect that inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments will require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We expect to retain the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these loans and securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio companys ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities.
We will adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.
We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the loans and debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such loans and securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition
32
of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.
We are and we will remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are choosing to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates and may result in less investor confidence.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm (when undertaken, as noted below), may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an emerging growth company under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our managements assessment
33
might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.
Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an emerging growth company and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, and new laws, regulations and interpretations may also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of Stellus Capital Management to other types of investments in which Stellus Capital Management may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.
Our board of directors has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
We intend to apply for license to form an SBIC subsidiary; however, the application is subject to SBA approval and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. If we receive this qualification, we will become subject to SBA regulations that may constrain our activities. We may need to make allowances in our investment activity to comply with SBA regulations. In addition, SBA regulations may impose parameters on our business operations and investment objective that are different than what we otherwise would do if we were not subject to these regulations. Failure to comply with the SBA regulations could result in the loss of the SBIC license and the resulting inability to participate in the SBA-sponsored debenture program. The SBA also limits the maximum amount that may be borrowed by any single SBIC. The SBA prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a change of control of an SBIC or transfers that would
34
result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. A change of control is any event which would result in the transfer of the power, direct or indirect, to direct the management and policies of an SBIC, whether through ownership, contractual arrangements or otherwise. To the extent that we obtain an SBIC license, this would prohibit a change of control of our SBIC subsidiary without prior SBA approval. If we are unable to comply with SBA regulations, our business plan and growth strategy could be materially adversely affected.
Under Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of stock into one or more classes of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors will be required by Maryland law and our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to stockholder distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or that otherwise might be in their best interest. The cost of any such reclassification would be borne by our common stockholders. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, the 1940 Act provides that holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote separately from holders of common stock to elect two preferred stock directors. We currently have no plans to issue preferred stock. The issuance of preferred shares convertible into shares of common stock may also reduce the net income and net asset value per share of our common stock upon conversion, provided, that we will only be permitted to issue such convertible preferred stock to the extent we comply with the requirements of Section 61 of the 1940 Act, including obtaining common stockholder approval. These effects, among others, could have an adverse effect on your investment in our common stock.
The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board of directors, including approval by a majority of our independent directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board of directors does not approve a business combination, the Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Our bylaws exempt from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act acquisitions of our stock by any person. If we amend our bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Control Share Acquisition Act, the Control Share Acquisition Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such a transaction.
We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our charter classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, to amend our charter without stockholder approval and to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our
35
charter and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. See Description of our Capital Stock Certain Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws.
Stellus Capital Management has the right under the investment advisory agreement to resign as our investment adviser at any time upon 60 days written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. Similarly, Stellus Capital Management has the right under the administration agreement to resign at any time upon 60 days written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If Stellus Capital Management was to resign, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment or administrative activities, as applicable, is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by Stellus Capital Management. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our business is highly dependent on the communications and information systems of Stellus Capital Management. In addition, certain of these systems are provided to Stellus Capital Management by third party service providers. Any failure or interruption of such systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any such third party service provider, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
From 2007 through 2009, the global capital markets experienced a period of disruption resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on risk-free securities and a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, illiquid market conditions, declining business and consumer confidence and the failure of major financial institutions in the United States, led to a decline of general economic conditions. This economic decline materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms in particular during that time. These conditions may recur (for example, as a result of a broadening of the current Euro zone credit crisis), in which case, to the
36
extent that we wish to use debt to fund our investments, the debt capital that will be available to us, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on terms and conditions that may be less favorable, than what we expect, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans and debt securities we originate and/or fund and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Many of the portfolio companies in which we expect to make investments, including those currently included in our initial portfolio, are likely to be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, the number of our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and debt securities and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.
A portfolio companys failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio companys ability to meet its obligations under the loans and debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrowers business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lenders liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt. The likelihood of such a re-characterization would depend on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company.
Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also may have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.
Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the
37
creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect that company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the portfolio company may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditors return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtors estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.
Investment in private and middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we will rely on the ability of Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons. Therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on one or more of the portfolio companies we invest in and, in turn, on us. Middle-market companies also may be parties to litigation and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. In addition, our executive officers, directors and investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in portfolio companies.
All of our assets may be invested in illiquid loans and securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. Also, as noted above, we may be limited or prohibited in our ability to sell or otherwise exit certain positions in our initial portfolio as such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act.
As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of
38
directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:
| available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables; |
| applicable market yields and multiples; |
| security covenants; |
| call protection provisions; |
| information rights; |
| the nature and realizable value of any collateral; |
| the portfolio companys ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business; |
| comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public; |
| comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and |
| the principal market and enterprise values. |
When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or our investments are concentrated in relatively few industries, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the markets assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company.
Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as follow-on investments, in seeking to:
| increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company; |
| exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or |
| preserve or enhance the value of our investment. |
39
We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with business development company requirements of the 1940 Act or the desire to maintain our qualification as a RIC. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by Stellus Capital Managements allocation policy.
We will not hold controlling equity positions in any of the portfolio companies included in our portfolio and, although we may do so in the future, we do not currently intend to hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies (including those included in our portfolio). As a result, we will be subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we expect to hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.
A portfolio companys failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio companys ability to meet its obligations under the loans or debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.
We will be subject to the risk that the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. We expect that our investments will generally allow for repayment at any time subject to certain penalties. When this occurs, we intend to generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in accordance with our investment strategy. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid, and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elects to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our ability to make, or the amount of, stockholder distributions with respect to our common stock, which could result in a decline in the market price of our shares.
We intend to invest a portion of our capital in second lien and subordinated loans issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the loans in which we invest. By their terms, such
40
debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the loans in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, a portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with loans in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.
Additionally, certain loans that we may make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio companys obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio companys remaining assets, if any.
We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio companys obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors claims against the portfolio companys remaining assets, if any.
The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:
| the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; |
| the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; |
| the approval of amendments to collateral documents; |
| releases of liens on the collateral; and |
| waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. |
41
We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.
We may make subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the obligor in right of payment. Subordinated investments are subject to greater risk of default than senior obligations as a result of adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or economic conditions in general. If we make a subordinated investment in a portfolio company, the portfolio company may be highly leveraged, and its relatively high debt-to-equity ratio may create increased risks that its operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service all of its debt obligations.
We currently expect that substantially all of our investments will involve loans and private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in loans and private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of distributions previously made to us.
When we invest in loans and debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities of portfolio companies as well. We may also invest in equity securities directly. To the extent we hold equity investments, we will attempt to dispose of them and realize gains upon our disposition of them. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, may decline in value. As a result, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.
We cannot assure you that a trading market will develop for our common stock after this offering or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock has been determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which it may trade after our initial public offering. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Also, shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share of common stock may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value. The risk of loss associated with this characteristic of closed-end management investment companies may be greater for investors expecting to sell shares of common stock purchased in the offering soon after the offering. In addition, if our common stock trades below its net asset value, we will generally not be able to sell additional shares of our common stock to the public at its market price without first obtaining the approval of a majority of our stockholders (including a majority of our unaffiliated stockholders) and our independent directors for such issuance.
42
We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution (i.e., not subject to any legal restrictions under Maryland law on the distribution thereof). We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. In addition, for so long as the Credit Facility, or any other borrowing facility that we enter into, is outstanding, we anticipate that we may be required by its terms to use all payments of interest and principal that we receive from our current investments as well as any proceeds received from the sale of our current investments to repay amounts outstanding thereunder, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions.
When we make distributions, we will be required to determine the extent to which such distributions are paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of an investors basis in our stock and, assuming that an investor holds our stock as a capital asset, thereafter as a capital gain. See Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.
We expect the initial public offering price of our shares of common stock to be higher than the pro forma net asset value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution upon the closing of this offering.
The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk, and higher volatility or loss of principal, than alternative investment options. Our investments in portfolio companies may be speculative and, therefore, an investment in our common stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.
The market price and liquidity of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:
| significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of business development companies or other companies in our sector, which is not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies; |
| changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or business development companies; |
| loss of our qualification as a RIC or business development company; |
| changes in earnings or variations in operating results; |
| changes in the value of our portfolio of investments; |
| changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments; |
| any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts; |
| departure of Stellus Capital Managements key personnel; |
43
| operating performance of companies comparable to us; and |
| general economic trends and other external factors. |
We will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may disagree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering.
Upon expiration of any applicable lock-up periods, shares issued by us in connection with our acquisition of the initial portfolio to the private investment fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser will generally be freely tradable in the public market, subject to the provisions and applicable holding periods set forth in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, the availability of such common stock for sale or the registration of such common stock for sale could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.
44
Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:
| our future operating results; |
| our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies; |
| the effect of investments that we expect to make; |
| our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties; |
| actual and potential conflicts of interest with Stellus Capital Management; |
| the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest; |
| the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives; |
| the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments; |
| the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital; |
| the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies; |
| the ability of Stellus Capital Management to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments; |
| the ability of Stellus Capital Management to attract and retain highly talented professionals; |
| our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and |
| the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position. |
Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words may, might, will, intend, should, could, can, would, expect, believe, estimate, anticipate, predict, potential, plan or similar words.
We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements, and future results could differ materially from historical performance. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law or SEC rule or regulation. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.
You should understand that, under Sections 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)B of the Exchange Act, the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in connection with any offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus.
45
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of 8,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $114.9 million (or approximately $132.2 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), based on an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated organization and offering expenses of approximately $835,500 payable by us.
We intend to use 100% of the net proceeds of this offering and together with $41.1 million of borrowings under the Credit Facility to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Facility used to acquire the initial portfolio. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and is expected to terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder. Borrowings under the Bridge Facility are expected to bear interest at the highest of (i) a prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%.
46
To the extent that we have income available, we intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders. Our quarterly stockholder distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Any stockholder distribution to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution. We intend to declare our first stockholder distribution during the fourth quarter of 2012. The distribution is contingent upon the completion of this offering. The amount of any such distribution will be based on a minimum annual dividend yield of 9.0% and will be proportionately reduced to reflect the number of days remaining in the quarter after completion of this offering.
We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code, beginning with our first taxable year ending December 31, 2012. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of: (a) 98% of our net ordinary income for such calendar year; (b) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and (c) any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we previously paid no U.S. federal income tax.
We currently intend to distribute net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or in certain circumstances a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. See Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. We cannot assure you that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions, and if we issue senior securities, we may be prohibited from making distributions if doing so would cause us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if such distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.
Unless you elect to receive your distributions in cash, we intend to make such distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our dividend reinvestment plan. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, investors participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes. If you hold shares of our common stock in the name of a broker or financial intermediary, you should contact such broker or financial intermediary regarding your election to receive distributions in cash in lieu of shares of our common stock. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of shares through our dividend reinvestment plan will increase our gross assets on which the base management fee and the incentive fee are determined and paid to Stellus Capital Management. See Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
47
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2012:
| on an actual basis; |
| on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the private placement of $12.7 million of shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share to certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management, (ii) the acquisition of the initial portfolio from a private investment fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser, and (iii) our draw down of up to $156.0 million under the Bridge Facility; and |
| on a pro forma, as adjusted, basis to give effect to (i) the sale of 8,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share after deducting the estimated organization and offering expenses of approximately $835,500 payable by us, (ii) the repayment in full of the Bridge Facility, and (iii) our draw down under the Credit Facility in connection with the repayment of the Bridge Facility. |
As of September 30, 2012 | ||||||||||||
Actual | Pro Forma(1) | Pro Forma, as Adjusted(1) | ||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 479,460 | $ | 1,399,422 | $ | 15,235,707 | ||||||
Investments, at fair value | $ | | $ | 194,394,314 | $ | 194,394,314 | ||||||
Other assets | $ | 171,703 | $ | 2,766,564 | $ | 4,610,276 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 651,163 | $ | 198,560,300 | $ | 214,240,297 | ||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Bridge Facility | $ | | $ | 156,000,000 | $ | | ||||||
Credit Facility | $ | | $ | | $ | 57,000,000 | ||||||
Other liabilities | $ | 416,146 | $ | 416,146 | $ | 244,443 | ||||||
Total liabilities | $ | 416,146 | $ | 156,416,146 | $ | 57,244,443 | ||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share 100 authorized, actual; 100,000,000 authorized, pro forma; 2,827,276 issued and outstanding, actual; 10,827,276 issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted | $ | | $ | 2,794 | $ | 10,451 | ||||||
Paid-in capital in excess of par value | $ | 500,010 | $ | 42,406,353 | $ | 162,398,696 | ||||||
Accumulated loss | $ | (264,993 | ) | $ | (264,993 | ) | $ | (5,413,293 | ) | |||
Total stockholders equity | $ | 235,017 | $ | 42,114,154 | $ | 156,995,854 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity | $ | 651,163 | $ | 198,560,300 | $ | 214,240,297 | ||||||
Net asset value per share | $ | 2,350 | $ | 14.91 | $ | 14.50 |
(1) | Includes a stock dividend of 33,234 shares issued on October 25, 2012 to our stockholders of record on October 22, 2012. |
48
The dilution to investors in this offering is represented by the difference between the offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net asset value per share of our common stock after this offering. Net asset value per share is determined by dividing our net asset value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.
Immediately after the private placement of $12.7 million of shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share to certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management, and the acquisition of the initial portfolio from a private investment fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser, our net asset value will be $42.1 million, or approximately $14.91 per share. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering (based on an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share), and the deduction of estimated organizational and offering expenses, our pro forma net asset value would be approximately $157.0 million, or $14.50 per share of common stock, representing an immediate decrease in net asset value of $0.50 per share, or 3.3%, to shares sold in this offering. The foregoing assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, there would be an immediate decrease in net asset value of $0.50 per share, or 3.4%, to shares sold in this offering.
The following table illustrates the dilution to the shares on a per share basis:
Initial public offering price per share | $ | 15.00 | ||
Net asset value after completion of the private placement and payment for the initial portfolio | $ | 14.91 | ||
Decrease in net asset value attributable to this offering | $ | 0.41 | ||
Pro forma net asset value upon completion of this offering | $ | 14.50 | ||
Dilution per share to stockholders participating in this offering (without exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares) | $ | 0.50 |
The following table sets forth information with respect to the shares prior to and following this offering (without exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares and an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share):
Shares Purchased |
Total Consideration |
Avg. Price Per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
Number | % | Amount | % | |||||||||||||||||
Shares sold in the private placement and issued as payment for the initial portfolio(1) | 2,793,943 | 25.9 | % | $ | 41,909,137 | 25.9 | % | $ | 15.00 | |||||||||||
Shares sold in this offering | 8,000,000 | 74.1 | 120,000,000 | 74.1 | 15.00 | |||||||||||||||
Total pro forma shares outstanding(2) | 10,827,276 | 100.0 | % | $ | 162,409,147 | 100.0 | % |
(1) | In connection with the private placement, we sold shares to certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management. See Control Persons and Principal Stockholders for beneficial ownership information of our directors and executive officers that will purchase shares in the private placement. |
(2) | Stellus Capital Management contributed $500,010 in connection with our organization and initial capitalization for which it received 100 shares. In addition, on October 25, 2012, we issued a stock dividend of 332.4 shares per share outstanding. |
49
The pro forma net asset value upon completion of this offering (without exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares and at an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share) is calculated as follows:
Numerator: |
||||
Assumed net proceeds from this offering | $ | 114,851,700 | ||
Total pro forma net assets | $ | 156,995,854 | ||
Denominator: |
||||
Shares included in this offering | 8,000,000 | |||
Total pro forma shares outstanding | 10,827,276 |
50
We intend to elect to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. As a business development company, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we will generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in qualifying assets, including eligible portfolio companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. In addition, we will be subject to borrowing restrictions such that, with certain limited exceptions, our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, will be required to equal at least 200% after each borrowing. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on Stellus Capital Managements and our board of directors assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. This offering will significantly increase our capital resources. See Regulation.
Shortly prior to the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC, we intend to enter into the Bridge Facility and acquire the initial portfolio. The Bridge Facility is expected to provide for borrowings up to $156 million and must be repaid with the proceeds of our initial public offering. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and will terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder with the proceeds of our initial public offering. Borrowings under the Bridge Facility are expected to bear interest at the highest of (i) a prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%.
In addition, we have received commitments to enter into the Credit Facility, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. The Credit Facility is expected to initially provide for borrowings up to $115 million and is expected to expire in 2016. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%. The facility size may be increased up to $150 million, subject to certain conditions, with additional new lenders or through an increase in commitments of current lenders.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new secured revolving credit facility that would allow us to purchase investments in U.S. Treasury Bills.
Emerging Growth Company. We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are choosing to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
Revenues. We plan to generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments and capital gains and distributions, if any, on investment securities that we may acquire in portfolio companies. We expect our debt investments to typically have a term of five to seven years and bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. We expect the average investment holding period to be between two and four years, depending upon portfolio company objectives and conditions in the capital markets. In some instances, we may receive payments on our debt investments based on scheduled amortization of the outstanding balances. In addition, we may receive repayments of some of our debt investments prior to their scheduled maturity date. The frequency or volume of these repayments may fluctuate significantly from period to period. Our portfolio activity is also expected to reflect the proceeds of sales of securities. In some cases, our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of loans and debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and consulting fees. Loan origination fees, original issue
51
discount and market discount or premium will be capitalized, and we will accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. When we receive principal payments on a loan or debt security in an amount that exceeds its carrying value, we will also record the excess principal payment as interest income. Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts.
Expenses. Our primary operating expenses will include the payment of fees to Stellus Capital Management under the investment advisory agreement, our allocable portion of overhead expenses under the administration agreement and other operating costs described below. We will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:
| the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services; |
| the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of our common stock and other securities; |
| fees payable to third parties relating to making investments, including out-of-pocket fees and expenses associated with performing due diligence and reviews of prospective investments; |
| transfer agent and custodial fees; |
| out-of-pocket fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts; |
| federal and state registration fees and any stock exchange listing fees; |
| U.S. federal, state and local taxes; |
| independent directors fees and expenses; |
| brokerage commissions; |
| fidelity bond, directors and officers liability insurance and other insurance premiums; |
| direct costs, such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff; |
| fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs; |
| costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and other applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and |
| other expenses incurred by Stellus Capital Management or us in connection with administering our business, including payments under the administration agreement that will be based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of overhead. |
Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources. We expect to generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of this offering and any future offerings of securities and cash flows from operations, including interest earned from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. We may also fund a portion of our investments through borrowings from banks and issuances of senior securities, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of this offering. In particular, we intend to enter into the Bridge Facility prior to purchase of our initial portfolio. In addition, we have received commitments to enter into the Credit Facility, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. The Credit Facility is expected to initially provide for borrowings up to $115 million and is expected to expire in 2016. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%.
Our primary use of funds will be investments in portfolio companies, cash distributions to holders of our common stock, and the payment of operating expenses. We will also be liable as a
52
borrower under both the Bridge Facility and the Credit Facility. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay in full all of the outstanding borrowings under the Bridge Facility, which we will incur in connection with the purchase of our initial portfolio.
In the future, we may also securitize a portion of our investments. If we undertake a securitization transaction, we will consolidate our allocable portion of the debt of any securitization subsidiary on our financial statements, and include such debt in our calculation of the asset coverage test, if and to the extent required pursuant to the guidance of the staff of the SEC. Our primary use of funds will be to make investments in eligible portfolio companies and to pay our expenses and distributions to holders of our common stock. Immediately after this offering, we expect to have cash resources of approximately $15.2 million and $57.0 million of outstanding indebtedness. This amount does not take into account the exercise, if any, of the underwriters over-allotment option. See Use of Proceeds.
We intend to enter into the Bridge Facility prior to the purchase of our initial portfolio. The Bridge Facility is expected to provide for borrowings up to $156 million and must be repaid with the proceeds of our initial public offering. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and will terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder. Borrowings under the Bridge Facility are expected to bear interest at the highest of (i) a prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%. The Bridge Facility will contain customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The proceeds from this offering will be used to pay off the outstanding balance under the Bridge Facility.
In addition, we have received commitments to enter into the Credit Facility, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. The Credit Facility is a syndicated multi-currency facility and expected to initially provide for borrowings up to $115 million and is expected to mature in 2016. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are generally expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%. The facility size may be increased up to $150 million, subject to certain conditions, with additional new lenders or through an increase in commitments of current lenders. The Credit Facility is expected to be a four-year revolving facility secured by substantially all of our investment portfolio assets. The Credit Facility will contain affirmative and restrictive covenants, including but not limited to maintenance of a minimum shareholders equity and maintenance of a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness) to total indebtedness of not less than 2.0:1.0. In addition to the asset coverage ratio described in the preceding sentence, borrowings under the Credit Facility (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) will be subject to compliance with a borrowing base that will apply different advance rates to different types of assets in our portfolio. We have also agreed under the terms of the Credit Facility not to incur any additional secured indebtedness other than in connection with indebtedness under the secured facility we intend to enter into to allow us to purchase investments in U.S. Treasury Bills. In addition, we have agreed not to incur any additional unsecured indebtedness that has a maturity date prior to the maturity date of the Credit Facility. Furthermore, we expect that the terms of the Credit Facility will contain a covenant requiring us to maintain compliance with RIC provisions at all times, subject to certain remedial provisions. The Credit Facility will be agented by SunTrust Bank.
We have entered into certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. In connection with the purchase of our initial portfolio, we have agreed to pay to the D. E. Shaw group any penalty or premium amounts that are subsequently received by us in connection with the early calling of loans included in our initial portfolio.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new secured revolving credit facility that would allow us to purchase investments in U.S. Treasury Bills.
53
We have also entered into the investment advisory agreement with Stellus Capital Management in accordance with the 1940 Act. The investment advisory agreement will become effective in connection with the consummation of this offering. Under the investment advisory agreement, Stellus Capital Management has agreed to provide us with investment advisory and management services. We will pay for these services (a) a management fee equal to a percentage of our gross assets and (b) an incentive fee based on our performance. See Management Agreements Management Fee and Incentive Fee.
We have also entered into the administration agreement with Stellus Capital Management as our administrator. The administration agreement will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Under the administration agreement, Stellus Capital Management has agreed to furnish us with office facilities and equipment, provide us clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and provide us with other administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. We will reimburse Stellus Capital Management for the allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. We will pay the fees associated with this and other outsourced arrangements on a direct basis without incremental benefit to our administrator. Stockholder approval is not required to amend the administration agreement. See Management Agreements Administration Agreement.
If any of the contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs under any new agreements that we enter into may increase. In addition, we would likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under our investment advisory agreement and our administration agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our stockholders.
In order to qualify as a RIC and to avoid U.S. federal corporate level income tax on the income we distribute to our stockholders, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and our net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Additionally, we must distribute an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of our net ordinary income (during the calendar year) plus 98.2% of our net capital gain income (during each 12 month period ending on October 31) plus any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U. S. federal income tax to avoid a U.S. federal excise tax. We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. We intend to declare our first stockholder distribution during the fourth quarter of 2012. This distribution is contingent upon the completion of the offering. The amount of any such distribution will be based on a minimum annual dividend yield of 9.0% and will be proportionately reduced to reflect the number of days remaining in the quarter after completion of this offering.
We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of our distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage requirements applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including the possible loss of our qualification as a RIC. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions.
To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for that fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the source of a distribution to our stockholders may be the original capital invested by the stockholder rather than our income or gains. Stockholders
54
should read any written disclosure accompanying any stockholder distribution carefully and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our ordinary income or capital gains.
We have adopted an opt out dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a distribution, then stockholders cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless a stockholder specifically opts out of our dividend reinvestment plan. If a stockholder opts out, that stockholder will receive cash distributions. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes.
This discussion of our expected operating plans is based upon our expected financial statements, which will be prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements will require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, we will describe our critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements.
As a business development company, we will generally invest in illiquid loans and securities including debt and equity securities of middle-market companies. Under procedures established by our board of directors, we intend to value investments for which market quotations are readily available at such market quotations. We will obtain these market values from an independent pricing service or at the mean between the bid and ask prices obtained from at least two brokers or dealers (if available, otherwise by a principal market maker or a primary market dealer). Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Such determination of fair values may involve subjective judgments and estimates, although we will also engage independent valuation providers to review the valuation of each portfolio investment that does not have a readily available market quotation at least once quarterly. Investments purchased within 60 days of maturity will be valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates value. With respect to unquoted securities, our board of directors, together with our independent valuation advisors, will value each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors.
When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, our board will use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate and/or assist us in our valuation. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value most of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors using a documented valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.
55
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
| Our quarterly valuation process will begin with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management responsible for the portfolio investment; |
| Preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with our senior management and Stellus Capital Management; |
| The audit committee of our board of directors will then review these preliminary valuations; |
| At least once quarterly, the valuation for each portfolio investment will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm; and |
| The board of directors will then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of Stellus Capital Management, the independent valuation firm and the audit committee. |
For more information, see Determination of Net Asset Value.
We will record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. For loans and debt securities with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the loan balance that generally becomes due at maturity, we will not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is not collectible. We will not accrue interest on loans and debt securities if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium will be capitalized, and we will then accrete or amortize such amounts using the effective interest method as interest income. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any unamortized loan origination will be recorded as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on the ex-dividend date.
We will measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment penalties. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.
We may have investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK interest provision. Any PIK interest will be added to the principal balance of such investments and is recorded as income, if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is collectible. In order to maintain our status as a RIC, substantially all of this income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends, even if we have not collected any cash.
56
We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act, and as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We were recently formed to originate and invest primarily in private middle-market companies (typically those with $5.0 million to $50.0 million of EBITDA) through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. We expect to source investments primarily through the extensive network of relationships that the principals of Stellus Capital Management have developed with financial sponsor firms, financial institutions, middle-market companies, management teams and other professional intermediaries. The companies in which we intend to invest will typically be highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies will not be rated by national rating agencies. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating below investment grade (i.e., below BBB or Baa), which are often referred to as junk. Our investment activities will be managed by our investment adviser, Stellus Capital Management, a newly formed investment advisory firm led by the former head and certain senior investment professionals of the D. E. Shaw groups direct capital business, which was spun out of the D. E. Shaw group in January 2012. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has worked together at several companies and has invested approximately $5.4 billion of capital in middle-market companies while at the D. E. Shaw group.
Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to our stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation by:
| accessing the extensive origination channels that have been developed and established by the Stellus Capital Management investment team that include long-standing relationships with private equity firms, commercial banks, investment banks and other financial services firms; |
| investing in what we believe to be companies with strong business fundamentals, generally within our core middle-market company focus; |
| focusing on a variety of industry sectors, including business services, energy, general industrial, government services, healthcare, software and specialty finance; |
| directly originating transactions rather than participating in broadly syndicated financings; |
| applying the disciplined underwriting standards that the Stellus Capital Management investment team has developed over their extensive investing careers; and |
| capitalizing upon the experience and resources of the Stellus Capital Management investment team to monitor our investments. |
We expect that our investments will generally range in size from $5 million to $30 million. We may also selectively invest in larger positions, and we generally expect that the size of our larger positions will increase in proportion to the size of our capital base. Pending such investments, we may reduce our outstanding indebtedness or invest in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments with a maturity of one year or less. In the future, we may adjust opportunistically the percentage of our assets held in various types of loans, our principal loan sources and the industries to which we have greatest exposure, based on market conditions, the credit cycle, available financing and our desired risk/return profile.
In order to expedite the ramp-up of our investment activities and further our ability to meet our investment objective, shortly prior to the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC, we intend to acquire our initial portfolio from the D. E. Shaw group fund to which the D. E. Shaw
57
group serves as investment adviser and Stellus Capital Management serves as a non-discretionary sub-adviser. To the extent we would acquire the initial portfolio after the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC and the D. E. Shaw group were deemed to be our affiliate, the purchase would be a prohibited affiliated transaction under the 1940 Act, unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC. Our initial portfolio will be comprised of a portion of the loans to middle-market companies that were originated over the past three years by the Stellus Capital Management investment team during their time with the D. E. Shaw group and were selected for our initial portfolio because they are similar to the type of investments we plan to originate. Our initial portfolio includes middle-market loans that have an internal risk rating of 2 or better (e.g., investments that are performing at or above expectations and whose risks are neutral or favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment). We do not expect there to be any material difference in the future performance as compared to the historical performance of our initial portfolio or the assets retained by the D. E. Shaw group fund; however, we can provide no assurances that our initial portfolio or the assets retained by the D. E. Shaw group fund will continue to perform as they have historically. We engaged an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in our determination of the acquisition price of the initial portfolio, which was ultimately approved by our board of directors (which includes a majority of independent directors). The independent third party valuation firm that we have engaged is also the third party valuation firm engaged by the D. E. Shaw group to value the initial portfolio for the D. E. Shaw group fund in the ordinary course of such funds operations.
Shortly prior to the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC, we intend to enter into the Bridge Facility and acquire the initial portfolio. To secure the Bridge Facility and certain rights and obligations under the loan purchase agreement, the parties will enter into certain pledge and/or escrow arrangements pending completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Such arrangements will terminate upon completion of this offering and will be replaced by the pledge and security arrangements to be entered into in connection with the Credit Facility described below. We will acquire the initial portfolio for $165.2 million in cash and $29.2 million in shares of our common stock based on the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, or $194.4 million in total (excluding accrued interest of approximately $2.3 million). We intend to finance the cash portion of the acquisition of the initial portfolio by (i) borrowing $152.5 million under the Bridge Facility and (ii) using the $12.7 million of proceeds we received in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction to certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management, at a purchase per share equal to the initial public offering price per share. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and will terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder with the proceeds of our initial public offering. Borrowings under the Bridge Facility are expected to bear interest at the highest of (i) a prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%.
In addition, we have received commitments to enter into the Credit Facility with various lenders, which will be agented by SunTrust Bank, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. The Credit Facility is expected to initially provide for borrowings up to $115 million and is expected to expire in 2016. Base rate borrowings under the Credit Facility are expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%.
Upon consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, our initial portfolio will include 32.4% first lien debt, 12.8% second lien debt, and 54.8% mezzanine debt at fair value, of which 67.6% of the initial portfolio is invested in fixed-rate debt and the remaining 32.4% is invested in floating rate debt. We do not believe that there are any material differences in the underwriting standards that were used to originate our initial portfolio and the underwriting standards described in this prospectus that we expect to implement going forward.
58
Upon consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, the industry composition and geographic composition of our initial portfolio at fair value as a percentage of the total investments will be as follows:
Geographic Composition | Industry Composition | |
Upon consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, the weighted average yield of the initial portfolio at its face value will be 12.99%, of which approximately 12.20% will be current cash interest. The face value of a loan refers to the principal of the loan. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all debt investments within the initial portfolio, including accretion of original issue discount.
Stellus Capital Management manages our investment activities and is responsible for analyzing investment opportunities, conducting research and performing due diligence on potential investments, negotiating and structuring our investments, originating prospective investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Stellus Capital Management is a newly formed investment advisory firm led by the former head, Robert T. Ladd, and certain senior investment professionals of the D. E. Shaw groups direct capital business, which was spun out of the D. E. Shaw group in January 2012. The Stellus Capital Management investment team was responsible for helping the D. E. Shaw group build its middle-market direct investment business until it was spun out in January 2012. The senior investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management have an average of over 22 years of investing, corporate finance, restructuring, consulting and accounting experience and have worked together at several companies. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has a wide range of experience in middle-market investing, including originating, structuring and managing loans and debt securities through market cycles. The Stellus Capital Management investment team will continue to provide investment advisory services to the D. E. Shaw group with respect to a $934.7 million investment portfolio (as of September 30, 2012) in middle-market companies pursuant to sub-advisory arrangements. The D. E. Shaw group has a minority economic stake in Stellus Capital Management.
In addition to serving as our investment adviser, Stellus Capital Management is currently seeking to raise capital for a private credit fund that will have an investment strategy that is identical to our investment strategy and an energy private equity fund. We intend to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. We believe that such co-investments may
59
afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. We will not co-invest with the energy private equity fund, as the energy private equity fund will focus on predominantly equity-related investments and we will focus on predominantly credit-related investments.
Stellus Capital Management is headquartered in Houston, Texas, and also maintains offices in the New York City area, San Francisco, California, and the Washington, D.C. area.
We intend to originate and invest primarily in private middle-market companies through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. We believe the environment for investing in middle-market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:
Robust Demand for Debt Capital. According to Pitchbook, private equity firms raised an estimated $1.2 trillion of equity commitments from 2006 to 2011 and approximately $425 billion of this capital remained available for investment at the end of 2011. In addition, private equity deal flow continues to improve since the recession and totaled $344 billion in 2011 according to Pitchbook. Lower middle-market and middle-market private equity deals (those under $250 million in size) have dominated deal activity, accounting for more than 70% of all sponsored transactions by volume since 2004. We expect the large amount of uninvested capital commitments will drive buyout activity over the next several years, which should, in turn, create lending opportunities for us. In addition to increased buyout activity, a high volume of senior secured and high yield debt was originated in the calendar years 2004 through 2007 and will come due in the near term and, accordingly, we believe that new financing opportunities will increase as many companies seek to refinance this indebtedness.
Reduced Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe there are fewer providers of, and less capital available for financing to middle-market companies, as compared to the time period prior to the recent economic downturn. We believe that, as a result of that downturn, many financing providers have chosen to focus on large, liquid corporate loans and managing capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses. In addition, we believe recent regulatory changes, including the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Act and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under Basel III, have caused banks to curtail their lending to middle-market-companies. We also believe hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market as a result of reduced availability of funding for new investments. As a result, we believe that less competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity throughout the investment process.
Attractive Deal Pricing and Structures. We believe that the pricing of middle-market debt investments is higher, and the terms of such investments are more conservative, compared to larger liquid, public debt financings, due to the more limited universe of lenders as well as the highly negotiated nature of these financings. These transactions tend to offer stronger covenant packages, higher interest rates, lower leverage levels and better call protection compared to larger financings. In addition, middle-market loans typically offer other investor protections such as default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and information rights for lenders.
Specialized Lending Requirements. Lending to middle-market companies requires in depth diligence, credit expertise, restructuring experience and active portfolio management. We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to middle-market companies. For example, based on the experience of Stellus Capital Managements investment team, lending to middle-market companies in the United States (a) is generally more labor intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of the information available with respect to such companies, (b) requires specialized due diligence and underwriting capabilities, and (c) may also require more extensive
60
ongoing monitoring by the lender. We believe that, through Stellus Capital Management, we have the experience and expertise to meet these specialized lending requirements.
We believe that the following competitive strengths will allow us to achieve positive returns for our investors:
Experienced Investment Team. Through our investment adviser, Stellus Capital Management, we will have access to the experience and expertise of the Stellus Capital Management investment team, including its senior investment professionals who have an average of over 22 years of investing, corporate finance, restructuring, consulting and accounting experience and have worked together at several companies. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has a wide range of experience in middle-market investing, including originating, structuring and managing loans and debt securities through market cycles. We believe the members of Stellus Capital Managements investment team are proven and experienced, with extensive capabilities in leveraged credit investing, having participated in these markets for the predominant portion of their careers. We believe that the experience and demonstrated ability of the Stellus Capital Management investment team to complete transactions will enhance the quantity and quality of investment opportunities available to us.
Established, Rigorous Investment and Monitoring Process. The Stellus Capital Management investment team has developed an extensive review and credit analysis process over the past seven years within the D. E. Shaw group. Each investment that is reviewed by Stellus Capital Management is brought through a structured, multi-stage approval process. Of the over 5,000 investment transactions reviewed by Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals from 2004 through 2011 while at the D. E. Shaw group, 204, or approximately 4%, were fully approved and the transaction consummated. Stellus Capital Management will take an active approach in monitoring all investments, including reviews of financial performance on at least a quarterly basis and regular discussions with management. Stellus Capital Managements investment and monitoring process and the depth and experience of its investment team should allow it to conduct the type of due diligence and monitoring that enables it to identify and evaluate risks and opportunities.
Demonstrated Ability to Structure Investments Creatively. Stellus Capital Management has the expertise and ability to structure investments across all levels of a companys capital structure. While at the D. E. Shaw group, the Stellus Capital Management investment team invested approximately $5.4 billion across the entire capital structure in 193 middle-market companies. These investments included secured and unsecured debt and related equity securities. Furthermore, we believe that current market conditions will allow us to structure attractively priced debt investments and may allow us to incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption premiums, payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest or some form of equity securities.
Resources of Stellus Capital Management Platform. We will have access to the resources and capabilities of Stellus Capital Management, which has 14 investment professionals, including Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis and Overbergen, who are supported by six principals, two vice presidents and two associates. These individuals have developed long-term relationships with middle-market companies, management teams, financial sponsors, lending institutions and deal intermediaries by providing flexible financing throughout the capital structure. While at the D. E. Shaw group, the Stellus Capital Management investment team completed financing transactions with more than 90 equity sponsors and completed multiple financing transactions with 12 of those equity sponsors. We believe that these relationships will provide us with a competitive advantage in identifying investment opportunities in our target market. We also expect to benefit from Stellus Capital Managements due diligence, credit analysis, origination and transaction execution experience and capabilities, including the support provided with respect to those functions by
61
Mr. Huskinson, who serves as our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, and his staff of five additional mid- and back-office professionals.
We intend to apply for a license to form an SBIC subsidiary; however, the application is subject to approval by the SBA, and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. The SBIC subsidiary would be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures up to a maximum of $150 million under current SBIC regulations, subject to required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary and other requirements. SBA guaranteed debentures generally have longer maturities and lower interest rates than other forms of debt that may be available to us, and we believe therefore would represent an attractive source of debt capital.
The Stellus Capital Management investment team will employ an opportunistic and flexible investing approach, combined with strong risk management processes, which we believe will yield a highly diversified portfolio across companies, industries, and investment types. We will seek direct origination opportunities of first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with modest corresponding equity investments, in middle-market companies. We believe that businesses in this size range often have limited access to public financial markets, and will benefit from Stellus Capital Managements reliable lending partnership. Many financing providers have chosen to focus on large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses. Further, many financial institutions and traditional lenders are faced with constrained balance sheets and are requiring existing borrowers to reduce leverage. We also believe hedge funds and collateralized debt obligation/collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market as a result of reduced liquidity for new investments.
With an average of over 22 years of investing, corporate finance, restructuring, consulting and accounting experience, the senior investment team of Stellus Capital Management has demonstrated investment expertise throughout the balance sheet and in a variety of situations, including financial sponsor buyouts, growth capital, debt refinancings, balance sheet recapitalizations, rescue financings, distressed opportunities, and acquisition financings. Our investment philosophy emphasizes capital preservation through superior credit selection and risk mitigation. We expect our targeted portfolio to provide downside protection through conservative cash flow and asset coverage requirements, priority in the capital structure and information requirements. We also anticipate benefiting from equity participation through warrants and other equity instruments structured as part of our investments. This flexible approach enables Stellus Capital Management to respond to market conditions and offer customized lending solutions.
Stellus Capital Management invests across a wide range of industries with deep expertise in select verticals including, but not limited to, business services, energy, general industrial, government services, healthcare software and specialty finance. We expect that our typical transactions will include providing financing for leveraged buyouts, acquisitions, recapitalizations, growth opportunities, rescue financings, distressed or turnaround situations and bridge loans. We will seek to maintain a diversified portfolio of investments as a method to manage risk and capitalize on specific sector trends.
Our objective is to act as the lead or largest investor in transactions, generally investing between $5 million and $30 million per transaction. We expect the average investment holding period to be between two and four years, depending upon portfolio company objectives and conditions in the capital markets.
We expect to focus on middle-market companies with between $5 million and $50 million of EBITDA in a variety of industry sectors with positive long-term dynamics and dependable cash flows. We will seek businesses with management teams with demonstrated track records and economic incentives in strong franchises and sustainable competitive advantages with dependable and predictable cash flows.
62
We intend to employ leverage prudently and within the limitations of the applicable laws and regulations for business development companies. Any decision on our part to use leverage will depend upon our assessment of the attractiveness of available investment opportunities in relation to the costs and perceived risks of such leverage.
As access to investment opportunities is highly relationship-driven, the senior investment team and other investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management spend considerable time developing and maintaining contacts with key deal sources, including private equity firms, investment banks, and senior lenders. The senior investment team and other investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management have been actively investing in the middle-market for the past decade and have focused on extensive calling and marketing efforts via speaking engagements, sponsorships, industry events, and referrals to broaden their relationship network. Existing relationships are constantly cultivated through transactional work and other personal contacts.
In addition to financial sponsors, Stellus Capital Management has developed a network of other deal sources, including:
| management teams and entrepreneurs; |
| portfolio companies of private equity firms; |
| other investment firms that have similar strategies to Stellus Capital Management and are seeking co-investors; |
| placement agents and investment banks representing financial sponsors and issuers; |
| corporate operating advisers and other financial advisers; and |
| consultants, attorneys and other service providers to middle-market companies and financial sponsors. |
We believe that Stellus Capital Managements broad network of deal origination contacts will afford us with a continuous source of investment opportunities.
These origination relationships provide access not only to potential investment opportunities but also to market intelligence on trends across the credit markets. Stellus Capital Management has completed financing transactions with more than 90 equity sponsors and completed multiple financing transactions with 12 of those equity sponsors.
We believe that, over the past decade, the senior investment team and other investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management have built a reputation as a thoughtful and disciplined provider of capital to middle-market companies and a preferred financing source for private equity sponsors and management teams. We believe these factors give Stellus Capital Management a competitive advantage in sourcing investment opportunities, which will be put to use for our benefit.
Stellus Capital Management believes that each investment has unique characteristics that must be considered, understood and analyzed. Stellus Capital Management structures investment terms based on the business, credit profile, the outlook for the industry in which a potential portfolio company operates, the competitive landscape, the products or services which the company sells and the management team and ownership of the company, among other factors. Stellus Capital Management will rely upon the analysis conducted and information gathered through the investment process to evaluate the appropriate structure for our investments.
We intend to invest primarily in the debt securities of middle-market companies. Our investments will typically carry a high level of cash pay interest and may incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption
63
premiums, PIK interest and some form of equity participation, including preferred stock, common stock, warrants and other forms of equity participation. We expect that a typical debt investment in which we invest will have a term at origination of between five and seven years. We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but we may sell some of our investments earlier if a liquidity event occurs, such as a sale, recapitalization or worsening of the credit quality of the portfolio company.
Stellus Capital Management negotiates covenants in connection with debt investments that provide protection for us but allow appropriate flexibility for the portfolio company. Such covenants may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection and change of control provisions. Stellus Capital Management will require comprehensive information rights including access to management, financial statements and budgets and, in some cases, membership on the board of directors or board of directors observation rights. Additionally, Stellus Capital Management will generally require financial covenants and terms that restrict an issuers use of leverage and limitations on asset sales and capital expenditures.
Secured debt, including first lien, second lien and unitranche financing, will have liens on the assets of the borrower that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans.
First Lien Debt. First lien debt will be structured with first-priority liens on the assets of the borrower that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. First lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the interest rate on senior secured loans will range between 5% and 8% over applicable LIBOR.
Second Lien Debt. Second lien debt will be structured as junior, secured loans, with second priority liens on an issuers assets. These loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the interest rate on second lien loans will generally range between 8% and 12% over applicable LIBOR.
Unitranche Debt. Unitranche debt typically will be structured as first lien loans with certain risk characteristics of mezzanine debt. Unitranche debt typically provides for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the debt, with the majority of the principal payment deferred until loan maturity. Since unitranche debt generally allows the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. In some cases, we will be the sole lender, or we together with our affiliates will be the sole lender, of unitranche debt, which can provide us with more influence interacting with a borrower in terms of monitoring and, if necessary, remediation in the event of underperformance. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the interest rate on unitranche debt will range between 8% and 12% over applicable LIBOR.
Mezzanine debt, including senior unsecured and subordinated loans, will not be secured by any collateral and will be effectively subordinated to the borrowers secured indebtedness (to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness), including pursuant to one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with holders of a borrowers senior debt.
Senior Unsecured Loans. Senior unsecured loans will be structured as loans that rank senior in right of payment to any of the borrowers unsecured indebtedness that is contractually subordinated to such loans. These loans generally provide for fixed interest rates and amortize evenly over the term of the loan. Senior unsecured loans are generally less volatile than subordinated loans due to their priority to creditors over subordinated loans. Under market
64
conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect the interest rate on senior unsecured loans will generally range between 10% and 14%.
Subordinated Loans. Subordinated loans will be structured as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates that provide us with significant current interest income. These loans typically will have interest-only payments (often representing a combination of cash pay and PIK interest) in the early years, with amortization of principal deferred to maturity. Subordinated loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. Subordinated loans are generally more volatile than secured loans and may involve a greater risk of loss of principal. Subordinated loans often include a PIK feature, which effectively operates as negative amortization of loan principal, thereby increasing credit risk exposure over the life of the loan. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect the interest rate on subordinated loans will generally range between 11% and 17%.
In connection with some of our debt investments, we will also invest in preferred or common stock or receive nominally priced warrants or options to buy an equity interest in the portfolio company. As a result, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We may structure such equity investments and warrants to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as a put, or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and piggyback registration rights.
Through the resources of Stellus Capital Management, we will have access to significant research resources, experienced investment professionals, internal information systems and a credit analysis framework and investment process. Stellus Capital Management has designed a highly involved and interactive investment management process, which is the core of its culture and the basis for what we believe is a strong track record of investment returns. The investment process seeks to select only those investments which it believes have the most attractive risk/reward characteristics. The process involves several levels of review and is coordinated in an effort to identify risks in potential investments. Stellus Capital Management will apply its expertise to screen many of our investment opportunities as described below. This rigorous process combined with our broad origination capabilities have allowed the Stellus Capital Management team to be prudent in selecting opportunities in which to make an investment. From 2004 through 2011, the Stellus Capital Management team reviewed over 5,000 transactions, which resulted in 204 investments, or approximately 4% of total investments reviewed.
All potential investment opportunities undergo an initial informal review by Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals. Each potential investment opportunity that an investment professional determines merits investment consideration will be presented and evaluated at a weekly meeting in which Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals discuss the merits and risks of a potential investment opportunity as well as the due diligence process and the pricing and structure. If Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals believe an investment opportunity merits further review, the deal team will prepare and present to the investment committee for initial review a prescreen memorandum that generally describes the potential transaction and includes a description of the risks, due diligence process and proposed structure and pricing for the proposed investment opportunity.
Prior to making an investment, Stellus Capital Management will conduct rigorous diligence on each investment opportunity. In connection with its due diligence on a potential investment opportunity, Stellus Capital Management utilizes its internal diligence resources which include its internally developed credit analytical framework, subscriptions to third party research resources,
65
discussions with industry experts, internal information sharing systems, and the analytical expertise of its investment professionals. Stellus Capital Management will typically review the companys historical financials; industry drivers and outlook, competitive threats, customer concentration, asset coverage, projected financials, and credit metrics; management background checks; and, if applicable, the track record and funding capabilities of the private equity sponsor.
Upon review of the prescreen memorandum, if the investment committee determines to proceed with the review of an investment opportunity, the deal team will continue its diligence and deal structuring plans, and prepare a credit approval memorandum for review by the investment committee. The credit approval memorandum, updates the prescreen memorandum with more deal specific detail, including an update to the diligence process and any changes in the structure and pricing of the proposed investment. Upon unanimous approval by the investment committee of the proposed investment as presented in the credit approval memorandum, the Chief Investment Officer will review any amendments before finalizing and closing negotiations with the prospective portfolio company.
Each new investment opportunity is unanimously approved by Stellus Capital Managements investment committee. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies will require the investment committees approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the investment committee. The purpose of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee, which is provided under the investment advisory agreement, is to evaluate and approve all of our investments, subject at all times to the oversight and approval of our board of directors. The investment committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committees members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. The investment committee consists of Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis, Overbergen and Huskinson. The investment committee serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to our core investment philosophy and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.
In addition to reviewing investments, investment committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and deal flow are reviewed on a regular basis. Members of the investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with the investment committee early in their analysis. We believe this process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.
We expect that each transaction will be presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. All of our new investments will require unanimous approval by the investment committee. Each member of the investment committee performs a similar role for other accounts managed by Stellus Capital Management. In certain instances, our board of directors may also determine that its approval is required prior to the making of an investment.
In most cases, we will not have board influence over portfolio companies. In some instances, Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals may obtain board representation or observation rights in conjunction with our investments. Stellus Capital Management will take an active approach in monitoring all investments, including reviews of financial performance on at least a quarterly basis and regular discussions with management. The monitoring process will begin with structuring terms and conditions which require the timely delivery and access to critical financial and business information on portfolio companies.
66
Specifically, Stellus Capital Managements monitoring system will consist of the following activities:
Regular Investment Committee Updates. Key portfolio company developments will be discussed each week as part of the standard investment committee agenda.
Written Reports. The deal teams will provide written updates as appropriate for key events that impact portfolio company performance or valuation. In addition, deal teams will provide written updates following each portfolio company board meeting.
Quarterly Full Portfolio Review. Our Chief Investment Officer and Chief Compliance Officer will perform a quarterly comprehensive review of every portfolio company with the deal teams. This process will include a written performance and valuation update, and credit-specific discussion on each of our portfolio companies. In addition, pursuant to our valuation policy, quarterly valuations are reviewed by Duff & Phelps Valuation Services, our independent third party valuation firm.
As part of the monitoring process, Stellus Capital Management will also track developments in the broader marketplace. Stellus Capital Managements investment professionals have a wealth of information on the competitive landscape, industry trends, relative valuation metrics, and analyses that will assist in the execution of our investment strategy. In addition, Stellus Capital Managements extensive communications with brokers and dealers will allow its investment professionals to monitor market and industry trends that could affect portfolio investments. Stellus Capital Management may provide ongoing strategic, financial and operational guidance to some portfolio companies either directly or by recommending its investment professionals or other experienced representatives to participate on the board of directors. Stellus Capital Management maintains a vast network of strategic and operational advisers to call upon for industry expertise or to supplement existing management teams.
In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, Stellus Capital Management will use Stellus Capital Managements investment rating system to characterize and monitor the credit profile and expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. This investment rating system will use a five-level numeric rating scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:
Investment Rating 1 will be used for investments that are performing above expectations, and whose risks remain favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment.
Investment Rating 2 will be used for investments that are performing within expectations and whose risks remain neutral compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. All new loans will initially be rated 2.
Investment Rating 3 will be used for investments that are performing below expectations and that require closer monitoring, but where no loss of return or principal is expected. Portfolio companies with a rating of 3 may be out of compliance with financial covenants.
Investment Rating 4 will be used for investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are often in work out. Investments with a rating of 4 will be those for which some loss of return but no loss of principal is expected.
Investment Rating 5 will be used for investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are almost always in work out. Investments with a rating of 5 will be those for which some loss of return and principal is expected.
In the event that Stellus Capital Management determines that an investment is underperforming, or circumstances suggest that the risk associated with a particular investment
67
has significantly increased, Stellus Capital Management will increase its monitoring intensity and prepare regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions. While the investment rating system identifies the relative risk for each investment, the rating alone does not dictate the scope and/or frequency of any monitoring that will be performed. The frequency of Stellus Capital Managements monitoring of an investment will be determined by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the trends in the financial performance of the portfolio company, the investment structure and the type of collateral securing the investment.
The following table shows the investment rankings of the loans to be acquired by us as described under the caption Portfolio Companies.
Investment Rating | Fair Value | % of Portfolio | Number of Investments | |||||||||
1 | $ | 21,969,955 | 11.3 | % | 2 | |||||||
2 | 172,424,359 | 88.7 | 13 | |||||||||
3 | | | | |||||||||
4 | | | | |||||||||
5 | | | | |||||||||
Total | $ | 194,394,314 | 100.0 | % | 15 |
The potential exit scenarios of a portfolio company will play an important role in evaluating investment decisions. As such, Stellus Capital Management will formulate specific exit strategies at the time of investment. Our debt-orientation will provide for increased potential exit opportunities, including (a) the sale of investments in the private markets, (b) the refinancing of investments held, often due to maturity or recapitalizations, and (c) other liquidity events including the sale or merger of the portfolio company. Since we seek to maintain a debt orientation in our investments, we expect to receive interest income over the course of the investment period, receiving a significant return on invested capital well in advance of final exit.
As a business development company, we will offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Stellus Capital Management or an affiliate of Stellus Capital Management will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse Stellus Capital Management or an affiliate of Stellus Capital Management for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review by our board of directors, including our independent directors.
Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle-market companies include public and private funds, other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC.
68
We expect to use the expertise of the investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management to which we will have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we expect that the relationships of the investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management will enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see Risk Factors Risks Relating to our Business and Structure We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.
We will not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by Stellus Capital Management. We have a chief executive officer, a chief investment officer, a chief financial officer and a chief compliance officer. To the extent necessary, our board of directors may hire additional personnel going forward. Our officers are employees of Stellus Capital Management and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs will be paid by us pursuant to the administration agreement.
We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are located at 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024. All locations are provided to us by Stellus Capital Management pursuant to the administration agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as we contemplate conducting it.
We and Stellus Capital Management are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.
69
On October 22, 2012, we entered into an agreement to acquire our initial portfolio from the D. E. Shaw group fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser and Stellus Capital Management serves as a non-discretionary sub-adviser. Our initial portfolio will be comprised of a portion of the loans to middle-market companies that were originated over the past three years by the Stellus Capital Management investment team during their time with the D. E. Shaw group and were selected for our initial portfolio because they are similar to the type of investments we plan to originate. Our initial portfolio includes middle-market loans that have an internal risk rating of 2 or better (e.g., investments that are performing at or above expectations and whose risks are neutral or favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment). We engaged an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in our determination of the acquisition price of the initial portfolio, which was ultimately approved by our board of directors (which includes a majority of independent directors). The independent third-party valuation firm that we have engaged is also the third party valuation firm engaged by the D. E. Shaw group to value the initial portfolio for the D. E. Shaw group fund in the ordinary course of such funds operations. In connection with its approval of the acquisition of our initial portfolio, our board of directors concluded that the assets included in the initial portfolio are similar to the type of investments that we plan to originate, that the purchase price for the initial portfolio and the terms of the acquisition were fair and reasonable and that the acquisition was in the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, we will receive a valuation bringdown from the independent third-party valuation firm that we engaged on the business day prior to the date we acquired our initial portfolio to confirm there has been no material change in the fair value of the initial portfolio from the date the acquisition of the initial portfolio was approved by our board of directors, other than an adjustment to reflect any interim period interest accrued.
Shortly prior to the time we file our election to be treated as a BDC, we intend to enter into the Bridge Facility and acquire the initial portfolio. To secure the Bridge Facility and certain rights and obligations under the loan purchase agreement, the parties will enter into certain pledge and/or escrow arrangements pending completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Such arrangements will terminate upon completion of this offering and will be replaced by the pledge and security arrangements to be entered into in connection with the Credit Facility described below. We will acquire the initial portfolio for $165.2 million in cash and $29.2 million in shares of our common stock based on the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, or $194.4 million in total (excluding accrued interest of approximately $2.3 million). We intend to finance the cash portion of the acquisition of the initial portfolio by (i) borrowing $152.5 million under the Bridge Facility and (ii) using the $12.7 million of proceeds we received in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction to certain purchasers, including persons and entities associated with Stellus Capital Management, at a purchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share. The Bridge Facility is expected to have a maturity date of not more than seven (7) business days after the pricing date of this offering and will terminate upon our full repayment of the outstanding borrowings thereunder with the proceeds of our initial public offering. Borrowings under the Bridge Facility are expected to bear interest at the highest of (i) a prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%.
In addition, we have received commitments to enter into the Credit Facility with various lenders, which will be agented by SunTrust Bank, an affiliate of one of the lenders of such facility, which we expect will become effective concurrent with the completion of this offering. The Credit Facility is expected to initially provide for borrowings up to $115 million and is expected to expire in 2016. Base rate borrowings under the Credit Facility are expected to bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%.
Upon consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, our initial portfolio will include 32.4% first lien debt, 12.8% second lien debt, and 54.8% mezzanine debt at fair value, of which 68% is invested in fixed-rate debt and the remaining 32% is invested in floating rate debt. We do
70
not believe that there are any material differences in the underwriting standards that were used to originate our initial portfolio and the underwriting standards described in this prospectus that we expect to implement going forward. Our initial portfolio generally consists of Level 3 assets that are illiquid, which means our portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset.
Upon consummation of the initial portfolio acquisition, the weighted average yield of the initial portfolio at its face value will be 12.99%, of which approximately 12.20% is current cash interest. The face value of a loan refers to the principal of the loan. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all debt investments within the initial portfolio, including accretion of original issue discount. As of October 22, 2012, all portfolio companies are in compliance with the terms of their respective credit agreements.
The following table sets forth certain information for each portfolio company in which we had a debt or equity investment, assuming for the purposes hereof that we had acquired these companies as of October 22, 2012. Other than these investments, we expect that our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies will be the managerial assistance we may provide, and the board observation or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. We do not control any of our portfolio companies, as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would control a portfolio company if we owned more than 25.0% of its voting securities and would be an affiliate of a portfolio company if we owned 5.0% or more of its voting securities. In connection with the purchase of our initial portfolio, we have agreed to pay to the D. E. Shaw group fund any penalty or premium amounts that are subsequently received by us in connection with the early calling of loans included in our initial portfolio.
Description | Industry | Type of Investment | Interest | Maturity | Principal Amount(1) | Purchase Price(2) | ||||||||||||||||||
Ascend Learning, LLC 40 Tall Pine Drive Sudbury, MA 01776 |
Software | Second Lien | EURO + 10.00% with 1.50% EURO floor |
12/06/2017 | $ | 10,000,000 | $ | 10,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||
ATX Networks Corp. 1-501 Clements Road West Ajax, ON L1S 7H4 Canada |
Telecom | Mezzanine | 14.00% | 05/12/2016 | 20,778,456 | 20,778,456 | ||||||||||||||||||
(12.00% Cash + 2.00% PIK) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baja Broadband, LLC 1061 521 Corporate Center Drive Suite 100 Fort Mill, SC |
Media | Second Lien | LIBOR + 11.00% with 1.50% LIBOR floor |
12/20/2017 | 15,000,000 | 15,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Binder & Binder 300 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, New York 11788 |
Business Services |
Mezzanine | 15.00% | 02/27/2016 | 13,000,000 | 13,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Precision Dynamics Corp. 13880 Del Sur Street San Fernando, CA 91340-3490 |
Healthcare | Mezzanine | 14.00% | 06/23/2016 | 13,400,741 | 13,400,741 | ||||||||||||||||||
(12.00% Cash + 2.00% PIK) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Refac Optical Group(3) 1 Harmon Drive Blackwood, NJ 08012 |
Retail | First Lien | LIBOR + 7.50% |
03/23/2016 | 3,780,408 | 3,780,408 | ||||||||||||||||||
First Lien | LIBOR + 10.25% |
03/23/2016 | 6,080,736 | 6,080,736 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(8.50% Cash + 1.75% PIK) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Snowman Holdings, LLC(4) 500 S. Enterprise Blvd. Lebanon, IN 46052 |
Logistics | Mezzanine | 13.00% | 01/11/2017 | 8,969,955 | 8,969,955 | ||||||||||||||||||
(11.00% Cash + 2.00% PIK) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
71
Description | Industry | Type of Investment | Interest | Maturity | Principal Amount(1) | Purchase Price(2) | ||||||||||||||||||
The Studer Group, LLC 913 Gulf Breeze Parkway Suite 6 Gulf Breeze, FL 32561 |
Healthcare | Mezzanine | 14.00% | 03/29/2017 | 16,639,880 | 16,639,880 | ||||||||||||||||||
(12.00% Cash + 2.00% PIK) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
T&D Solutions, LLC 1528 Dorchester Alexandria, LA 71303 |
Utilities | First Lien | 9.00% | 01/29/2015 | 15,394,132 | 15,394,132 | ||||||||||||||||||
First Lien | 19.72% | 01/29/2015 | 9,163,240 | 9,163,240 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Vivint, Inc.(5) 5132 North 300 West Provo, UT 84604 |
Consumer Services |
First Lien | LIBOR + 10.50% with 3.00% LIBOR floor |
04/30/2013 | 25,000,000 | 25,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
First Lien | LIBOR + 10.50% with 3.00% LIBOR floor |
04/30/2013 | 3,500,000 | 3,500,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Woodstream Corporation 69 N. Locust Street Lititz, PA 17543 |
Consumer Products |
Mezzanine | 12.00% | 2/27/2015 | 31,982,023 | 30,782,026 | ||||||||||||||||||
Woodstream Group Inc. 69 N. Locust Street, Lititz, PA 17543 |
Consumer Products |
Mezzanine | 12.00% | 2/27/2015 | 3,017,977 | 2,904,740 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Investments | $ | 195,707,548 | $ | 194,394,314 |
(1) | Principal amount includes the amount of PIK interest. |
(2) | Represents fair value as a result of the arms length nature of the portfolio acquisition, and except as noted below, none of the portfolio companies has (a) been in payment default, (b) extended the original maturity of its loan, (c) converted from cash pay interest to PIK interest or (d) otherwise entered into a material amendment to its loan agreement related to deteriorating financial performance. The purchase price does not include accrued interest of approximately $2.3 million that will be included in the purchase price through the purchase date. |
(3) | This investment also includes an undrawn revolving loan commitment in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000, an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.50%, and a maturity of March 23, 2016. |
(4) | Some of the investments listed are issued by an affiliate of the listed portfolio company. |
(5) | In February 2012 the maturity of the investment was extended from July 2, 2012 to April 30, 2013 due to the unavailability of lower-cost debt financing in the capital markets and existing lenders interest in remaining in, and upsizing, the credit facility; in October 2011 the interest rate was increased by 1.0% due to an increase in the portfolio companys leverage resulting from increased working capital investments. In addition, as a result of publicly announced merger negotiations, we believe that this investment may be repaid in full during the fourth quarter of 2012. |
Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company in which we have made an investment:
Ascend Learning, LLC is a leading provider of technology-based learning solutions that deliver improved student performance on national and state accreditation and licensing exams through easy-to-use online tools and vocational solutions.
ATX Networks Corp. is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of products used by the global cable television industry.
Baja Broadband, LLC provides cable television, phone and internet services to customers in Arizona, Nevada, Utah, New Mexico, Colorado and Texas.
Binder & Binder is one of the largest U.S. social security disability advocacy firms with 26 offices nationwide. The Company provides documentation and advocacy services to eligible individuals who are unable to work due to a disabling injury or medical condition.
Precision Dynamics Corp. manufactures wristbands and specialty labels (e.g., medical records, imaging and medication) that are primarily used in hospitals to improve safety and efficiency by reducing medical errors and integrating patient data from admission to discharge.
Refac Optical Group is one of the largest retail optical chains in the country, with over 700 locations that are primarily situated within department stores like JCPenney, Sears and Macys.
72
Snowman Holdings, LLC is one of the largest marketers and distributors of aftermarket and replacement parts and accessories used for the repair and maintenance of over-the-road semi-trailers.
The Studer Group, LLC provides training services to over 800 healthcare organizations that help them optimize clinical, operational and financial results.
T&D Solutions, LLC is a provider of maintenance and new construction and emergency response services for electric transmission and distribution lines in Texas, Louisiana, North Carolina, Arkansas, and Kansas.
Vivint, Inc. is one of the largest providers of home alarm monitoring services and home automation products in the country, with nearly 500,000 customers in North America.
Woodstream Corporation provides a wide range of branded consumer products for the garden, homecare, pest control, and pet care markets.
The following sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, certain additional information about our initial portfolio (as adjusted for the events described elsewhere herein) during the entire period of time that the investments that comprise our initial portfolio were owned by the D. E. Shaw group fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser:
| none of the investments that comprise our initial portfolio has ever been placed on non-accrual status, partial or otherwise; |
| other than as set forth immediately above, there has not been any material change in the creditworthiness of the portfolio companies that comprise our initial portfolio, including material investment restructurings, concessions and amendments; and |
| the cumulative payment-in-kind interest is $1.58 million, and original issue discount and market discount income recorded on the investments that comprise our initial portfolio is $1.3 million. |
73
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board of directors consists of seven members, four of whom are not interested persons of Stellus Capital Management, or its affiliates as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. The board of directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors. The responsibilities of the board of directors include quarterly valuation of our assets, corporate governance activities, oversight of our financing arrangements and oversight of our investment activities.
Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by Stellus Capital Management as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board of directors anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of Stellus Capital Management as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board of directors risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board of directors oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.
The board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The scope of the responsibilities assigned to each of these committees is discussed in greater detail below. Mr. Ladd serves as Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the board of directors and a member of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee and Messrs. DAngelo and Davis are each a member of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee and a member of our board of directors. We believe that Mr. Ladds history with Stellus Capital Management, his familiarity with its investment platform, and his extensive knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry qualify him to serve as the Chairman of our board of directors.
The board of directors does not have a lead independent director. We are aware of the potential conflicts that may arise when a non-independent director is Chairman of the board of directors, but believe these potential conflicts are offset by our strong corporate governance practices. Our corporate governance practices include regular meetings of the independent directors in executive session without the presence of interested directors and management, the establishment of an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which is comprised solely of independent directors, and the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer, with whom the independent directors meet without the presence of interested directors and other members of management, for administering our compliance policies and procedures.
The board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of our characteristics and circumstances because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that affords effective oversight. Specifically, the board of directors believes that the relationship of Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo and Davis with Stellus Capital Management provides an effective bridge between the board of directors and management, and encourages an open dialogue between management and our board of directors, ensuring that these groups act with a common purpose. The board of directors also believes that its small size creates a highly efficient governance structure that provides ample opportunity for direct communication and interaction between our management, Stellus Capital Management and the board of directors.
74
We have adopted provisions in our articles of incorporation that divide our board of directors into three classes. At each annual meeting, directors will be elected for staggered terms of three years (other than the initial terms, which extend for up to three years), with the term of office of only one of these three classes of directors expiring each year. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.
Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:
Name | Year of Birth |
Position | Director Since |
Term Expires |
Other Directorships Held |
|||||
Interested Directors |
||||||||||
Robert T. Ladd | 1956 | Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Investment Officer | 2012 | 2015 | | |||||
Dean DAngelo | 1967 | Director | 2012 | 2013 | | |||||
Joshua T. Davis | 1972 | Director | 2012 | 2014 | | |||||
Independent Directors |
||||||||||
J. Tim Arnoult | 1949 | Director | 2012 | 2015 | Cardtronics Inc. | |||||
Bruce R. Bilger | 1952 | Director | 2012 | 2014 | | |||||
Paul Keglevic | 1954 | Director | 2012 | 2015 | | |||||
William C. Repko | 1949 | Director | 2012 | 2013 | |
The address for each of our directors is c/o Stellus Capital Investment Corporation, 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024.
Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:
Name | Year of Birth | Position | ||
W. Todd Huskinson | 1964 | Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Treasurer and Secretary |
The address for each of our executive officers is c/o Stellus Capital Investment Corporation, 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024.
The board of directors will consider whether each of the directors is qualified to serve as a director, based on a review of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each director, including those described below. The board of directors will also consider whether each director has significant experience in the investment or financial services industries and has held management, board or oversight positions in other companies and organizations. For the purposes of this presentation, our directors have been divided into two groups independent directors and interested directors. Interested directors are interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act.
J. Tim Arnoult will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Arnoult has over 30 years of banking and financial services experience. From 1979 to 2006, Mr. Arnoult served in various positions at Bank of America, including its predecessors, including president of Global Treasury Services from 2005 2006, president of Global Technology and Operations from 2000 to 2005,
75
president of Central U.S. Consumer and Commercial Banking from 1996 to 2000 and president of Global Private Banking from 1991 to 1996. Mr. Arnoult is also experienced in mergers and acquisitions, having been directly involved in significant transactions such as the mergers of NationsBank and Bank America in 1998 and Bank of America and FleetBoston in 2004. Mr. Arnoult currently serves on the board of directors of Cardtronics Inc. (NasdaqGM: CATM) and has served on a variety of boards throughout his career, including the board of Visa USA. Mr. Arnoult holds a B.A. in Psychology and a M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin. We believe Mr. Arnoults extensive banking and financial services experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.
Bruce R. Bilger will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Bilger has over 35 years of providing advice on mergers and acquisitions, financings, and restructurings, particularly in the energy industry. Mr. Bilger is a senior advisor at Lazard Frerès & Co. LLC, a leading investment bank, where he began in January, 2008 as managing director, chairman and head of Global Energy, and co-head of the Southwest Investment Banking region. Prior to joining Lazard Frerès & Co. LLC, Mr. Bilger was a partner at the law firm of Vinson & Elkins LLP, where he was head of its 400-plus-attorney Energy Practice Group and co-head of its 175-plus-attorney corporate and transactional practice. Mr. Bilger is or has been a board or committee member with numerous charitable and civic organizations, including the Greater Houston Partnership, the Greater Houston Community Foundation, Reasoning Mind, Positive Coaching Alliance, Texas Childrens Hospital, Asia Society Texas Center, St. Lukes United Methodist Church, St. Johns School, Dartmouth College and the University of Virginia. Mr. Bilger graduated Phi Beta Kappa from Dartmouth College and has an M.B.A. and law degree from the University of Virginia. We believe Mr. Bilgers extensive merger and acquisition, financing, and restructuring experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.
Paul Keglevic will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Keglevic has over 33 years of experience with public companies across several industry sectors, including utilities, telecom and transportation. Mr. Keglevic has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer for Energy Future Holdings Corp., a Dallas-based energy company with a portfolio of competitive and regulated businesses, since June 2008. From July 2002, Mr. Keglevic was at PricewaterhouseCoopers, an accounting firm, where he served as the U.S. utility sector leader for six years and the clients and sector assurance leader for one year. Prior to PricewaterhouseCoopers, Mr. Keglevic led the utilities practice for Arthur Andersen, where he was a partner for 15 years. Mr. Keglevic is a member of the board of directors of the Dallas Chamber of Commerce and has previously served on the state of California Chamber Board and several other charitable and advisory boards. In 2011, Mr. Keglevic was named CFO of the Year by the Dallas Business Journal and received a Distinguished Alumni Award in accounting from Northern Illinois University. Mr. Keglevic received his B.S. in accounting from Northern Illinois University and is a certified public accountant. We believe Mr. Keglevics extensive experience with public companies and knowledge of accounting and regulatory issues brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.
William C. Repko will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Repko has nearly 40 years of investing, finance and restructuring experience. Mr. Repko has served as a senior advisor, senior managing director and was a co-founder of Evercore Partners Inc.s Restructuring and Debt Capital Markets Group since joining the firm in September 2005. Prior to joining Evercore Partners Inc., Mr. Repko served as chairman and head of the Restructuring Group at J.P. Morgan Chase, a leading investment banking firm, where he focused on providing comprehensive solutions to clients liquidity and reorganization challenges. Mr. Repko entered the workout banking world in 1980 at Manufacturers Hanover Trust, a commercial bank, which after a series of mergers became part of J.P. Morgan Chase. Mr. Repko has been named to the Turnaround Management Association (TMA)-sponsored Turnaround, Restructuring and Distressed Investing Industry Hall of Fame.
76
Mr. Repko received his B.S. in Finance from Lehigh University. We believe Mr. Repkos extensive investing, finance, and restructuring experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.
Robert T. Ladd will serve as the Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Ladd is the managing partner and Chief Investment Officer of Stellus Capital Management. Mr. Ladd has more than 32 years of investing, finance, and restructuring experience. Prior to joining Stellus Capital Management, he had been with the D. E. Shaw group, a global investment and technology development firm, where he led the D. E. Shaw groups Direct Capital Group from February 2004 to January 2012. Prior to joining the D. E. Shaw group, Mr. Ladd served as the president of Duke Energy North America, LLC, a merchant energy subsidiary of Duke Energy Corporation, and president and chief executive officer of Duke Capital Partners, LLC, a merchant banking subsidiary of Duke Energy Corporation, from September 2000 to February 2004. From February 1993 to September 2000, Mr. Ladd was a partner of Arthur Andersen LLP where he last served as worldwide managing partner for Arthur Andersens corporate restructuring practice and U.S. managing partner for that firms corporate finance practice. Before joining Arthur Andersen, from June 1980 to February 1993, Mr. Ladd served in various capacities for First City Bancorporation of Texas, Inc., a bank holding company, and its subsidiaries, including serving as president of First City Asset Servicing Company, an asset management business and executive vice president for the Texas Banking Division of First City Bancorporation of Texas, Inc., a commercial bank. He is a member of the Council of Overseers of the Jesse H. Jones Graduate School of Business of Rice University, as well as a member of the University of Texas Health Science Center Development Board and the University of Texas Medical School of Houston Advisory Council. Mr. Ladd received a B.A. in managerial studies and economics from Rice University, and an M.B.A. from The University of Texas at Austin, where he was a Sord Scholar and recipient of the Dean's Award for Academic Achievement. We believe Mr. Ladds extensive investing, finance, and restructuring experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.
Dean DAngelo will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. DAngelo is a founding partner of Stellus Capital Management and co-head of the Private Credit strategy and serves on its investment committee. He has over 21 years of experience in investment banking and principal investing. From August 2005 to January 2012, Mr. DAngelo was a director in the Direct Capital Group at the D. E. Shaw group, a global investment and technology development firm. Prior to joining the D. E. Shaw group, Mr. DAngelo was a principal of Allied Capital Corporation, a publicly-traded business development company, where he focused on making debt and equity investments in middle-market companies from May 2003 to August 2005. From September 2000 to April 2003, Mr. DAngelo served as a principal of Duke Capital Partners, LLC, a merchant banking subsidiary of Duke Energy Corporation, where he focused on providing mezzanine, equity, and senior debt financing to businesses in the energy sector. From January 1998 to September 2000, Mr. DAngelo was a product specialist for Banc of America Securities, LLC where he provided banking services to clients principally in the energy sector. Mr. DAngelo began his career in the bankruptcy and consulting practice of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. in Washington, D.C. Mr. DAngelo received his B.B.A. in accounting from The College of William and Mary, his M.A. in international economics and relations from The Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies at The Johns Hopkins University, and his M.B.A., with a concentration in finance, from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. DAngelos extensive investment banking and principal investing experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.
Joshua T. Davis will serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Davis is a founding partner of Stellus Capital Management and co-head of the Private Credit strategy and serves on its investment committee. He has more than 17 years of investing, finance, and restructuring experience. Prior to joining Stellus Capital Management, Mr. Davis was a director in the Direct Capital Group at the D. E. Shaw group, a global investment and technology development firm, since March 2004. Prior to joining the D. E. Shaw group, Mr. Davis served as a managing director at
77
Milestone Merchant Partners, LLC, a boutique merchant bank from May 2003 to February 2004 and a vice president of Duke Capital Partners, LLC, a merchant banking subsidiary of Duke Energy Corporation, from May 2002 to May 2003. Mr. Davis also served as a director of Arthur Andersen LLP, a consulting firm, from May 1995 to May 2002. Mr. Davis received a B.B.A. in accounting and finance from Texas A&M University. We believe Mr. Davis extensive investing, finance, and restructuring experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.
W. Todd Huskinson will serve as our Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. Mr. Huskinson is also a founding partner of Stellus Capital Management. He has over 24 years of experience in finance, accounting and operations. From August 2005 to January 2012, Mr. Huskinson was a director in the D. E. Shaw groups Direct Capital Group, a global investment and technology development firm. Prior to joining the D. E. Shaw group, Mr. Huskinson was a Managing Director at BearingPoint (formerly KPMG Consulting), a management consulting firm, where he led the Houston offices middle-market management consulting practice from July 2002 to July 2005. Prior to BearingPoint, Mr. Huskinson was a partner of Arthur Andersen, LLP, an accounting firm, where he served clients in the audit, corporate finance and consulting practices from December 1987 to June 2002. Mr. Huskinson received a B.B.A in accounting from Texas A&M University and is a certified public accountant.
The members of the audit committee are Messrs. Keglevic, Bilger and Repko, each of whom meets the independence standards established by the SEC and the NYSE for audit committees and is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Keglevic serves as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Keglevic is an audit committee financial expert as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee will utilize the services of an independent valuation firm to help them determine the fair value of these securities.
The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Arnoult, Bilger and Keglevic, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the NYSE corporate governance regulations. Mr. Arnoult serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board or a committee of the board, developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board and our management.
The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider nominees to the board of directors recommended by a stockholder if such stockholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a stockholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders must deliver written notice to our corporate secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a stockholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our corporate secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested
78
information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements or any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the board of directors, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.
The nominating and corporate governance committee has not adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying individuals for election as members of the board of directors, but the committee will consider such factors as it may deem are in our best interests and those of our stockholders. Those factors may include a persons differences of viewpoint, professional experience, education and skills, as well as his or her race, gender and national origin. In addition, as part of the boards annual-self assessment, the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee will evaluate the membership of the board of directors and whether the board maintains satisfactory policies regarding membership selection.
The members of the Compensation Committee are Repko, Bilger and Arnoult, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the NYSE corporate governance regulations. Mr. Repko serves as chairman of the Compensation Committee. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing our compensation policies generally and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our incentive compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval, evaluating executive officer performance, overseeing and setting compensation for our directors and, as applicable, our executive officers and, as applicable, preparing the report on executive officer compensation that SEC rules require to be included in our annual proxy statement. Currently, none of our executive officers is compensated by us and as such the compensation committee is not required to produce a report on executive officer compensation for inclusion in our annual proxy statement.
The compensation committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant assisting the compensation committee, including sole authority to approve all such compensation consultants fees and other retention terms. The compensation committee may delegate its authority to subcommittees or the chairman of the compensation committee when it deems appropriate and in our best interests.
The following table shows information regarding the compensation expected to be received by our independent directors for the calendar year ending December 31, 2012. No compensation is paid to directors who are interested persons for their service as directors.
Name | Aggregate Cash Compensation from Stellus Capital Investment Company(1) |
Total Compensation from Stellus Capital Investment Company Paid to Director(1) |
||||||
Interested Directors |
||||||||
Robert T. Ladd | $ | | $ | | ||||
Dean DAngelo | $ | | $ | | ||||
Joshua T. Davis | $ | | $ | | ||||
Independent Directors |
||||||||
J. Tim Arnoult | $ | 31,100 | $ | 31,100 | ||||
Bruce R. Bilger | $ | 31,800 | $ | 31,800 | ||||
Paul Keglevic | $ | 34,500 | $ | 34,500 | ||||
William C. Repko | $ | 31,100 | $ | 31,100 |
79
(1) | We are newly organized, and the amounts listed are estimated for the calendar year ending December 31, 2012. For a discussion of the independent directors compensation, see below. We do not have a profit-sharing or retirement plan, and directors do not receive any pension or retirement benefits. |
The independent directors will receive an annual fee of $55,000. They will also receive $2,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending in person or telephonically each regular board of directors meeting and each special telephonic meeting. They also will receive $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each committee meeting attended in person and each telephonic committee meeting. The chairmen of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively. We have obtained directors and officers liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers. Independent directors will have the option of having their directors fees paid in shares of our common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of net asset value or the market price at the time of payment. No compensation is paid to directors who are interested persons.
The investment committee of Stellus Capital Management will meet regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by Stellus Capital Management on our behalf. In addition, the investment committee will review and determine by unanimous vote whether to make prospective investments identified by Stellus Capital Management and monitor the performance of our investment portfolio. Stellus Capital Managements investment committee consists of Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis, Overbergen and Huskinson. After the completion of this offering, Stellus Capital Management may increase the size of its investment committee from time to time.
Information regarding the member of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee who is not also a director or executive officer is as follows:
Todd A. Overbergen is a founding partner of Stellus Capital Management and head of the Energy Private Equity strategy. He has more than 22 years of investing, finance, and restructuring experience. Prior to joining Stellus Capital Management, Mr. Overbergen served as a director in the Direct Capital Group of the D. E. Shaw group, a global investment and technology development firm, since February 2004. Prior to joining the D. E. Shaw group, Mr. Overbergen was a founding principal of Duke Capital Partners, LLC, a merchant banking subsidiary of Duke Energy Corporation, from December 2000 to April 2003. From 1998 to December 2000, Mr. Overbergen was a director in Arthur Andersen LLPs Global Corporate Finance group. Mr. Overbergen received a B.B.A. in accounting and finance from Texas A&M University.
Each investment opportunity requires the unanimous approval of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee, which is comprised of Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis, Overbergen and Huskinson. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies will require the investment committees approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the investment committee. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the investment committee will be overseen by Messrs. DAngelo and Davis. Biographical information with respect to Messrs. DAngelo and Davis is set out under Biographical Information.
The members of our investment committee receive compensation by Stellus Capital Management that includes an annual base salary, an annual individual performance bonus, contributions to 401(k) plans, and a portion of the incentive fee or carried interest earned in connection with their services.
80
Each of Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis, Overbergen and Huskinson has a direct ownership and financial interests in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from, Stellus Capital Management. None of Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis, Overbergen and Huskinson receives any direct compensation from us. Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis, Overbergen and Huskinson are also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of two other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts in which their affiliates receive incentive fees, with a total amount of $934.7 million in assets under management as of September 30, 2012. See Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.
81
Stellus Capital Management serves as our investment adviser and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 as amended (the Advisers Act).
Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, Stellus Capital Management will manage our day-to-day operations and provide investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the investment advisory agreement, Stellus Capital Management will:
| determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes; |
| identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make; |
| execute, close, service and monitor the investments we make; |
| determine the securities and other assets that we will purchase, retain or sell; |
| perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and |
| provide us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds. |
Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, we have agreed to pay Stellus Capital Management a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by our stockholders.
The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents. For services rendered under the investment advisory agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. For the first quarter of our operations, the base management fee will be calculated based on the initial value of our gross assets. Beginning with our second quarter of operations, the base management fee will be calculated based on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.
We will pay Stellus Capital Management an incentive fee. Incentive fees are calculated as below and payable quarterly in arrears. Stellus Capital Management has agreed to waive its incentive fee for the years ending December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 to the extent required to support a minimum annual dividend yield of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis) based on our initial public offering price per share. The incentive fee, which provides Stellus Capital Management with a share of the income that it generates for us, has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, calculated as follows:
The ordinary income component is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts, and will be 20.0% of the amount, if any, by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, exceeds a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a catch-up provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, Stellus Capital Management receives no incentive fee until our pre-incentive fee net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0%, but then receives, as a catch-up, 100% of our
82
pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%. The effect of the catch-up provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, Stellus Capital Management receives 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement (as defined below), and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Companys pre-incentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20.0% of the amount by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the catch-up provision, and (ii) (x) 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations is the amount, if positive, of the sum of pre-incentive fee net investment income, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) will be paid to Stellus Capital Management, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such accounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possible elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter, and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle, and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle. Stellus Capital Management has agreed to permanently waive any interest accrued on the portion of the incentive fee attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID).
Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss, subject to the total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.
83
The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:
The capital gains component of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2012, and is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees, provided that the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2012 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2012. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the investment advisory agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee.
Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee before Total Return Requirement Calculation:
Alternative 1
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.0%
Management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.2%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.6125%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no income-related incentive fee.
84
Alternative 2
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.9%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.0%
Management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.2%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.2625%
Incentive fee = 100% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to catch-up)(4)
= 100% × (2.2625% 2.0%)
= 0.2625%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, but does not fully satisfy the catch-up provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.2625%.
Alternative 3
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.0%
Management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.2%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.8625%
Incentive fee = 100% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to catch-up)(4)
Incentive fee = 100% × catch-up + (20.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment
Income 2.5%))
Catch-up = 2.5% 2.0%
= 0.5%
Incentive fee = (100% × 0.5%) + (20.0% × (2.8625% 2.5%))
= 0.5% + (20.0% × 0.3625%)
= 0.5% + 0.0725%
= 0.5725%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, and fully satisfies the catch-up provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.5725%.
(1) | Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate. |
(2) | Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee. |
(3) | Excludes organizational and offering expenses. |
(4) | The catch-up provision is intended to provide Stellus Capital Management with an incentive fee of 20.0% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter. |
85
Example 2: Income Portion of Incentive Fee with Total Return Requirement Calculation:
Alternative 1:
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.0%
Management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.2%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%
Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000
20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $8,000,000
Although our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% (as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above), no incentive fee is payable because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters did not exceed the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters.
Alternative 2:
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.0%
Management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.2%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%
Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000
20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $10,000,000
Because our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% and because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters, an incentive fee would be payable, as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above.
(1) | Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate. |
(2) | Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee. |
(3) | Excludes organizational and offering expenses. |
(4) | The catch-up provision is intended to provide Stellus Capital Management with an incentive fee of 20.0% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter. |
Example 3: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee(*):
Alternative 1:
Assumptions
Year 1: $2.0 million investment made in Company A (Investment A), and $3.0 million investment made in Company B (Investment B)
Year 2: Investment A sold for $5.0 million and fair market value (FMV) of Investment B determined to be $3.5 million
86
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $2.0 million
Year 4: Investment B sold for $3.25 million
The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:
Year 1: None
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $0.6 million ($3.0 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)
Year 3: None $0.4 million (20.0% multiplied by ($3.0 million cumulative capital gains less $1.0 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $0.6 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)
Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $50,000 $0.65 million ($3.25 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $0.6 million (capital gains incentive fee taken in Year 2)
Alternative 2
Assumptions
Year 1: $2.0 million investment made in Company A (Investment A), $5.25 million investment made in Company B (Investment B) and $4.5 million investment made in Company C (Investment C)
Year 2: Investment A sold for $4.5 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $4.75 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $4.5 million
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $5.0 million and Investment C sold for $5.5 million
Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $6.0 million
Year 5: Investment B sold for $4.0 million
The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:
Year 1: None
Year 2: $0.4 million capital gains incentive fee 20.0% multiplied by $2.0 million ($2.5 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $0.5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)
Year 3: $0.25 million capital gains incentive fee(1) $0.65 million (20.0% multiplied by $3.25 million ($3.5 million cumulative realized capital gains less $0.25 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $0.4 million capital gains incentive fee received in Year 2
Year 4: $0.05 million capital gains incentive fee $0.7 million ($3.50 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $0.65 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3
Year 5: None $0.45 million (20.0% multiplied by $2.25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $3.5 million less realized capital losses of $1.25 million)) less $0.7 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2, Year 3 and Year 4(2)
* | The hypothetical amounts of returns shown are based on a percentage of our total net assets and assume no leverage. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in this example. |
(1) | As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 1 above, if a portfolio company were to be wound up on a date other than its fiscal year end of any year, it may have paid aggregate capital gains incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if such portfolio company had been wound up on its fiscal year end of such year. |
(2) | As noted above, it is possible that the cumulative aggregate capital gains fee received by Stellus Capital Management ($0.70 million) is effectively greater than $0.45 million (20.0% of cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less net realized capital losses or net unrealized depreciation ($2.25 million)). |
87
All investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, will be provided and paid for by Stellus Capital Management and not by us. We will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:
| organization and offering; |
| calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); |
| fees and expenses payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; |
| interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts; |
| offerings of our common stock and other securities; |
| base management and incentive fees; |
| administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the administration agreement (including our allocable portion of Stellus Capital Managements overhead in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs); |
| transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses; |
| U.S. federal and state registration fees; |
| all costs of registration and listing our shares on any securities exchange; |
| U.S. federal, state and local taxes; |
| independent directors fees and expenses; |
| costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators; |
| costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; |
| costs associated with individual or group stockholders; |
| costs and fees associated with any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; |
| direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; |
| proxy voting expenses; and |
| all other expenses incurred by us or Stellus Capital Management in connection with administering our business. |
Unless terminated earlier as described below, the investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year
88
thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The investment advisory agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by Stellus Capital Management and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the investment advisory agreement without penalty upon 60 days written notice. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to our Business and Structure We are dependent upon key personnel of Stellus Capital Management for our future success. If Stellus Capital Management were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.
The investment advisory agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the investment advisory agreement, Stellus Capital Management and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Stellus Capital Managements services under the investment advisory agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.
Our board of directors approved the investment advisory agreement at its first meeting, held on September 24, 2012. A discussion regarding the basis for our board of directors approval of our investment advisory agreement will be included in our first quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed subsequent to completion of this offering.
The administration agreement provides that Stellus Capital Management will furnish us with office facilities and equipment and will provide us with clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the administration agreement, Stellus Capital Management will perform, or oversee the performance of, our required administrative services, which will include being responsible for the financial and other records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC. In addition, Stellus Capital Management will assist us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the administration agreement, Stellus Capital Management will also provide managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance.
Payments under the administration agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of Stellus Capital Managements overhead in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. In addition, if requested to provide significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, Stellus Capital Management will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance. The administration agreement will have an initial term of two years and may be renewed with the approval of our board of directors. The administration agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days written notice to the other party. To the
89
extent that Stellus Capital Management outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any incremental profit to Stellus Capital Management. Stockholder approval is not required to amend the administration agreement.
The administration agreement provides that, absent criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Stellus Capital Management, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Stellus Capital Managements services under the administration agreement or otherwise as our administrator.
We have entered into a license agreement with Stellus Capital Management under which Stellus Capital Management has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name Stellus Capital. Under this agreement, we have a right to use the Stellus Capital name for so long as Stellus Capital Management or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the Stellus Capital name. This license agreement will remain in effect for so long as the investment advisory agreement with Stellus Capital Management is in effect.
90
We have entered into agreements with Stellus Capital Management, in which our senior management and members of Stellus Capital Managements investment committee have indirect ownership and other financial interests.
Stellus Capital Management also manages, and in the future may manage, other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles that invest or may invest in assets eligible for purchase by us. For example, Stellus Capital Management is currently seeking to raise capital for a private credit fund that will have an investment strategy that is identical to our investment strategy and, pursuant to sub-advisory arrangements, Stellus Capital Management provides non-discretionary advisory services to the D. E. Shaw group related to a private investment fund and a strategy of a private multi-strategy investment fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser. Our investment policies, fee arrangements and other circumstances may vary from those of other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management.
We intend to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. We generally will only be permitted to co-invest with such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles where the only term that is negotiated is price. However, we and Stellus Capital Management have filed an exemptive application with the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. This exemptive application is still pending, and there can be no assurance that we will receive exemptive relief from the SEC to permit us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) where terms other than price are negotiated. When we invest alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management, prior to receiving exemptive relief, we expect to make such investments consistent with Stellus Capital Managements allocation policy, which generally requires that each co-investment opportunity be allocated between us and the other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management pro rata based on each entitys capital available for investment, as determined by Stellus Capital Management. Our capital available for investment includes cash on hand and liquidity available under our financing arrangements, including the borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, existing commitments and reserves if any, the targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and diversification requirements and other investment policies and restrictions set by our board of directors or as imposed by applicable laws, regulations or interpretations. The capital available for investment for the private credit fund, investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles will generally include uncalled capital commitments, which is the aggregate amount of capital that investors in our private credit fund have committed to furnish us upon our request, as well as cash on hand. In situations where co-investment alongside other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management, prior to receiving exemptive relief, is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, Stellus Capital Management will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. Stellus Capital Management will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on an alternating basis that will be fair and equitable over time. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Stellus Capital Management has previously invested. See Risk Factors Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.
91
In addition, our initial portfolio consists of 15 assets acquired from the D. E. Shaw group fund to which the D. E. Shaw group serves as investment adviser. Stellus Capital Management provides advisory services with respect to the D. E. Shaw group fund pursuant to a sub-advisory arrangement. However, the D. E. Shaw group fund has retained equity investments in seven of those 12 portfolio companies. To the extent that our investments in these portfolio companies need to be restructured or that we choose to exit these investments in the future, our ability to do so may be limited if such restructuring or exit also involves an affiliate or the D. E. Shaw group fund therein because such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act in the absence of our receipt of relief from the SEC in connection with such transaction. For example, if the D. E. Shaw group fund were required to approve a restructuring of our investment in one of these portfolio companies in its capacity as an equity holder thereof and the D. E. Shaw group were deemed to be our affiliate, such involvement by the D. E. Shaw group fund in the restructuring transaction may constitute a prohibited joint transaction under the 1940 Act. However, we do not believe that our ability to restructure or exit these investments will be significantly hampered due to the fact that the equity investments retained by the D. E. Shaw group fund are minority equity positions and, as a result, it is unlikely that the D. E. Shaw group fund will be or will be required to be involved in any such restructurings or exits. Moreover, although we are seeking exemptive relief in relation to certain joint transactions with certain investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles affiliated with Stellus Capital Management, we do not expect that such exemptive relief will apply to the D. E. Shaw group funds sub-advised by Stellus Capital Management. See Risk Factors Our ability to sell or otherwise exit investments in which affiliates of Stellus Capital Management also have an investment may be restricted.
We have entered into an investment advisory agreement with Stellus Capital Management. Pursuant to this agreement, we have agreed to pay to Stellus Capital Management a management fee and incentive fee. Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo and Davis, each an interested member of our board of directors, has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in Stellus Capital Management. See Management Agreements. The incentive fee will be computed and paid on income that we may not have yet received in cash at the time of payment. This fee structure may create an incentive for Stellus Capital Management to invest in certain types of speculative securities. Additionally, we will rely on investment professionals from Stellus Capital Management to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. Stellus Capital Managements management fee and incentive fee is based on the value of our investments and, therefore, there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of Stellus Capital Management are involved in the valuation process for our portfolio investments.
We have entered into a license agreement with Stellus Capital Management pursuant to which Stellus Capital Management has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name Stellus Capital.
We have entered into an administration agreement with Stellus Capital Management pursuant to which Stellus Capital Management will furnish us with office facilities and equipment and will provide us with the clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services necessary to conduct day-to-day operations. Under this administration agreement, Stellus Capital Management will perform, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. The beneficial interests in Stellus Capital Management are indirectly owned by Messrs. Ladd, DAngelo, Davis, Overbergen and Huskinson. See Management Agreements. We will reimburse Stellus Capital Management for the allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of
92
directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs.
The following table sets out certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote five percent or more of our outstanding common stock, each of our directors and officers and all officers and directors as a group. Immediately after this offering, there will be 10,827,276 shares of common stock outstanding.
Percentage of Common Stock Outstanding | ||||||||||||||||||||
Immediately Prior to This Offering(1) | Immediately after This Offering(2) | |||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address | Type of Ownership | Shares Owned | Percentage | Shares Owned | Percentage | |||||||||||||||
DC Funding SPV 2, L.L.C.(3) c/o D. E. Shaw Direct Capital, L.L.C. 1166 Avenue of the Americas Ninth Floor New York, New York 10036 |
Beneficial | 1,943,943 | 68.8 | % | 1,943,943 | 18.0 | % | |||||||||||||
Robert T. Ladd(4) | Beneficial | 73,282 | 2.6 | 73,282 | * | |||||||||||||||
W. Todd Huskinson(4) | Beneficial | 40,934 | 1.4 | 40,934 | * | |||||||||||||||
Dean DAngelo(4) | Beneficial | 75,793 | 2.7 | 75,793 | * | |||||||||||||||
Joshua T. Davis(4) | Beneficial | 75,793 | 2.7 | 75,793 | * | |||||||||||||||
J. Tim Arnoult | Beneficial | 10,000 | * | 10,000 | * | |||||||||||||||
Bruce R. Bilger | Beneficial | 6,667 | * | 6,667 | * | |||||||||||||||
Paul Keglevic | Beneficial | 1,667 | * | 1,667 | * | |||||||||||||||
William C. Repko | Beneficial | 10,000 | * | 10,000 | * | |||||||||||||||
All officers and directors as a group (8 persons) | Beneficial | 194,134 | 6.9 | % | 194,134 | 1.8 | % |
* | Less than 1.0%. |
(1) | Assumes the issuance of shares in connection with the private placement and the portfolio acquisition. |
(2) | Assumes the issuance of 8,000,000 shares offered hereby. |
(3) | D. E. Shaw Direct Capital, L.L.C., in its capacity as manager of DC Funding SPV 2, L.L.C., is subject to lock up agreements with respect to the shares of our common stock owned by DC Funding SPV 2, L.L.C., and does not have the power to vote or direct the voting of such shares, which must be voted in the same manner as our other stockholders vote their shares. |
(4) | Includes 33,334 shares held by Stellus Capital Management for which Messrs. Ladd, Huskinson, DAngelo and Davis share voting and dispositive power. |
93
The following table sets out the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors upon completion of this offering. We are not part of a family of investment companies, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.
Name of Director | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Stellus Capital Investment Corporation(1)(2) | |||
Independent Directors |
||||
J. Tim Arnoult | Over $100,000 | |||
Bruce R. Bilger | $50,001 $100,000 | |||
Paul Keglevic | $10,001 $50,000 | |||
William C. Repko | Over $100,000 | |||
Interested Directors |
||||
Robert T. Ladd | Over $100,000 | |||
Dean DAngelo | Over $100,000 | |||
Joshua T. Davis | Over $100,000 |
(1) | Dollar ranges are as follows: none, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or over $100,000. |
(2) | Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act. |
94
The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock will be determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding.
In calculating the value of our total assets, investment transactions will be recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses will be computed using the specific identification method. Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be valued at such market quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market price is not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on the input of our management and audit committee. In addition, our board of directors will retain one or more independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment for which a market quotation is not available at least quarterly. We also have adopted SFAS 157 (ASC Topic 820). This accounting statement requires us to assume that the portfolio investment is assumed to be sold in the principal market to market participants, or in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market, which may be a hypothetical market. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with SFAS 157 (ASC Topic 820), the market in which we can exit portfolio investments with the greatest volume and level activity is considered our principal market.
The valuation process will be conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with all of our valuations of portfolio companies without market quotations subject to review by one or more independent valuation firm each quarter. When an external event with respect to one of our portfolio companies, such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we expect to use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation.
A readily available market value is not expected to exist for most of the investments in our portfolio, and we will value these portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors under our valuation policy and process. The types of factors that our board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparisons of financial ratios of the portfolio companies that issued such private equity securities to peer companies that are public, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio companys ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the company will consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate the private equity valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different from the valuations currently assigned. See Risk Factors Risks Related to our Investments Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
| our quarterly valuation process will begin with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of Stellus Capital Management responsible for the portfolio investment; |
| preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with our senior management and Stellus Capital Management; |
95
| the audit committee of our board of directors will then review these preliminary valuations; |
| at least once quarterly, the valuation for each portfolio investment will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm; and |
| the board of directors will then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of Stellus Capital Management, the independent valuation firm and the audit committee. |
In following these approaches, the types of factors that will be taken into account in fair value pricing investments will include, as relevant, but not be limited to:
| available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables; |
| applicable market yields and multiples; |
| security covenants; |
| call protection provisions; |
| information rights; |
| the nature and realizable value of any collateral; |
| the portfolio companys ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business; |
| comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public; |
| comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and |
| the principal market and enterprise values. |
Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates not susceptible to substantiation by auditing procedures. Under current auditing standards, the notes to our financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our financial statements.
96
We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that will provide for reinvestment of our stockholder distributions, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution, then our stockholders who have not opted out of such dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.
No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have its cash distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying State Street Bank and Trust Company, the plan administrator and our transfer agent, registrar and distribution disbursing agent, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than five (5) days prior to the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than five (5) days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participants account, issue a certificate registered in the participants name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share. The plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a brokerage commission from the proceeds of the sale of any fractional share.
Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or nominee of their election.
We expect to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. Under such circumstances, the number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by 95% of the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the payment date fixed by our board of directors. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on the NYSE or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. We reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. Shares purchased in open market transactions by the plan administrator will be allocated to a stockholder based on the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased in the open market.
There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrators fees will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participants account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a brokerage commission from the proceeds.
Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock are generally subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. However, since a participating stockholders cash distributions will be reinvested, such stockholder will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested distributions. A stockholders basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a distribution from us will generally be equal to the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholders account.
Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator by filling out the transaction request form located at the bottom of the participants statement and sending it to the plan administrator at the address below.
97
Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other nominee who wish to terminate his or her account under the plan may do so by notifying his or her broker or nominee.
The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any stockholder distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at Stellus Capital Investment Corporation, c/o State Street Bank and Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, JHT1651, Boston, Massachusetts 02145.
If you withdraw or the plan is terminated, you will receive the number of whole shares in your account under the plan and a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account.
If you hold your common stock with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the plan, you will not be able to participate in the plan and any distribution reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information.
98
The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares of common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.
A U.S. stockholder is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
| a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| a trust if either a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date, and has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person. |
A Non-U.S. stockholder is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.
If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective investor that is a partner in a partnership that will hold shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the partnerships purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.
Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares of common stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty, and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.
As a business development company, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our
99
stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our investment company taxable income, which is generally our net ordinary taxable income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses (the Annual Distribution Requirement).
If we:
| qualify as a RIC; and |
| satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement; |
then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain, defined as net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any net income or net capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.
We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on our undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (a) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (b) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (c) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax (the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement). For this purpose, however, any net ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by us that is subject to corporate income tax for the tax year ending in that calendar year will be considered to have been distributed by year end (or earlier if estimated taxes are paid). We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.
In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:
| qualify to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year; |
| derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (which generally are partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income) (the 90% Income Test); and |
| diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: |
| at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and |
| no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the Diversification Tests). |
We may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.
100
Any underwriting fees paid by us are not deductible. We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. If we are not able to obtain sufficient cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on all of our taxable income without the benefit of the dividends-paid deduction.
Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order (i) to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and to otherwise eliminate our liability for U.S. federal income and excise taxes and (ii) to satisfy the Diversification Tests. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to borrow additional funds or to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain asset coverage tests are met. See Regulation Senior Securities. Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement or the Diversification Tests may be limited by (a) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (b) other requirements relating to our qualification as a RIC. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, or the Diversification Tests, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.
Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (a) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (b) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (c) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (d) convert lower-taxed long term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (e) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (f) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (g) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (h) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (i) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our disqualification as a RIC.
Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long term or short term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.
Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we may hold assets that generate such income and provide services that generate such fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. federal corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.
If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and if certain remedial provisions are not available, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made.
101
Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to such distributions, and for distributions prior to January 1, 2013, non-corporate stockholders would be able to treat such dividend income as qualified dividend income, which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholders tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next ten years.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will qualify as a RIC and will satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement.
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, recently enacted legislation is scheduled to impose a 3.8% tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, and on the undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, net investment income generally includes gross income from interest, dividends and net gains from certain property sales, less certain deductions. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation in their particular circumstances.
Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our investment company taxable income (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. For the tax years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, to the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations and if certain holding period requirements are met, such distributions generally will be treated as qualified dividend income and will be eligible for a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 15% maximum U.S. federal income tax rate. Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as capital gain dividends will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% through 2012) in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholders holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholders adjusted tax basis in such stockholders common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder. U.S. stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock purchased in the market should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. A U.S. stockholder receiving a distribution in newly issued shares of our common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution equal to the value of the shares received, and should have a cost basis of such amount.
102
Although we currently intend to distribute any net long-term capital gains at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains but designate the retained amount as a deemed distribution. In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal its allocable share of the tax paid on the deemed distribution by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholders tax basis for their shares of common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual U.S. stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholders other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholders liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a deemed distribution.
For purposes of determining (a) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (b) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares of our common stock will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of their investment.
A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of their shares of our common stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held their shares of common stock for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the common stock acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss.
In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently (through 2012) are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% on their net capital gain, (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year), including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares of common stock. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., net
103
capital losses in excess of net capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carryback such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.
We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholders taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax status of each years distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholders particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the lower tax rates applicable to certain qualified dividends.
We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (backup withholding) from all distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (a) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (b) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individuals taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholders U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such stockholder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.
Recently enacted legislation generally imposes a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after December 31, 2013, and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S.-source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2014. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holders account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, a U.S. stockholder that holds its shares through foreign intermediaries or foreign entities could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.
Whether an investment in the shares of our common stock is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that persons particular circumstances. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our common stock.
Distributions of our investment company taxable income to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income, net short-term capital gain or foreign-source dividend and interest income, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, in which case the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special
104
certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their tax advisors.
Under a provision that applied to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, properly reported dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder generally were exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (a) were paid in respect of our qualified net interest income (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) were paid in connection with our qualified short-term capital gains (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Although this provision has been subject to previous extensions, we cannot be certain whether this exception will apply for any taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. If this exception is extended, and depending on the circumstances, we may report all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding if extended, a Non-U.S. stockholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute or successor form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary could withhold tax even if we properly report the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. stockholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.
Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States or, in the case of an individual Non-U.S. stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of the sale or capital gain dividend and certain other conditions are met.
If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholders allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty).
A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the distribution paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.
Recently enacted legislation generally imposes a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after
105
December 31, 2013, and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S.-source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2014. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holders account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, depending on the status of a Non-U.S. stockholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.
An investment in shares by a non-U.S. person may also be subject to U.S. estate tax. Non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, U.S. estate tax and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares of our common stock.
106
The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.
Our authorized stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which are initially designated as common stock. We have applied for our common stock to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol SCM. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Our fiscal year-end is December 31st. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.
The following presents our outstanding classes of securities as of November 6, 2012:
(1) Title of Class |
(2) Amount Authorized |
(3) Amount Held by Us or for Our Account |
(4) Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts Shown Under (3) |
|||||||||
Common Stock | 100,000,000 | | 2,827,276 |
Under our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that the board of directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.
All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, voting, and distributions and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.
Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock. The cost of any such reclassification would be borne by our existing common stockholders. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and
107
conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (a) immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our gross assets after deducting the amount of such distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (b) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions. However, we do not currently have any plans to issue preferred stock.
Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors and officers liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.
Our charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such persons willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.
Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the
108
director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporations receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
Our insurance policy does not currently provide coverage for claims, liabilities and expenses that may arise out of activities that our present or former directors or officers have performed for another entity at our request. There is no assurance that such entities will in fact carry such insurance. However, we note that we do not expect to request our present or former directors or officers to serve another entity as a director, officer, partner or trustee unless we can obtain insurance providing coverage for such persons for any claims, liabilities or expenses that may arise out of their activities while serving in such capacities.
The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.
Our board of directors are divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. Upon expiration of their terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.
Our charter and bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a plurality of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present will be required to elect a director. Pursuant to our charter our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.
Our charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than one nor more than nine. Our charter provides that, at such time as we have at least three independent directors and our common stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we elect to be subject to the
109
provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law regarding the filling of vacancies on the board of directors. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause, as defined in our charter, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.
Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or (unless the charter provides for stockholder action by less than unanimous written consent, which our charter does not) by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.
Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (a) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (b) by the board of directors or (c) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the board of directors or (3) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws. The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.
Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors and certain of our officers. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
110
Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter generally provides for approval of charter amendments and extraordinary transactions by the stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter also provides that certain charter amendments, any proposal for our conversion, whether by charter amendment, merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company and any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution requires the approval of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by a majority of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our board of directors), such amendment or proposal may be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. In either event, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, any such amendment or proposal that would have the effect of changing the nature of our business so as to cause us to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company would be required to be approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities, as defined under the 1940 Act. The continuing directors are defined in our charter as (a) our current directors, (b) those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of our current directors then on the board of directors or (c) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of continuing directors or the successor continuing directors then in office.
Our charter and bylaws provide that the board of directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.
Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless a majority of the board of directors shall determine such rights apply.
The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (the Control Share Act). Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:
| one-tenth or more but less than one-third; |
| one-third or more but less than a majority; or |
| a majority or more of all voting power. |
The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
111
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, as provided in our bylaws, compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.
Under Maryland law, business combinations between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder (the Business Combination Act). These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:
| any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporations outstanding voting stock; or |
| an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of then outstanding voting stock of the corporation. |
A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the stockholder otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:
| 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and |
112
| two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. |
These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporations common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time; however, our board of directors will adopt resolutions so as to make us subject to the provisions of the Business Combination Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Business Combination Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If this resolution is repealed, or the board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.
Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, including the Control Share Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.
113
We are a business development company under the 1940 Act and intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than interested persons, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an underwriter as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval upon 60 days prior written notice to stockholders.
Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the companys total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:
(1) | Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. Under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, eligible portfolio companies include (1) private domestic operating companies, (2) public domestic operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange) or registered under the Exchange Act, and (3) public domestic operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public domestic operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board or through Pink Sheets LLC are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies. |
(2) | Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control. |
(3) | Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the |
114
issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements. |
(4) | Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company. |
(5) | Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities. |
(6) | Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. |
The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.
In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, a business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance. However, when the business development company purchases securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers, employees or agents, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. Stellus Capital Management will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.
Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Stellus Capital Management will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.
We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset
115
coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see Risk Factors Risks Relating to our Business and Structure Regulations governing our operation as a business development company will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.
We and Stellus Capital Management have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each such code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with such codes requirements. You may read and copy our code of ethics at the SECs Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs website at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SECs Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to Stellus Capital Management. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Stellus Capital Management are set out below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by Stellus Capital Management and our directors who are not interested persons, and, accordingly, are subject to change.
As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, Stellus Capital Management has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, Stellus Capital Management recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.
Stellus Capital Managements policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.
Stellus Capital Management votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. Stellus Capital Management reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases Stellus Capital Management will vote in favor of proposals that Stellus Capital Management believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although Stellus Capital Management will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, Stellus Capital Management may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.
Stellus Capital Management has established a proxy voting committee and adopted proxy voting guidelines and related procedures. The proxy voting committee establishes proxy voting guidelines and procedures, oversees the internal proxy voting process, and reviews proxy voting issues. To ensure that Stellus Capital Managements vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, Stellus Capital Management requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees
116
involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how Stellus Capital Management intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, Stellus Capital Management will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.
You may obtain information about how Stellus Capital Management voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Stellus Capital Investment Corporation, Attention: Investor Relations, 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024, or by calling us collect at (310) 235-5900. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains this information.
We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.
Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third-party administrator).
We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of Stellus Capital Management and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We intend to maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.
We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such persons office.
We and Stellus Capital Management will each be required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of relevant federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.
We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the business development company prohibition on transactions with affiliates to prohibit all joint transactions between entities that share a common investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. As a result, we only expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management when each of us and such investment fund, account or investment vehicle will own the same securities of the issuer and when no term is negotiated other than price. Any such investment would be made, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. If opportunities arise that would otherwise be appropriate for us and for an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Stellus Capital Management to invest in different
117
securities of the same issuer, Stellus Capital Management will need to decide which fund will proceed with the investment. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by Stellus Capital Management has previously invested.
We and Stellus Capital Management have filed for exemptive relief from the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) may afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. Accordingly, our application for exemptive relief is seeking an exemptive order permitting us to invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Stellus Capital Management (other than the D. E. Shaw group funds) in the same portfolio companies under circumstances in which such investments would otherwise not be permitted by the 1940 Act. We expect that such exemptive relief permitting co-investments, if granted, would not require review and approval of each co-investment by our independent directors. This exemptive application is still pending, and there can be no assurance if and when the SEC would grant such relief.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:
| pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports; |
| pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures; |
| pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and |
| pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses. |
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated under such act. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance with that act.
118
Upon completion of this offering, 10,827,276 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option. Of these shares, the 8,000,000 shares sold in this offering, will be freely tradable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act. The remaining 2,827,276 shares will be deemed restricted securities as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act or may be sold pursuant to the safeharbors found in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (a) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (b) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
| 1% of the total number of securities then outstanding; or |
| the average weekly trading volume of our securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. |
Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manners of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. We can give no assurance as to (a) the likelihood that an active market for our common stock will develop, (b) the liquidity of any such market, (c) the ability of our stockholders to sell our securities or (d) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of our securities. We can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that future sales of securities, or the availability of securities for future sales, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of our common stock. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to this Offering.
We, Stellus Capital Management, our executive officers, directors and other stockholders (including the D. E. Shaw group fund from which we will acquire our initial portfolio), will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons will agree not to, without the prior written approval of the representatives, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, the representatives may in their sole discretion release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements.
We have granted the D. E. Shaw group fund certain registration rights pursuant to which we have agreed to prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 pursuant to Rule 415 to register the resale of the shares of our common stock we issued to it in connection with our purchase of the initial portfolio. Specifically, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC promptly after a request by the D. E. Shaw group fund to file such a registration statement with the SEC. We have also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC within 90 days of the initial filing thereof with the SEC. The D.E. Shaw group fund may only exercise these
119
registration rights after the expiration of the lock-up period described above and then, with limited exceptions, only on two occasions.
Our securities are held by State Street Bank and Trust Company pursuant to a custody agreement. State Street Bank and Trust Company will also serve as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.
Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of brokers or the payment of brokerage commissions. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, Stellus Capital Management will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Stellus Capital Management does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firms risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. Stellus Capital Management generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, Stellus Capital Management may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to Stellus Capital Management and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if Stellus Capital Management determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.
120
We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as the representatives of the underwriters and joint book-running managers of this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters named below, each of the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.
Underwriters | Number of Shares | |||
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. | ||||
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated | ||||
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated | ||||
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. | ||||
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC | ||||
Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. | ||||
Total | 8,000,000 |
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters over-allotment option described below.
Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:
| receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and |
| the underwriters right to reject orders in whole or in part. |
We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters expect to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.
The principal business addresses of the underwriters are: Raymond James & Associates, Inc., 880 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716; Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, 501 N. Broadway, 9th Floor, St. Louis, MO 63102; Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202; Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004; Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, 1717 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103; and Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc., 800 Shades Creek Parkway, Birmingham, AL 35209.
We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of 1,200,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters will have 30 days from the date of our final prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $0.54 per share from the initial public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $0.10 per share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. Sales of shares made outside of the U.S. may be
121
made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
The following table shows the public offering price and underwriting discounts. Stellus Capital Management has agreed to pay the underwriters a portion of the sales load in an amount equal to $2,887,200 (or $3,320,280 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option.
Per Share | Without Option | With Option | ||||||||||
Public Offering Price | $ | 15.0000 | $ | 120,000,000 | $ | 138,000,000 | ||||||
Sales load (underwriting discount and commission) payable by us | $ | 0.5391 | $ | 4,312,800 | $ | 4,959,720 | ||||||
Sales load (underwriting discount and commission) payable by Stellus Capital Management | $ | 0.3609 | $ | 2,887,200 | $ | 3,320,280 | ||||||
Total sales load (underwriting discount and commission) | $ | 0.9000 | $ | 7,200,000 | $ | 8,280,000 |
We and Stellus Capital Management have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
We, Stellus Capital Management, our executive officers and directors, and our other stockholders will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons will agree not to, without the prior written approval of the representatives, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering. At any time and without public notice, the representatives may in their sole discretion release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements.
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol SCM.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:
| stabilizing transactions; |
| short sales; |
| purchases to cover positions created by short sales; |
| imposition of penalty bids; and |
| syndicate covering transactions. |
Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be covered short sales, which are short
122
positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters over-allotment option referred to above, or may be naked short sales, which are short positions in excess of that amount.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.
Naked short sales are in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price has been determined by negotiation by us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price included:
| the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives; |
| our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry in which we compete; |
| our past and present financial performance and an assessment of the ability of Stellus Capital Management; |
| our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development; |
| the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; |
| the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and |
| other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
An affiliate of one of the underwriters, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, has provided a commitment letter to participate as a lender under the Credit Facility that we anticipate entering into upon the completion of this offering. In its capacity as lender, this affiliate of the underwriter will receive certain financing fees in connection with the Credit Facility in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions that may result from this offering.
The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.
123
Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLC, Washington, DC 20004. Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLC also represents Stellus Capital Management and certain of its affiliates. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Memphis, Tennessee 38103.
We have selected Grant Thornton LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation as of September 30, 2012 and for the period from inception (May 18, 2012) to September 30, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered accountants located at 700 Milam Street, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77002, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.
Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.
We plan to maintain a website at www.stelluscapital.com/SCIC and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information by contacting us in writing at 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024, Attention: Investor Relations. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SECs Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
124
F-1
Board of Directors
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation (a Maryland corporation)( the Company), as of September 30, 2012 and the related statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for the period from inception (May 18, 2012) to September 30, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation as of September 30, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from inception (May 18, 2012) to September 30, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Houston, Texas
October 23, 2012
F-2
2012 | ||||
ASSETS |
||||
Assets: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 479,460 | ||
Deferred offering costs | 171,703 | |||
Total Assets | $ | 651,163 | ||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||
Liabilities: |
||||
Accounts payable related party | $ | 233,002 | ||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 183,144 | |||
Total Liabilities | $ | 416,146 | ||
Net Assets: |
||||
Common stock, 100 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding, $0.001 per share par value | 0 | |||
Additional paid in capital | 500,010 | |||
Accumulated investment loss | (264,993 | ) | ||
Net Assets | $ | 235,017 | ||
Total Liabilities and Net Assets | $ | 651,163 | ||
Net Asset Value Per Share | $ | 2,350 |
F-3
2012 | ||||
Operating Expenses |
||||
Organizational and accounting fees | $ | 255,763 | ||
Other expenses | 9,230 | |||
Total Operating Expenses | $ | 264,993 | ||
Net Investment Loss | $ | (264,993) | ||
Net Investment Loss Per Share | $ | (2,650) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
F-4
2012 | ||||
Decrease in Net Assets from Operations |
||||
Net investment loss | $ | (264,993 | ) | |
Capital Share Transactions |
||||
Net proceeds from shares sold | 500,010 | |||
Increase in Net Assets from Operations | 235,017 | |||
Net Assets at Beginning of Period | | |||
Net Assets at End of Period | $ | 235,017 | ||
Capital Share Activity |
||||
Shares sold | 100 | |||
Shares Outstanding at End of Period | 100 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
F-5
2012 | ||||
Net Decrease in Net Assets from Operations |
||||
Net investment loss | $ | (264,993 | ) | |
Adjustments to reconcile Net Decrease in Net Assets Resulting from Operations to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities: |
||||
Increase in Accounts payable related party | 230,878 | |||
Increase in Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 34,115 | |||
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities | 0 | |||
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: |
||||
Net proceeds from shares sold | 500,010 | |||
Deferred offering costs | (20,550 | ) | ||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 479,460 | |||
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents | 479,460 | |||
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period | 0 | |||
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period | $ | 479,460 | ||
Non-Cash Items |
||||
Increase in Deferred Offering Costs | $ | (151,153 | ) | |
Increase in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities | $ | 149,029 | ||
Increase in Accounts Payable related party | $ | 2,124 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
F-6
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation (the Company) is an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), and as a regulated investment company (RIC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Companys investment activities will be managed by its investment adviser, Stellus Capital Management, LLC.
The Companys date of inception is May 18, 2012, which is the date it commenced its development stage activities and is also the date of incorporation. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had not yet begun investment operations and all outstanding shares were held by Stellus Capital Management. Stellus Capital Management purchased the initial 100 shares for $500,010.
The Companys investment objective is to achieve a consistent payment of cash dividends and to maximize capital appreciation. The Company will seek to achieve its investment objective by originating and investing primarily in private U.S. middle-market companies (typically those with $5.0 million to $50.0 million of EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization)) through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity co-investment. It expects to source investments primarily through the extensive network of relationships that the principals of its investment adviser has developed with financial sponsor firms, financial institutions, middle-market companies, management teams and other professional intermediaries.
The Company filed a form N-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to conduct a $120 million initial public offering which is still in process.
The accompanying statement of assets and liabilities has been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).
Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank demand deposits.
The Company intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (RIC) under subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to operate in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. In order to qualify as a RIC, among other things, the Company is required to timely distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its stockholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned by the Company represents obligations of the Companys investors and will not be reflected in the financial statements of the Company.
F-7
The preparation of the statement of assets and liabilities in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ materially.
Organization costs include costs relating to the formation and incorporation of the business. These costs are expensed as incurred. As of September 30, 2012, the Company has incurred and expensed organization costs of $244,648. Offering costs include legal fees and other costs pertaining to the registration statement. These costs have been deferred and will be offset against capital proceeds from the initial public offering. As of September 30, 2012, these costs amount to $171,703.
In the event that the Companys initial public offering is not completed, these organization and offering costs will be borne by the Company.
Management does not believe any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.
In the ordinary course of business, Stellus Capital Management pays for certain expenses on behalf of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation for which it gets reimbursed. The Accounts payable-related party on the statement of assets and liabilities represents amounts due to Stellus Capital Management for invoiced expenses that are actually expenses of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation.
The Company will enter into an investment advisory agreement with Stellus Capital Management. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company has agreed to pay to Stellus Capital Management a base annual fee of 1.75% of gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents, and an annual incentive fee consisting of two parts. The first part, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income (as defined in the agreement) for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a hurdle rate of 2.0% per quarter (8.0% annualized), and is subject to a catch-up feature. The second part is calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or, upon termination of the investment advisory agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20.0% of the aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement of 20%.
The net pre-incentive fee investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.
As of the date of these financial statements, no services have been performed by Stellus Capital Management, and no fees have been paid or accrued.
F-8
Certain officers of the Company are also principals of Stellus Capital Management.
The Company has entered into a license agreement with Stellus Capital Management pursuant to which Stellus Capital Management has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name Stellus Capital.
The Company will enter into an administration agreement with Stellus Capital Management pursuant to which Stellus Capital Management will furnish the Company with office facilities and equipment and will provide the Company with the clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services necessary to conduct day-to-day operations. Under this administration agreement, Stellus Capital Management will perform, or oversee the performance of, its required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which it is required to maintain and preparing reports to its stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. As of the date of these financial statements, no services have been performed and no fees have been paid or accrued by the Company.
The investment advisory agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the investment advisory agreement, Stellus Capital Management and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from the Company for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Stellus Capital Managements services under the investment advisory agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.
The Company has evaluated the possibility of subsequent events that may require disclosure in the Companys financial statements through October 23, 2012, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued.
On October 18, 2012, the Companys Board of Directors approved the Companys entering into a purchase and sale agreement with D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C. to effectuate the sale by D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C. and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C. to the Company of the loans listed below. The transaction is expected to close shortly prior to the Companys election to be regulated as a BDC.
The purchase price will be paid 85% in cash and 15% in our common stock. The investment portfolio purchase transaction represents an arms length transaction. The Companys Board of Directors has determined that the purchase price of each loan represents fair value as of the approval date.
F-9
Portfolio Company / Type of investment | Industry | Principal | Purchase Price(2) | |||||||||
1st Lien Loans | ||||||||||||
Refac Optical Group(1) | ||||||||||||
Term A Note, L+7.5%, due 03/23/16 | Retail | $ | 3,780,408 | $ | 3,780,408 | |||||||
Term B Note, L+10.25%, due 03/23/16 | 6,080,736 | 6,080,736 | ||||||||||
T&D Solutions, LLC | ||||||||||||
Term A Note, 9.0%, due 01/29/15 | Utilities | 15,394,132 | 15,394,132 | |||||||||
Term B Note, 19.72%, due 01/29/15 | 9,163,240 | 9,163,240 | ||||||||||
Vivint, Inc. | ||||||||||||
Term Note, L+10.5% with 3.00% LIBOR floor, due 04/30/13 | Consumer Services | 25,000,000 | 25,000,000 | |||||||||
Delayed Draw Term, L+10.50% with 3.00% LIBOR floor, due 04/30/13 | 3,500,000 | 3,500,000 | ||||||||||
$ | 62,918,516 | $ | 62,918,516 | |||||||||
2nd Lien Loans | ||||||||||||
Ascend Learning, LLC | ||||||||||||
Term Note, Euro+10% with 1.50% Euro floor, due 12/6/17 | Software | $ | 10,000,000 | $ | 10,000,000 | |||||||
Baja Broadband, LLC | ||||||||||||
Term Note, L+11% with 1.50% LIBOR floor, due 12/20/17 | Media | 15,000,000 | 15,000,000 | |||||||||
$ | 25,000,000 | $ | 25,000,000 | |||||||||
Unsecured Loans | ||||||||||||
ATX Networks Corp. | ||||||||||||
Term Note, 14.0%, due 05/12/16 | Telecom | $ | 20,778,456 | $ | 20,778,456 | |||||||
Snowman Holdings, LLC(3) | ||||||||||||
Term Note, 13.0%, due 01/11/17 | Logistics | 8,969,955 | 8,969,955 | |||||||||
Binder & Binder | ||||||||||||
Term Note, 15.0%, due 02/27/16 | Business Services | 13,000,000 | 13,000,000 | |||||||||
Precision Dynamics Corp. | ||||||||||||
Term Note, 14.0%, due 06/23/16 | Healthcare | 13,400,741 | 13,400,741 | |||||||||
The Studer Group, LLC | ||||||||||||
Term Note, 14.0%, due 03/29/17 | Healthcare | 16,639,880 | 16,639,880 | |||||||||
Woodstream Corporation | ||||||||||||
Term Note, 12.0%, due 02/27/15 | Consumer Products | 31,982,023 | 30,782,026 | |||||||||
Woodstream Group, Inc. | ||||||||||||
Term Note, 12.0%, due 02/27/15 | Consumer Products | 3,017,977 | 2,904,740 | |||||||||
$ | 107,789,032 | $ | 106,475,798 | |||||||||
Total Portfolio Investments | $ | 195,707,548 | $ | 194,394,314 |
(1) | This investment also includes an undrawn revolving loan commitment in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000, an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.50%, and a maturity of March 23, 2016. |
(2) | Excludes accrued interest. The final purchase price will include accrued interest through the purchase date. |
(3) | Some of the investments listed are issued by an affiliate of the listed portfolio company. |
F-10
On September 24, 2012, the Companys Board of Directors approved an amendment of the Companys charter to increase the number of authorized shares to 100,000,000 shares. In connection with that amendment, the Companys Board of Directors approved a stock dividend on October 18, 2012 in the amount of 332.34 shares of common stock per share of common stock outstanding, with such stock dividend to occur on October 24, 2012.
On October 18, 2012, the Companys Board of Directors approved a 4 year, $115 million credit facility with SunTrust Bank priced at L+300 or the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the credit agreement) + 200. The terms of the facility also include an origination fee of $1.2 million and a 0.5% closing fee to lenders.
Also on October 18, 2012, the Companys Board of Directors approved a 7-day, $160 million bridge facility with SunTrust Bank priced at the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the credit agreement). The terms of the facility also include an origination fee of $125,000 and a $125,000 closing fee to the lender.
F-11
, 2012
Through and including December 8, 2012 (25 days after the date of the prospectus), U.S. federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
None.
(a)(1) | Articles of Amendment and Restatement(1) | |
(b)(1) | Bylaws(1) | |
(c) | Not applicable | |
(d) | Form of Stock Certificate(1) | |
(e) | Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1) | |
(f) | Not applicable | |
(g)(1) | Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Stellus Capital Management, LLC(1) | |
(g)(2) | Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Stellus Capital Management, LLC. | |
(h) | Form of Underwriting Agreement(1) | |
(i) | Not applicable | |
(j) | Form of Custody Agreement | |
(k)(1) | Form of Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Stellus Capital Management, LLC(1) | |
(k)(2) | Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and Stellus Capital Management(1) | |
(k)(3) | Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and the directors(1) | |
(k)(4) | Form of Purchase Agreement between the Registrant, D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C. and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C. | |
(k)(5) | Form of Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant and SunTrust Bank | |
(k)(6) | Form of Guarantee and Security Agreement among the Registrant and SunTrust Bank | |
(k)(7) | Form of Senior Secured Term Credit Agreement among the Registrant and SunTrust Bank | |
(k)(8) | Form of Security Agreement among the Registrant and SunTrust Bank | |
(k)(9) | Form of Letter Agreement between the Registrant, D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C. and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C. | |
(l) | Form of Opinion and Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, special counsel for Registrant(1) | |
(m) | Not applicable | |
(n) | Consent of Grant Thornton LLP | |
(o) | Not applicable | |
(p) | Not applicable | |
(q) | Not applicable | |
(r)(1) | Code of Ethics of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation(1) | |
(r)(2) | Code of Ethics of Stellus Capital Management, LLC(1) | |
99.1 | Confidential Draft Registration Statement on Form N-2(1) | |
99.2 | Confidential Revised Registration Statement on Form N-2(1) |
(1) | Previously filed |
The information contained under the heading Underwriting on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
C-1
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee | $ | 15,815 | ||
FINRA filing fee | 21,200 | |||
New York Stock Exchange listing fees | 125,000 | |||
Printing expenses(1) | 50,000 | |||
Accounting fees and expenses(1) | 60,000 | |||
Legal fees and expenses(1) | 413,485 | |||
Miscellaneous(1) | 150,000 | |||
Total | $ | 835,500 |
(1) | These amounts are estimates. |
None.
The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Companys common stock as of October 19, 2012.
Title of Class | Number of Record Holders | |||
Common Stock, $0.001 par value | 1 |
Reference is made to Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, Article VII of the Registrants charter and Article XI of the Registrants Amended and Restated Bylaws.
Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Registrants charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors and officers liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act).
The Registrants charter authorizes the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as the Registrants director or officer and at the Registrants request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The Registrants bylaws obligate the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as the Registrants director or officer and at the Registrants request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit the Registrant to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Registrant in any of the capacities described above and any of the
C-2
Registrants employees or agents or any employees or agents of the Registrants predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Registrant will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such persons willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Registrants charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporations receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
The investment advisory agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Stellus Capital Management LLC (the investment adviser) and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the investment advisers services under the investment advisory agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.
The administration agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Stellus Capital Management LLC and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Stellus Capital Management LLCs services under the administration agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.
The law also provides for comparable indemnification for corporate officers and agents. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
C-3
in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide the Registrants directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that the Registrant shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement (an Indemnitee), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Registrant.
A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled Management. Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors will be set forth in its Form ADV to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:
(1) | the Registrant, Stellus Capital Investment Corporation, 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024; |
(2) | the Transfer Agent, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110; |
(3) | the Custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110; and |
(4) | the Adviser, Stellus Capital Management, LLC, 10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500, Houston, TX 77024. |
Not Applicable.
(1) | The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus. |
(2) | Not applicable. |
(3) | Not applicable. |
(4) | Not applicable. |
(5) | Not applicable. |
(6) | Not applicable. |
C-4
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in The City of Houston, in the State of Texas, on the 7th day of November, 2012.
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By: | /s/ Robert T. Ladd Name: Robert T. Ladd Title: Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature | Title | Date | ||
/s/ Robert T. Ladd Robert T. Ladd |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
November 7, 2012 | ||
/s/ W. Todd Huskinson W. Todd Huskinson |
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | November 7, 2012 | ||
* Dean DAngelo |
Director | November 7, 2012 | ||
/s/ Joshua T. Davis Joshua T. Davis |
Director | November 7, 2012 | ||
* J. Tim Arnoult |
Director | November 7, 2012 | ||
* Bruce R. Bilger |
Director | November 7, 2012 | ||
* Paul Keglevic |
Director | November 7, 2012 | ||
* William C. Repko |
Director | November 7, 2012 |
* | Signed by Robert T. Ladd pursuant to a power of attorney signed by each individual on September 28, 2012. |
Stellus Capital Management, LLC
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77024
November 1, 2012
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77024
Attention: Bruce R. Bilger
Re: Incentive Fees and Offering Expenses
Dear Mr. Bilger:
Reference is hereby made to the Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated October 26, 2012, by and between Stellus Capital Investment Corporation (the “Company”) and us. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.
We hereby agree to permanently waive all or such portion of the Incentive Fee that we would otherwise be entitled to receive under the Agreement to the extent necessary to ensure that the Company pays (i) an annualized minimum dividend yield of 9% on (a) the shares of its common stock that will be outstanding immediately subsequent to the completion of the offering (the “Offering”) contemplated by the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-184195) (the “Registration Statement”); (b) the shares of its common stock issued in connection with the over-allotment option described in the Registration Statement and (c) the shares of its common stock issued pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan on the shares of the Company’s common stock referred to in (a) and (b) above (the shares of the Company’s common stock referred to in (a), (b) and (c) above are referred to herein as the “Shares”) for the period commencing on the date of the completion of the Offering and ending on December 31, 2012 and (ii) an annual minimum dividend yield of 9% on the Shares for the year ending December 31, 2013. The calculation of the above-described annualized minimum dividend yield and annual minimum dividend yield shall be based on the initial public offering price of the Company’s common stock of $15.00 per share.
In addition, we hereby agree to permanently waive our right to receive any interest on the portion of the Incentive Fee attributable to deferred interest features as provided for in the proviso contained in Section 6(b)(i) of the Agreement.
Finally, we hereby agree to pay any offering expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Offering that exceed $835,500. In other words, once offering expenses incurred by the Company reach $835,500, we agree to pay for all other offering expenses in excess of such amount.
[Signature page to follow]
Sincerely yours,
_________________________
Robert T. Ladd
Managing Partner and Chief
Investment Officer
Exhibit (j)
Custodian Agreement
This Agreement, dated as of October __, 2012, is between Stellus Capital Investment Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Fund”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the “Custodian”).
Witnesseth: that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. | Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It. |
The Fund hereby employs the Custodian as the custodian of its assets, including securities (including stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or evidencing or representing any other rights or interests therein, or in any property or assets) which the Fund desires to be held in places within the United States (“domestic securities”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“foreign securities”). The Fund agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and cash owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by it from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such new or treasury shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“Shares”) as may be issued or sold from time to time. The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of the Fund held or received by the Fund but not delivered to the Custodian including, without limitation, Fund property (i) held by brokers, private bankers or other entities on behalf of the Fund, (ii) held by entities which have advanced monies to or on behalf of the Fund and which have received Fund property as security for such advance(s), or (iii) delivered or otherwise removed from the custody of the Custodian in connection with any Free Trade (as such term is defined in Sections 2.2(14) and 2.6(7) hereof). With respect to uncertificated shares (the “Underlying Shares”) of registered “investment companies” (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time (the “1940 Act”)), whether in the same “group of investment companies” (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act) or otherwise, including pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Underlying Portfolios”) the holding of confirmation statements that identify the shares as being recorded in the Custodian’s name on behalf of the Fund will be deemed custody for purposes hereof.
Upon receipt of “Proper Instructions” (as such term is defined in Section 6 hereof), the Custodian shall from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians located in the United States, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”). The Custodian may employ as sub-custodian for the Fund’s foreign securities the foreign banking institutions and foreign securities depositories designated in Schedules A and B hereto, but only in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4. The Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to the Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to the Custodian.
1 |
Section 2. | Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Fund Held By the Custodian in the United States. |
Section 2.1 Holding Securities. The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of the Fund all non-cash property, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by the Fund other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (each, a “U.S. Securities System”) and (b) Underlying Shares owned by the Fund which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions (each, an “Underlying Transfer Agent”).
Section 2.2 Delivery of Securities. The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by the Fund held by the Custodian, in a U.S. Securities System account of the Custodian, or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:
1) | Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Fund and receipt of payment therefor; |
2) | Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Fund; |
3) | In the case of a sale effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof; |
4) | To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities of the Fund; |
5) | To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian; |
6) | To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Fund or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian; |
7) | Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Fund, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct; |
2 |
8) | For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian; |
9) | In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian; |
10) | For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Fund, but only against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund, which may be in the form of cash or obligations issued by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian’s account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Fund prior to the receipt of such collateral; |
11) | For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt of amounts borrowed; |
12) | For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”, formerly known as The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund; |
13) | For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund; |
14) | Upon the sale or other delivery of such investments (including, without limitation, to one or more additional custodians appointed by the Fund, and communicated to the Custodian from time to time via a writing duly executed by an authorized officer of the Fund, for the purpose of engaging in repurchase agreement transactions(s), each a “Repo Custodian”), and prior to receipt of payment therefor, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such delivery in advance of payment, along with payment in advance of delivery made in accordance with Section 2.6(7), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “Free Trade”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall set forth (a) the securities of the Fund to be delivered and (b) the person(s) to whom delivery of such securities shall be made; |
3 |
15) | Upon receipt of instructions from the transfer agent for the Fund (the “Transfer Agent”) for delivery to such Transfer Agent or to the holders of Shares in connection with distributions in kind, as may be described from time to time in the Fund’s currently effective prospectus and statement of additional information (the “Prospectus”), in satisfaction of requests by holders of Shares for repurchase or redemption; |
16) | For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund; |
17) | In the case of a sale processed through the Underlying Transfer Agent of Underlying Shares, in accordance with Section 2.13 hereof; and |
18) | For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the securities of the Fund to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made. |
Section 2.3 Registration of Securities. Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of any nominee of the Fund or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Fund, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered investment companies having the same investment advisor as the Fund, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. If, however, the Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.
Section 2.4 Bank Accounts. The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Fund, other than cash maintained by the Fund in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Monies held by the Custodian for the Fund may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the monies to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall be approved by vote of a majority of the Board. Such monies shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.
4 |
Section 2.5 Collection of Income. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund’s custodian account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. Income due the Fund on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Fund is properly entitled.
Section 2.6 Payment of Fund Monies. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund in the following cases only:
1) | Upon the purchase of domestic securities, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts for the account of the Fund but only (a) against the delivery of such securities or evidence of title to such options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of a purchase of Underlying Shares, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.13 hereof; (d) repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of FINRA, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the Fund of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Fund; or (e) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund as defined herein; |
2) | In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Fund as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof; |
3) | For the redemption or repurchase of Shares issued as set forth in Section 5 hereof; |
5 |
4) | For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest, taxes, management, accounting, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses; |
5) | For the payment of any dividends on Shares declared pursuant to the governing documents of the Fund; |
6) | For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short; |
7) | Upon the purchase of domestic investments including, without limitation, repurchase agreement transactions involving delivery of Fund monies to Repo Custodian(s), and prior to receipt of such investments, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such payment in advance of delivery, along with delivery in advance of payment made in accordance with Section 2.2(14), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “Free Trade”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall also set forth (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person(s) to whom such payment is made; |
8) | For the fulfillment of the Fund’s obligations with respect to unfunded commitments incurred in connection with Loans (as such term is defined in the Loan Services Addendum attached hereto); |
9) | For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund; and |
10) | For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made. |
Section 2.7 Appointment of Agents. The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement.
Section 2.8 Deposit of Fund Assets in U.S. Securities Systems. The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the Fund in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.
6 |
Section 2.9 Segregated Account. The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, (i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund, (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Fund or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Fund, (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC, relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies, and (iv) for any other purpose upon receipt of Proper Instructions.
Section 2.10 Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes. The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of the Fund held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.
Section 2.11 Proxies. The Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Fund or a nominee of the Fund, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.
Section 2.12 Communications Relating to Fund Securities. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Fund and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Fund) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Fund. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with domestic securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian is in actual possession of such domestic securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with securities or other assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 2.12.
7 |
Section 2.13 Deposit of Fund Assets with the Underlying Transfer Agent. Underlying Shares beneficially owned by the Fund shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent and the Custodian’s only responsibilities with respect thereto shall be limited to the following:
1) | Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that such Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of the Fund, the Custodian shall identify by book-entry that such Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of the Fund. |
2) | In respect of the purchase of Underlying Shares for the account of the Fund, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund as so directed, and record such payment from the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records. |
3) | In respect of the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of the Fund, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall transfer such Underlying Shares as so directed, record such transfer from the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records and, upon the Custodian’s receipt of the proceeds therefor, record such payment for the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records. |
The Custodian shall not be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from the maintenance of Underlying Shares with an Underlying Transfer Agent except for losses resulting directly from the fraud, negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or of any of its or their employees. |
Section 3. | Provisions Relating to Rules 17f-5 and 17f-7. |
Section 3.1. Definitions. As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:
“Country Risk” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.
“Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC, or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.
“Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.
8 |
“Foreign Assets” means any of the Fund’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund’s transactions in such investments.
“Foreign Custody Manager” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.
“Rule 17f-5” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.
“Rule 17f-7” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.
Section 3.2. The Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager.
3.2.1 Delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager. The Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.
3.2.2 Countries Covered. The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the Fund’s assets, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.
Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by the Fund of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by the Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A in which the Custodian has previously placed or currently maintains Foreign Assets pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of the Fund with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to that country.
The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Thirty days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.
9 |
3.2.3 Scope of Delegated Responsibilities:
(a) Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodians. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).
(b) Contracts With Eligible Foreign Custodians. The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).
(c) Monitoring. In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate, the Foreign Custody Manager shall (i) notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder, and (ii) withdraw the Foreign Assets as directed by the Board or pursuant to Proper Instructions.
3.2.4 Guidelines for the Exercise of Delegated Authority. For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.
3.2.5 Reporting Requirements. The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Fund described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.
3.2.6 Standard of Care as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund. In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.
10 |
3.2.7 Representations with Respect to Rule 17f-5. The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. The Fund represents to the Custodian that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.
3.2.8 Effective Date and Termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager. The Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective sixty (60) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to designated countries.
Section 3.3 Eligible Securities Depositories.
3.3.1 Analysis and Monitoring. The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7. If a custody arrangement with an Eligible Securities Depository no longer meets the requirements of this Section, the Fund's Foreign Assets must be withdrawn from the depository as soon as reasonably practicable and the Custodian shall act in accordance with Proper Instructions to withdraw such Foreign Assets.
3.3.2 Standard of Care. The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.
Section 4. | Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Fund Held Outside the United States. |
Section 4.1 Definitions. As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:
“Foreign Securities System” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.
“Foreign Sub-Custodian” means an Eligible Foreign Custodian.
Section 4.2. Holding Securities. The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Fund, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Fund which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Fund and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.
11 |
Section 4.3. Foreign Securities Systems. Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.
Section 4.4. Transactions in Foreign Custody Account.
4.4.1. Delivery of Foreign Assets. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Fund held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:
(i) | upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Fund in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System; |
(ii) | in connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities; |
(iii) | to the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Fund; |
(iv) | to the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; |
(v) | to the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; |
(vi) | to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct; |
12 |
(vii) | for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; |
(viii) | in the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; |
(ix) | for delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund; |
(x) | for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund; |
(xi) | in connection with the lending of foreign securities; and |
(xii) | for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made. |
4.4.2. Payment of Fund Monies. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Fund in the following cases only:
(i) | upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Fund, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System; |
(ii) | in connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Fund; |
(iii) | for the payment of any expense or liability of the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Agreement, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses; |
(iv) | for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Fund, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians; |
(v) | for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund; |
(vi) | for payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short; |
13 |
(vii) | in connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and |
(viii) | for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made. |
4.4.3. Market Conditions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Fund and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.
The Custodian shall provide to the Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in the Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.
Section 4.5. Registration of Foreign Securities. The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the Fund agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.
Section 4.6 Bank Accounts. The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of the Fund with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Fund. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Section 4.7. Collection of Income. The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.
14 |
Section 4.8 Shareholder Rights. With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.
Section 4.9. Communications Relating to Foreign Securities. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with foreign securities or other assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 4.9.
Section 4.10. Liability of Foreign Sub-Custodians. Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At the Fund’s election, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.
Section 4.11 Tax Law. The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which the Fund has provided such information.
15 |
Section 4.12. Liability of Custodian. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in the Agreement and, regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.
Section 5. | Payments for Sales. |
The Custodian shall receive from the distributor for the Shares or from the Transfer Agent and deposit into the Fund’s such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Fund and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of the Fund.
Section 6. | Proper Instructions. |
Proper Instructions, which may also be standing instructions, as used throughout this Agreement, shall mean instructions received by the Custodian from the Fund and signed by any two Authorized Persons (as defined below). Such instructions may be in writing signed by the Authorized Persons or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed to from time to time by the Custodian and the persons giving such instructions, provided that the Fund has followed any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Custodian, including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund in the Funds Transfer Addendum to this Agreement, the terms of which are hereby agreed to. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such instructions with respect to the transaction involved. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing and signed by two Authorized Persons. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian pursuant to any multi-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.9 of this Agreement. The Fund or the Fund’s investment manager shall cause its duly authorized officer to certify to the Custodian in writing the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions (“Authorized Persons”) in Schedule D attached hereto. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives notice from the Fund to the contrary.
Section 7. | Actions Permitted without Express Authority. |
The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the Fund:
16 |
1) | make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for and reported to the Fund; |
2) | surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form; |
3) | endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and |
4) | in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Fund except as otherwise directed by the Board. |
Section 8. | Evidence of Authority. |
The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian may receive and accept a copy of a resolution of the Board, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Fund (“Certified Resolution”), as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.
Section 9. | Duties of Custodian with Respect to the Books of Account and Calculation of Net Asset Value and Net Income. |
The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Board to keep the books of account of the Fund or, if directed in writing to do so by the Fund, shall itself keep such books of account. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to investments maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent, the Underlying Transfer Agent is the sole source of information on the number of shares of a fund held by it on behalf of the Fund and that the Custodian has the right to rely on holdings information furnished by the Underlying Transfer Agent to the Custodian in performing its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, the duties set forth in this Section 9 and in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be obligated to reconcile information as to purchases and sales of Underlying Shares contained in trade instructions and confirmations received by the Custodian and to report promptly any discrepancies to the Underlying Transfer Agent.
Section 10. | Records. |
The Custodian shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of the Fund under the 1940 Act, including to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees and agents of the SEC. The Custodian shall, at the Fund’s request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations.
17 |
Section 11. | Intentionally Omitted. |
Section 12. | Reports to Fund by Independent Public Accountants. |
The Custodian shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a U.S. Securities System or a Foreign Securities System (either, a “Securities System”), relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.
Section 13. | Compensation of Custodian. |
The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.
Section 14. | Responsibility of Custodian. |
So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction. It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice. The Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by anything that is part of Country Risk (as defined in Section 3 hereof), including without limitation nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism.
18 |
Except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct or the negligence or willful misconduct of a sub-custodian or agent, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by the Fund or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor in their instructions to the Custodian provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (v) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, the Fund, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vi) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (vii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement.
If the Fund requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.
If the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents advances cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement), or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, or if the Fund fails to compensate the Custodian pursuant to Section 13 hereof, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Fund’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.
In no event shall the Custodian be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.
Section 15. | Effective Period, Termination and Amendment. |
This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided, however, that the Fund shall not amend or terminate this Agreement in contravention of any applicable federal or state regulations, or any provision of the Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, and further provided, that the Fund may at any time by action of its Board (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Comptroller of the Currency or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.
19 |
Upon termination of the Agreement, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements. The provisions of Sections 4.11, 13 and 14 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.
Section 16. | Successor Custodian. |
If a successor custodian for the Fund shall be appointed by the Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities of the Fund then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of the Fund held in a Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent.
If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of a Certified Resolution, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such resolution. Unless so directed by the Certified Resolution, in no event shall the Custodian deliver the securities, funds and other properties to the Fund.
In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian or Certified Resolution shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian hereunder and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of the Fund, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in any Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.
In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Fund to procure the Certified Resolution to appoint a successor custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.
20 |
Section 17. | Interpretive and Additional Provisions. |
In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and the Fund may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the Fund’s Articles of Incorporation. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.
Section 18. | Massachusetts Law to Apply. |
This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Section 19. | Assignment. |
This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) the Fund without the written consent of the Custodian or (b) by the Custodian without the written consent of the Fund.
Section 20. | Prior Agreements. |
This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior Agreements between the Fund and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Fund’s assets.
Section 21. | Notices. |
Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.
To the Fund: | Stellus Capital Investment Corporation |
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500 | |
Houston, TX 77024 | |
Attention: W. Todd Huskinson | |
Telephone: (713) 292-5414 | |
Facsimile: (713) 292-5464 | |
To the Custodian: | State Street Bank and Trust Company |
State Street Financial Center | |
One Lincoln Street | |
Boston, MA 02111-2900 | |
Attention: Bhagesh Malde, Senior Vice President | |
Telephone: (617) 664-4112 |
21 |
Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.
Section 22. | Counterparts. |
This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
Section 23. | Severability. |
Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.
Section 24. | Confidentiality. |
The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other party regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (i) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (ii) that is independently derived by any party hereto without the use of any information provided by the other party hereto in connection with this Agreement, (iii) that is required in any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, or by operation of law or regulation, or (iv) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian and its affiliates may report and use nonpublic portfolio holdings information of its clients, including a Fund, on an aggregated basis with all or substantially all other client information and without specific reference to any Fund.
Section 25. | Reproduction of Documents. |
This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
22 |
Section 26. | Remote Access Services Addendum. |
The Custodian and the Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto.
Section 27. | Regulation GG. |
The Fund hereby represents and warrants that it does not engage in an “Internet gambling business,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(r) of Federal Reserve Regulation GG (12 CFR 233) (“Regulation GG”). The Fund hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not engage in an Internet gambling business. In accordance with Regulation GG, the Fund is hereby notified that “restricted transactions,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(y) of Regulation GG, are prohibited in any dealings with the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise between or among any party hereto.
Section 28. | Data Privacy. |
The Custodian will implement and maintain a written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of the Fund’s shareholders, employees, directors and/or officers that the Custodian receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. For these purposes, “personal information” shall mean (i) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (a) social security number, (b) drivers license number, (c) state identification card number, (d) debit or credit card number, (e) financial account number or (f) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account or (ii) any combination of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account. Notwithstanding the foregoing “personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.
Section 29. | Loan Services Addendum. |
In the event the Fund directs Custodian in writing to perform loan services, Custodian and the Fund hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Loan Services Addendum attached hereto and the Fund shall reimburse Custodian for its fees and expenses related thereto as agreed upon from time to time in writing by the Fund and Custodian.
Section 30. | Shareholder Communications Election. |
SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs the Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If the Fund tells the Custodian “no”, the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For the Fund’s protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.
23 |
YES ¨ The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
NO x The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
24 |
In Witness Whereof, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative under seal as of the date first above-written.
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY | ||
By: | ||
Name: George Sullivan | ||
Title: Executive Vice President |
25 |
Schedule A
See Attached.
26 |
Schedule B
See Attached.
27 |
Schedule C
See Attached.
28 |
Schedule D
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS
The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is the duly elected and acting ________________________ of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation (the “Client”), and further certifies that the following officers or employees of the Client have been duly authorized to deliver instructions to the Custodian pursuant to the Custodian Agreement between the Client and Custodian dated _______________, and that the signatures appearing opposite their names are true and correct:
Name | Title | Signature | ||
Name | Title | Signature | ||
Name | Title | Signature | ||
Name | Title | Signature | ||
Name | Title | Signature | ||
Name | Title | Signature | ||
Name | Title | Signature |
This certificate supersedes any certificate of Authorized Persons you may currently have on file.
By: | ||
Title: | ||
Date: |
29 |
Exhibit k(4)
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION,
D. E. SHAW DIRECT CAPITAL PORTFOLIOS, L.L.C.
AND
DC FUNDING SPV, L.L.C.
DATED OCTOBER 22, 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS; MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION | 1 | |
1.1 | Definitions. | 1 |
1.2 | Matters of Construction. | 6 |
ARTICLE 2 PURCHASE AND SALE | 6 | |
2.1 | Purchased Assets. | 6 |
2.2 | Assumed Obligations. | 7 |
2.3 | Excluded Obligations. | 7 |
2.4 | True Sale. | 7 |
2.5 | Contingent Repurchase/Resale Obligations. | 7 |
ARTICLE 3 PURCHASE PRICE; INTEREST AND FEES | 9 | |
3.1 | Purchase Price. | 9 |
3.2 | Principal Repayments; Interest and Fees. | 9 |
3.3 | Additional Payments. | 9 |
ARTICLE 4 CLOSING | 10 | |
4.1 | Closing Date. | 10 |
4.2 | Buyer’s Deliveries. | 10 |
4.3 | Sellers’ Deliveries. | 10 |
ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS | 11 | |
5.1 | Organization. | 11 |
5.2 | Authority. | 11 |
5.3 | Consents. | 11 |
5.4 | Purchased Loans and Loan Documents. | 12 |
To Seller’s knowledge: | 12 | |
5.5 | Governmental Permits. | 12 |
5.6 | Title to Purchased Assets. | 12 |
5.7 | Compliance; Litigation Relating to the Purchased Assets. | 12 |
5.8 | No Broker. | 12 |
5.9 | Securities Law Matters. | 13 |
5.10 | Limitations. | 13 |
ARTICLE 6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER | 14 | |
6.1 | Organization of Buyer. | 14 |
6.2 | Authority of Buyer. | 14 |
6.3 | Consents. | 14 |
6.4 | Governmental Permits. | 14 |
6.5 | No Violation, Litigation or Regulatory Action. | 15 |
6.6 | Ability to Perform; Availability of Funds. | 15 |
i |
Page | ||
6.7 | No Broker. | 15 |
6.8 | Status of Buyer. | 15 |
6.12 | Ownership of Buyer. | 15 |
ARTICLE 7 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS | 16 | |
7.1 | Seller Covenants. | 16 |
7.2 | Access to Information Prior to the Closing; Confidentiality. | 16 |
7.3 | Notices; Post-Closing Remittances; Correspondence; Further Assurances. | 16 |
7.4 | Taxes. | 17 |
7.5 | Buyer IPO. | 18 |
7.6 | Registration Rights | 18 |
ARTICLE 8 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER | 25 | |
8.1 | Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. | 25 |
8.2 | No Restraint or Litigation. | 26 |
8.3 | Consents. | 26 |
8.4 | Pricing of Buyer IPO. | 26 |
8.5 | Bridge Facility. | 26 |
8.6 | Obligations Performed. | 26 |
8.7 | Delivery of Closing Documents. | 26 |
ARTICLE 9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS | 26 | |
9.1 | Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. | 26 |
9.2 | No Restraint or Litigation. | 26 |
9.3 | Consents. | 27 |
9.4 | Pricing of Qualifying Buyer IPO. | 27 |
9.5 | Bridge Facility. | 27 |
9.6 | Obligations Performed. | 27 |
9.7 | Delivery of Closing Documents. | 27 |
ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION | 27 | |
10.1 | Indemnification by Sellers. | 27 |
10.2 | Indemnification by Buyer. | 28 |
10.3 | Limitations on Indemnification. | 29 |
10.4 | Notice of Claims. | 29 |
10.5 | Third Party Claims. | 30 |
10.6 | General. | 30 |
10.7 | Survival of Representations and Warranties. | 30 |
ARTICLE 11 TERMINATION | 31 | |
11.1 | Termination. | 31 |
11.2 | Procedure and Effect of Termination. | 31 |
ARTICLE 12 GENERAL PROVISIONS | 32 | |
12.1 | Confidential Nature of Information. | 32 |
ii |
Page | ||
12.2 | No Partnership. | 32 |
12.3 | No Public Announcement. | 33 |
12.4 | Notices. | 33 |
12.5 | Successors and Assigns. | 35 |
12.6 | Access to Records After The Closing. | 35 |
12.7 | Entire Agreement; Exhibits and Schedules; Amendments. | 35 |
12.8 | Interpretation. | 36 |
12.9 | Waivers. | 36 |
12.10 | Expenses. | 36 |
12.11 | Partial Invalidity. | 36 |
12.12 | Execution in Counterparts. | 36 |
12.13 | Further Assurances. | 36 |
12.14 | Governing Law. | 37 |
12.15 | Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. | 37 |
12.16 | Section Titles. | 37 |
12.16 | Section Titles. | 37 |
iii |
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 22, 2012, is made by and between Stellus Capital Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (“Buyer”), D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “Seller,” and collectively, the “Sellers”). Buyer and Sellers may be referred to individually herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Sellers are currently the owner of the Purchased Assets (as defined below);
WHEREAS, Sellers desire to sell the Purchased Assets and assign the Assumed Obligations (as defined below) to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase the Purchased Assets and to assume the Assumed Obligations from Sellers, all on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
WHEREAS, shortly following the Closing (as defined herein), it is contemplated that Buyer will elect to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and will price and close an initial public offering (the “Buyer IPO”) of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Buyer Common Stock”);
WHEREAS, the Parties intend that the purchase and sale transaction contemplated by this Agreement constitute a true and absolute sale transaction without recourse, except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including without limitation in Article 10);
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Sellers and Buyer agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS; MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION
1.1 Definitions. In this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified or referred to in this Section 1.1 and shall be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Assignment and Assumption Agreements” means (i) with respect to any Purchased Loan that does not include a specific form of assignment and assumption agreement or similar document within the Loan Documents governing such Purchased Loan, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (or such other form as may be agreed to by the parties thereto) and (ii) with respect to any Purchased Loan that includes a specific form of assignment and assumption agreement or similar document within the Loan Documents governing such Purchased Loan, such specific form of assignment and assumption agreement or similar document, in each case pursuant to which Sellers shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver the Purchased Assets to Buyer and Buyer shall assume and agree to pay, perform or otherwise discharge the Assumed Obligations.
“Assumed Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.
“Borrowers” means those Persons who constitute “borrowers” (or any similarly defined entity) under the Loan Documents.
“Bridge Facility” means that certain Senior Secured Term Credit Agreement to be entered into between Buyer and the Lender as of the Closing Date.
“Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day that is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in such state are closed.
“Buyer” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Buyer Common Stock” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Agreement.
“Buyer Confidential Information” has the meaning specified in Section 12.1(b).
“Buyer Fundamental Representations” means the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.7.
“Buyer Indemnified Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 10.1(a).
“Buyer IPO” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Agreement.
“Buyer IPO Per-Share Price” means the price per share at which shares of Buyer Common Stock are sold to investors in the Buyer IPO.
“Call Premia” has the meaning specified in Section 3.3.
“Cash Consideration” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.
“Cash Escrow Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.
“Closing” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1.
“Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2 |
“Consent” means, with respect to any Purchased Loan or related Loan Document, any consent of the Borrower and/or the administrative agent or other party required to sell, assign, transfer, convey or deliver such Purchased Loan or related Loan Document.
“Court Order” means any judgment, order, decision, award, injunction, ruling, subpoena, verdict or decree of any foreign, federal, state or local court, tribunal or Governmental Body and any award in any arbitration proceeding.
“Covered Person” has the meaning specified in Section 7.6(e).
“Cut-off Time” means 5:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date.
“Eligible Institution” means an entity that qualifies as an “Eligible Institution”, “Approved Fund,” “Qualified Transferee”, “Permitted Lender”, “Eligible Assignee”, “Qualified Institutional Lender” or similarly defined entity under the applicable definition under the Loan Documents relating to the Purchased Loans to be acquired by such entity.
“Effective Time” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1.
“Encumbrance” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, pledge, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, adverse claim, or other encumbrance.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Excluded Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.
“FINRA” has the meaning specified in Section 7.6(b).
“Governmental Approval” means the approval, consent, order, authorization of, declaration, filing, or registration with, any Governmental Body.
“Governmental Body” means any foreign, federal, state or local government, court, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or other governmental authority or administrative or regulatory body, any applicable securities or commodities exchange and any other self-regulatory body.
“Governmental Permits” has the meaning specified in Section 5.6.
“Guarantor” means Persons who, under the Loan Documents or otherwise, have given guaranties, sureties, indemnities or made other agreements or undertakings in connection with the Purchased Loans or pledged, mortgaged or granted security interests in property to secure payment of the Purchased Loans.
“Indemnified Party” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4.
“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4.
“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 7.6(g).
3 |
“Lender” means Sun Trust Bank.
“Loan Collateral” means the assets and properties securing payment of outstanding obligations of Borrowers under the Loan Documents.
“Loan Documents” means the credit and financing agreements, guarantees, subordination agreements, Notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements (including pledge and control agreements), financing statements, intercreditor agreements, and other instruments and documents affecting Sellers’ ownership and economic rights with respect to the Purchased Loans which are executed and delivered to or otherwise obtained by Sellers, or in which Sellers have an interest, in connection with the Purchased Loans in effect as of the Cut-off Time.
“Loan Escrow Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.
“Loan Files” means credit and transaction files of Sellers relating to the Purchased Loans, including Loan Documents, Third Party Reports, operating statements, Borrower financial statements, budgets, recent borrowing base, compliance and advance certificates, and other documents of Sellers that relate to the Purchased Loans, in each case either (i) in the possession of Buyer as of the Closing Date, or (ii) in the possession of Sellers, reasonably necessary for Buyer’s ownership and servicing of the Purchased Assets, and requested by Buyer in writing.
“Loan Purchase Price” means, with respect to a specific Purchased Loan, the amount set forth under the heading “Purchase Price (before accrued interest)” with respect to such Purchased Loan on the Loan Schedule, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3.2.
“Loan Schedule” means the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A, which identifies, among other things, (i) each Purchased Loan to be purchased by Buyer on the Closing Date, (ii) the name of the Borrower of each Purchased Loan, (iii) the interest rate on each Purchased Loan, (iv) the maturity date of each Purchased Loan, (v) the outstanding unpaid principal amount of each Purchased Loan, (vi) the Loan Purchase Price for each Purchased Loan, and (vii) the amount of accrued interest (through the Closing Date) for each Purchased Loan.
“Losses” means all losses, damages, liabilities, diminution of value, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by a Person; provided, however, Losses shall not include punitive, consequential, exemplary or special damages or opportunity costs.
“Manager” means Stellus Capital Management, LLC.
“Master Loan Document Schedule” means that certain electronic file (or collection of files) denoted the “Master Loan Document Schedule” provided by Sellers to Buyer on or prior to the date hereof, which file identifies Loan Documents relating to the Purchased Loans, together with the additional Loan Documents listed on Schedule 1.1.
4 |
“Notes” means the original executed promissory notes issued to the order of the relevant Seller, or copies of a “master” note if no such note was issued to a Seller or an allonge endorsing a note in favor of a Seller, evidencing indebtedness owing to the relevant Seller under a Purchased Loan (unless and except to the extent that only copies of such promissory notes are in the relevant Seller’s possession or control).
“Outside Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.
“Parties” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Person” means any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint venture, association or other entity or Governmental Body.
“Private Placement Per-Share Price” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.
“Purchased Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.
“Purchase Price” means the sum of the Loan Purchase Prices for the Purchased Loans.
“Purchased Loans” means the loans identified on the Loan Schedule.
“Qualifying Buyer IPO” means a Buyer IPO that results in gross cash proceeds to the Buyer of not less than $120,000,000.
“Registrable Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 7.6(a).
“Repurchase Assignments” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5(b).
“Repurchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.
“Requirements of Law” means any federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, rule, code, ordinance or Court Order enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Body, including laws pertaining to usury and other laws applicable to banking institutions and banking activities, in each case together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Sellers” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Seller Confidential Information” has the meaning specified in Section 12.1(a).
“Seller Fundamental Representations” means the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.4(b), 5.7 and 5.9.
“Seller Indemnified Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 10.2(a).
“Stock Consideration” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.
5 |
“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.
“Third Party Reports” means all reports, appraisals and other written materials prepared by third parties for Sellers with respect to the Purchased Loans, including all real estate appraisals, equipment appraisals and environmental reports that relate to the Purchased Loans.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute) as adopted and in force in the State of New York or, when the laws of any other state govern the method or manner of the perfection or enforcement of any security interest in any of the Loan Collateral, the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute) of such state.
“Unanticipated Contingency” has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.
1.2 Matters of Construction. The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. Any pronoun shall be deemed to cover all genders. All references: to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations; to any agreement, instrument or other documents shall include any and all modifications and supplements thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof; to any person or entity shall mean and include the successors and permitted assigns of such person or entity; “to,” “including” and “include” shall be understood to mean “including, without limitation”; or to the time of day shall mean the time on the day in question in New York, New York, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE
2.1 Purchased Assets. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, Sellers shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and assume from Sellers, all of Sellers’ right, title and interest in, to and under the following, wherever located:
(a) | each Purchased Loan including, to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the relevant Seller under the Loan Documents against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Loan Documents or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing; |
(b) | the Loan Documents relating to such Purchased Loan; and |
(c) | the Loan Files relating to such Purchased Loan. |
6 |
The assets referred to in this Section 2.1 are collectively referred to as the “Purchased Assets.”
2.2 Assumed Obligations. On the Closing Date, Buyer and Sellers shall execute and deliver the Assignment and Assumption Agreements with respect to the Purchased Assets, pursuant to which Buyer shall assume all obligations (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due) under the Loan Documents to the extent, and only to the extent, that such obligations arise out of or relate to facts, events or circumstances arising or occurring on or after the Effective Time (collectively, the “Assumed Obligations”).
2.3 Excluded Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Buyer shall not, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, assume or become liable for any obligations of Sellers other than the Assumed Obligations (collectively, the “Excluded Obligations”).
2.4 True Sale. The Parties expressly intend that the purchase and sale transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute an absolute conveyance of the Purchased Assets to Buyer without recourse, except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including without limitation in Article 10). In furtherance of the foregoing, at Closing each Seller shall update its books and records to reflect the fact that the Purchased Assets have been sold and that such Seller no longer retains any ownership interest therein.
2.5 Contingent Repurchase/Resale Obligations.
(a) The Parties hereby agree that if the Qualifying Buyer IPO does not (i) price on or prior to 3:00 p.m. (Eastern Standard Time) on November 5, 2012 or (ii) close on or prior to 3:00 p.m. (Eastern Standard Time) on the seventh (7th) day following the Closing Date (the “Outside Date” ) and provide net proceeds to Buyer sufficient (together with any funds available from the revolving credit agreement to be executed by Buyer and SunTrust Bank (the “Lender”) in connection with Buyer IPO) to repay in full all amounts owing by Buyer under that certain Senior Secured Term Credit Agreement to be entered into between Buyer and the Lender as of the Closing Date (the “Bridge Facility” and the occurrence of either of the events referred to in the foregoing (i) and (ii), an “Unanticipated Contingency”), then immediately following an Unanticipated Contingency, Buyer shall resell, retransfer, reassign, re-convey and redeliver to Sellers, and Sellers shall repurchase and reassume from Buyer, all of Buyer’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Assets and Assumed Obligations originally conveyed from Sellers to Buyer on the Closing Date, with each Seller reacquiring the Purchased Assets and Assumed Obligations originally transferred to Buyer by such Seller. The repurchase price to be paid by Sellers to Buyer for the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Obligations shall be the Purchase Price paid by Buyer to Sellers on the Closing Date (the “Repurchase Price”), in the same form as Buyer paid on the Closing Date (i.e., repayment of the Cash Consideration in cash and a redemption/return of the Stock Consideration).
7 |
(b) In order to facilitate and effectuate any such repurchase/resale (if required as set forth above), (i) Sellers agree to pledge to Buyer and deposit (or have Buyer direct the Lender to so deposit on its behalf from the proceeds borrowed by Buyer under the Bridge Facility) the Cash Consideration to be paid by Buyer under Section 4.2(a) into an escrow account at SunTrust Bank pursuant to the terms of that certain Escrow Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Parties hereto, the Lender and SunTrust Bank (the “Cash Escrow Agreement”) and (ii) Buyer agrees, on or before the Closing Date, to execute assignment and assumption agreements in favor of Sellers with respect to the Purchase Assets and Assumed Obligations (the “Repurchase Assignments”) and place such Repurchase Assignments in escrow pursuant to the terms of that certain Escrow Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Parties hereto, the Lender and the escrow agent (the “Loan Escrow Agreement”). For the avoidance of doubt, the repurchase/resale obligations under this Section 2.5, and the Repurchase Assignments, shall become null and void immediately upon the delivery of written notice to Buyer from Lender that Lender has received sufficient funds to repay the Bridge Facility and release of the Cash Consideration to Sellers pursuant to the terms of the Cash Escrow Agreement.
(c) In satisfaction by all Parties of the repurchase/resale obligations set forth in this Section 2.5 (i) the Cash Escrow Agreement shall provide for the release, at the direction of Lender, of the Cash Consideration on deposit thereunder to the Lender upon the occurrence of an Unanticipated Contingency, (ii) the Loan Escrow Agreement shall provide for the release, at the direction of Sellers, of the Repurchase Assignments to Sellers upon the occurrence of an Unanticipated Contingency, and the Sellers acknowledge and agree that they automatically release all right, title and interest in the Cash Consideration held under the Cash Escrow Agreement upon the occurrence of an Unanticipated Contingency (such Cash Consideration immediately becoming the property of the Lender at such time (in payment by the Buyer of its obligations under the Bridge Facility)), (iii) any pledge or security agreement that Buyer enters into to secure the Bridge Facility will provide for the automatic release of the Purchased Assets from the security interest created thereby upon the occurrence of the Unanticipated Contingency, and (iv) the Stock Consideration shall be automatically redeemed by Buyer and cancelled upon an Unanticipated Contingency, and Sellers expressly consent to Buyer instructing its transfer agent to so reflect the redemption and cancellation of the Stock Consideration upon the occurrence of an Unanticipated Contingency. The Parties agree that the repurchase/resale contemplated by this Section 2.5 shall occur automatically following the occurrence of an Unanticipated Contingency and no further assignments or documentation shall be required to be executed by the Parties to effectuate the repurchase/resale described above, although each Party shall take such steps as may be reasonably requested by another Party to fulfill the intent of this Section.
(d) The resale of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Obligations by Buyer to Sellers under this Section shall be without any representation or warranty by Buyer other than the representation and warranties that (i) the Purchased Assets and Assumed Obligations have been sold by Buyer free and clear of any Encumbrance created by Buyer, and (ii) except for the grant of a security interest to the Lender under the Bridge Facility upon the terms required by Section 2.5(c)(iii), Buyer has taken no action since the Closing Date with respect to the Purchased Assets that would have a material adverse effect on the Purchased Assets (including, without limitation, any of the actions described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of Section 7.1). To secure their obligation to repurchase the Purchased Assets and Assumed Obligations pursuant to this Section, Sellers hereby grant Buyer a security interest in all right, title and interest of Sellers in the Cash Consideration paid by Buyer to Sellers on the Closing Date hereunder and deposited into the Escrow Account pursuant to the Cash Escrow Agreement. Sellers acknowledge and agree that Buyer shall collaterally assign such security interest to the Lender under a separate security agreement, and, as such, the Lender shall be entitled to exercise all rights of Buyer under this Section.
8 |
ARTICLE 3
PURCHASE PRICE; INTEREST AND FEES
3.1 Purchase Price.
(a) The aggregate consideration for the Purchased Assets shall be an amount in cash and Buyer Common Stock equal to the Purchase Price plus the assumption by Buyer of the Assumed Obligations with respect to such Purchased Loans plus the Call Premia as provided in Section 3.3, which aggregate consideration the Sellers and Buyer independently have determined to be the fair value of the Purchased Assets. The Purchase Price will be payable 85% in cash (the “Cash Consideration”) and 15% in Buyer Common Stock (the “Stock Consideration”), valued at a per-share price equal to the per-share price at which shares of Buyer Common Stock are expected to be sold to investors in the Buyer IPO, as determined by the lead underwriter in the Buyer IPO and communicated to the Parties prior to Closing (the “Private Placement Per-Share Price”). The Stock Consideration will be issued to Sellers in book entry form. The Purchase Price shall be further adjusted in accordance with Section 3.2.
(b) In the event that, between the date hereof and the Cut-off Time, either Seller receives a principal payment with respect to a Purchased Loan that is not already reflected in the applicable Loan Purchase Price set forth in the then-current Loan Schedule,, Sellers shall, no later than the Cut-off Time, prepare and deliver to Buyer an updated Loan Schedule reflecting the updated Loan Purchase Price for each Purchased Loan as of the Cut-off Time, as contemplated by the first sentence of Section 3.2.
3.2 Principal Repayments; Interest and Fees. The Loan Purchase Price with respect to a particular Purchased Loan shall be reduced by the amount, if any, of the principal payments received by the relevant Seller between the date hereof and the Cut-off Time. In addition, the Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount of all accrued but unpaid interest payable in cash (but not in kind) and all accrued but unpaid normally recurring fees, in each case as of the Cut-off Time, with respect to each Purchased Loan being sold by the relevant Seller on the Closing Date.
3.3 Additional Payments. In addition to the Purchase Price, Buyer shall pay to the applicable Seller, in cash, all prepayment premiums or similar prepayment penalties or fees (collectively, “Call Premia”) received by Buyer following the Closing Date in connection with any full or partial payment of principal by a Borrower with respect to a Purchased Loan. Each such payment shall be due no later than five (5) Business Days following receipt by Buyer of the applicable Call Premia and shall be payable in accordance with Section 4.2(a) or as otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties.
9 |
ARTICLE 4
CLOSING
4.1 Closing Date. The closing of the purchase and sale of Purchased Assets and the assumption of Assumed Obligations (the “Closing”) shall, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Closing set forth in Article 8 and Article 9 (other than those that can only be satisfied at the Closing), take place at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on the Business Day on which the pricing of Buyer IPO shall occur, or at such other time and place as Sellers and Buyer may agree (the “Closing Date”). At the Closing, Sellers shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Buyer the Purchased Assets relating to the Purchased Loans. The Closing shall be effective as of 10:00 a.m. on the Closing Date (the “Effective Time”).
4.2 Buyer’s Deliveries. On the Closing Date, Buyer shall:
(a) subject to Section 2.5, pay to Sellers the Cash Consideration by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account(s) as Sellers shall designate in writing to Buyer at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;
(b) issue the Stock Consideration in book entry form to Sellers according to their pro rata right to receive the Purchase Price;
(c) deliver to Sellers a counterpart of each relevant Assignment and Assumption Agreement, duly executed on behalf of Buyer; and
(d) deliver to Sellers a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of Buyer certifying to the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing set forth in Sections 9.1 through 9.3.
4.3 Sellers’ Deliveries. At the Closing, Sellers shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Buyer or its designee (including, with respect to the Notes, Buyer’s custodian or another third party) all of the following:
(a) a counterpart of each Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to the sale and assignment of the relevant Purchased Loans to be settled at the Closing, duly executed on behalf of the relevant Seller and each Person for which a Consent is required for such Purchased Loans (unless a separate Consent has been delivered);
(b) the Notes with respect to such Purchased Loans to be sold to Buyer at the Closing (to the extent in the possession of Seller);
(c) any Loan Files in the possession of Sellers that are (i) reasonably necessary for Buyer’s ownership and servicing of the Purchased Assets, and (ii) expressly requested by Buyer in writing; and
(d) a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of each Seller certifying to the satisfaction of the conditions to Closing set forth in Sections 8.1 through 8.3.
10 |
ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS
As an inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, each Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer, with respect to itself and the Purchased Assets to be sold, and the consideration to be received, by such Seller, as follows:
5.1 Organization. Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing with full power and authority to own the Purchased Assets and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
5.2 Authority. Seller has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Assignment and Assumption Agreements to which it will be a party. All corporate action required to be taken by Seller to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Assignment and Assumption Agreements has been taken. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Seller and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, and the Assignment and Assumption Agreements have been duly authorized by Seller and upon execution and delivery by Seller will be a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, in each case, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally, and any limitation imposed by general equity principles, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).
5.3 Consents. None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements, the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or compliance by Seller with or fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof will:
(a) Conflict with, result in a material breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a material default, an event of default or an event creating rights of acceleration, termination or cancellation or a loss of rights under, or require any consent or result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance upon any of the Purchased Assets under (i) Seller’s organizational documents, (ii) any Loan Document identified in the Master Loan Document List, or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than a Loan Document) to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is bound with respect to any Purchased Asset or Assumed Obligation, (iii) any Court Order to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is bound with respect to any Purchased Asset or Assumed Obligation or (iv) any Requirements of Law applicable to Seller, except to the extent such breach or default does not materially and adversely affect the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Obligations.
(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.3, require the approval, consent, authorization or act of, or the making or giving by any Seller of any notice, declaration, filing, report or registration with, any Person in connection with the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
11 |
(c) Require any Governmental Approval.
5.4 Purchased Loans and Loan Documents.
(a) To Sellers’ knowledge, the Loan Documents listed in the Master Loan Document Schedule constitute all Loan Documents relating to the Purchased Loans to which Seller is a party. The Loan Documents listed in the Master Loan Document Schedule constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally, and any limitation imposed by general equity principles, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity). Seller is not in breach or default in any material respect of its obligations under any of such Loan Documents listed in the Master Loan Document Schedule.
(b) The Loan Schedule is accurate in all material respects as of the date thereof and will be accurate in all material respects as of the Cut-off Time.
5.5 Other Matters Relating to the Purchased Loans. To Seller’s knowledge (without the obligation for further inquiry), there are no actions pending in which one of the Borrowers has (i) filed, or consented (by answer or otherwise) to the filing against it, of a petition for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, (ii) made an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) consented to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee, liquidator or other judicial officer with similar power over itself or any substantial part of its property, (iv) been adjudicated by a court to be insolvent, or (v) taken corporate or partnership action for the purpose of authorizing any of the foregoing.
5.6 Governmental Permits. Seller owns, holds or possesses those licenses, franchises, permits and other authorizations from Governmental Bodies (the “Governmental Permits”) which were necessary for Seller to originate (where applicable), and are necessary for Seller to own, the Purchased Assets and to carry on and conduct its business relating thereto substantially as currently conducted, except where the failure by Seller to own, hold or possess any such license, franchise, permit or other authorization would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on its Purchased Assets.
5.7 Title to Purchased Assets. Seller has and, as of the Closing, will transfer to Buyer, good title to all of the Purchased Assets, free and clear of any Encumbrances.
5.8 Compliance; Litigation Relating to the Purchased Assets.
(a) Seller has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Obligations.
12 |
(b) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to Seller’s knowledge, threatened against Seller by any Borrower, Guarantor or third Person in respect of the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Obligations and there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending in which Seller is the plaintiff or claimant and which relate to any of the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Obligations.
(c) There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened in writing against either Seller which question the legality or propriety of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
5.9 No Broker. No agent, broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor or other firm or Person is or shall be entitled, as a result of any action, agreement or commitment of Seller or any of its Affiliates, to any broker’s, finder’s or financial advisor’s fee or commission in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for any such fee or commission that will be paid by Seller.
5.10 Securities Law Matters. Each Seller is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) and is acquiring Buyer Common Stock for its own account and for investment purposes and not with a view to distribution thereof (other than any assignment to an Affiliate of a Seller’s right to receive the Stock Consideration pursuant to Section 12.5) or with any present intention of offering or selling Buyer Common Stock in violation of the Securities Act. Sellers have received information determined by them to be necessary in order to make an informed investment decision regarding the investment in Buyer Common Stock. Sellers acknowledge that Buyer Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of various states, and, therefore, cannot be sold unless it is subsequently registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from registration is available. Further, Sellers understand that the transfer agent records will reflect the foregoing restrictions and, so long as such restrictions are in effect, a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of such shares. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, such restrictions shall be removed (a) upon the sale of such shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in connection with any other sale, assignment or transfer transaction, if Seller provides Buyer with an opinion of counsel, in form, substance, and scope, and from such counsel, as may be reasonably acceptable to Buyer, to the effect that the sale, assignment or other transfer of Buyer Common Stock may be made without registration under the Securities Act, or (c) if Seller provides Buyer with notice that the shares of Buyer Common Stock are being sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor rule thereto). Sellers agree to sell the shares of Buyer Common Stock only in compliance with all applicable securities laws.
5.11 Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 5, Seller makes no representations or warranties regarding: (a) the creditworthiness, solvency or financial ability of any Borrower or Guarantor or any other obligor, including any pledgor, any letter of credit issuer or insurer to pay or to perform any of its liabilities or obligations with respect to the Purchased Assets, or (b) any Borrower or Guarantor paying or performing pursuant to the terms of a Purchased Loan.
13 |
ARTICLE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
As an inducement to Sellers to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Sellers as follows:
6.1 Organization of Buyer. Buyer is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with full power and authority to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
6.2 Authority of Buyer. Buyer has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Assignment and Assumption Agreements. All corporate or other legal action required to be taken by Buyer to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Assignment and Assumption Agreements has been taken. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Buyer in accordance with its terms, and the Assignment and Assumption Agreements have been duly authorized by Buyer and upon execution and delivery by Buyer will be a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, in each case subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally, and any limitation imposed by general equity principles, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or equity).
6.3 Consents. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby nor compliance by Buyer with or fulfillment of the terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof will:
(a) Conflict with, result in a material breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a material default, an event of default or an event creating rights of acceleration, termination or cancellation or a loss of rights under (i) the organizational documents of Buyer, (ii) any material agreement or material instrument to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound, (iii) any Court Order to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound or (iv) any Requirements of Law applicable to Buyer, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iv), to the extent such breach or default affects Buyer’s ability to acquire the Purchased Assets or perform the Assumed Obligations.
(b) Except as expressly set forth on Schedule 6.3, require the approval, consent, authorization or act of, or the making or giving by Buyer of any notice, declaration, filing, report or registration with, any Person in connection with the execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(c) Require any Governmental Approval.
6.4 Governmental Permits. Buyer owns, holds or possesses all licenses, franchises, permits and other authorizations from a Governmental Body which are necessary to entitle it to execute and perform this Agreement and to acquire the Purchased Assets and to perform the Assumed Obligations.
14 |
6.5 No Violation, Litigation or Regulatory Action. There is no action, suit or proceeding pending against Buyer and Buyer has no knowledge of any threatened action, suit or proceeding against Buyer which questions the legality or propriety of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6.6 Ability to Perform; Availability of Funds. Buyer will have, at the Closing, sufficient funds to pay the Purchase Price due at the Closing and the ability to perform the Assumed Obligations and carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6.7 No Broker. No agent, broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor or other firm or Person is or shall be entitled, as a result of any action, agreement or commitment of Buyer or any of its Affiliates, to any broker’s, finder’s or financial advisor’s fee or commission in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for any such fee or commission that will be paid by Buyer.
6.8 Status of Buyer. Buyer (i) is (or at Closing will be) a “sophisticated” investor and/or an “accredited” investor as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, or a “qualified purchaser” as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) is an Eligible Institution, (iii) is able to bear the economic risk associated with the purchase of the Purchased Loans and the assumption of the obligations thereunder, (iv) has such knowledge and experience so as to be aware of the risks and uncertainties inherent in the purchase of rights and assumption of liabilities, including the Assumed Obligations, of the type contemplated in this Agreement, and (v) has independently and without reliance upon the Sellers, and based upon such information as Buyer has deemed appropriate, made its own analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement, except that Buyer has relied upon Sellers’ express representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities in this Agreement. Without characterizing the Purchased Assets as a “security” within the meaning of the Securities Act or any other securities laws, Buyer is not purchasing the Purchased Assets with a view towards sale or distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act.
6.9 Ownership of Buyer. As of the time immediately preceding the Closing, the percentage of the equity of the Buyer owned or otherwise controlled by the Manager or its Affiliates (including any employees of the Manager or their immediate family members) shall be less than twenty-five percent (25.0%).
15 |
ARTICLE 7
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
7.1 Seller Covenants. During the period from the date hereof to the Closing Date, each Seller will conduct its activities with respect to the Purchased Loans to be sold to Buyer on the Closing Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the earlier of the Closing Date and the date of termination of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Buyer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Sellers shall not enter into or otherwise effectuate or permit:
(a) a modification, amendment or waiver of, or agreement to forbear the enforcement of, any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents relating to such Purchased Loans;
(b) the subordination or release of any security or Loan Collateral for such Purchased Loans (other than releases required under the applicable Loan Documents or the ordinary course release of funds from escrow or reserve accounts required by the applicable Loan Documents); or
(c) the sale or transfer of such Purchased Loan to any third party.
7.2 Access to Information Prior to the Closing; Confidentiality.
(a) During the period from the date of this Agreement through the earlier of the date on which all Purchased Loans are sold to Buyer and the termination of this Agreement, Sellers shall promptly deliver to Buyer copies of all notices, correspondence, financial statements and other documents (including without limitation any notices of default or reservation of rights letters) received by Sellers (and not also received by Buyer or Manager) in respect of such Purchased Loan and the related Purchased Assets.
(b) Any information provided to or obtained by Buyer pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall constitute Seller Confidential Information and be treated in accordance with Section 12.1(a).
7.3 Notices; Post-Closing Remittances; Correspondence; Further Assurances.
(a) Promptly following closing of the Buyer IPO, Sellers shall give notice to all Borrowers, Guarantors and other necessary parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer, notifying them of the sale of the relevant Loans to Buyer and shall provide them with information regarding the account(s) to which all Loan and other payments under the Loan Documents shall be made following the Closing Date. Buyer agrees to cooperate with Sellers in all respects in connection with the foregoing and shall promptly provide Sellers with such information as it may require in connection with providing such notices.
16 |
(b) Amounts which are paid in respect of the Purchased Assets and are received by a Seller following the Closing in respect of Purchased Loans sold to Buyer at the Closing, shall be received by such Seller as agent, in trust for and on behalf of Buyer and such Seller shall pay promptly all of such amounts over to Buyer and shall provide Buyer information, to the extent known, as to the nature, source and classification of such payments, including any invoice relating thereto. All amounts in respect of assets of Sellers not transferred to Buyer that are received by Buyer following the Closing shall be received by Buyer as agent, in trust for and on behalf of the relevant Seller, and Buyer shall promptly pay all of such amounts over to the relevant Seller and shall provide to the relevant Seller information relating thereto, to the extent known, as to the nature, source and classification of such payments, including any invoice relating thereto.
(c) Following the Closing, to the extent that either Seller receives (and Buyer or Manager does not also receive) any mail (including electronic mail) or other correspondence or materials relating to Purchased Assets sold to Buyer at the Closing or the Assumed Obligations relating thereto (other than any internal mail, correspondence, or materials generated by Seller itself), such Seller shall promptly forward such mail, correspondence, or other materials to Buyer.
(d) Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute such other assignments, novations, transfer documents, instruments of further assurance (including without limitation, if and to the extent necessary, lost certificate affidavits and related indemnities), approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to complete, ensure and perfect the sale, transfer and conveyance of the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Obligations to Buyer and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby. Any other assignments, in particular any additional assignments of any lien instruments, any transfer documents, instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as may be desired by Buyer to complete, ensure and perfect the sale, transfer and conveyance of the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Obligations to Buyer and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby shall be prepared by Buyer, at Buyer’s expense, and submitted to the relevant Seller for execution, if necessary, within one year after the Closing Date. Buyer shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of, and any costs associated with the preparation of such additional assignments and for any costs or filing fees associated with the recording of such additional assignments. In addition, without in any way limiting the foregoing, and without in any way adversely affecting Buyer’s right to indemnification under Article XI, from and after the Closing Sellers shall, at the request of Buyer, cooperate with Buyer and take such steps as may be necessary to cure any deficiencies in the Loan Documents.
7.4 Taxes.
(a) Sellers shall be liable for and shall pay all of its Taxes (whether assessed or unassessed) applicable to the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Obligations related thereto, in each case attributable to periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, irrespective of when such Taxes are filed or paid. Buyer shall be liable for and shall pay all Taxes (whether assessed or unassessed) applicable to the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Obligations, in each case attributable to periods (or portions thereof) beginning after the Closing Date, irrespective of when such Taxes are filed or paid.
17 |
(b) Sellers shall pay all income, gains or similar Tax imposed on it relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(c) Each party shall provide reimbursement for any Tax which is the responsibility of such party in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.4 and which is paid by any other party. Within a reasonable time prior to the payment of any such Tax, the party paying such Tax shall give notice to the other party of the Tax payable and the portion which is the liability of the other parties, although failure to do so will not relieve the other party from its liability hereunder.
(d) Nothing herein shall be construed as obligating Sellers or Buyer in any way to pay Taxes which are the liability of a Borrower or which shall be due with respect to any Loan Collateral.
7.5 Buyer IPO. Buyer shall not, without Sellers’ written consent, price and close Buyer IPO unless (i) Buyer IPO is a Qualifying Buyer IPO and (ii) the Buyer IPO Per-Share Price equals or exceeds the Private Placement Per-Share Price. In addition, Buyer’s contemplated private placement of shares of Buyer Common Stock to be completed shortly prior to the Buyer IPO shall be completed at a per-share price which equals or exceeds the Private Placement Per-Share Price.
7.6 Registration Rights
(a) At the request of Sellers at any time following the expiration of the lock-up period in connection with Buyer IPO, Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly file a shelf registration statement on Form N-2 pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or such other form under the Securities Act then available to Buyer providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by Sellers) of such number of shares of the Stock Consideration which shall not have been previously sold by Sellers to the public pursuant to a registration statement or are eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without any limitation thereunder (including, but not limited to, any limitation on volume or manner of sale) (collectively, “Registrable Securities”) requested by Sellers to be registered thereby; provided, however, that Buyer shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to this paragraph (a):
(i) | if Buyer is not, at the time of Sellers’ request, eligible to use such shelf registration; |
(ii) | during the effectiveness of any lock-up period in connection with any registration statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of securities of Buyer for its own account; |
(iii) | if Buyer has previously effected two (2) registrations of Registrable Securities under this Section 7.6; provided, however, that any registration of Registrable Securities which does not become and remain effective for at least 270 days in accordance with this Section 7.6 shall not be included in the calculation of the number of registrations contemplated by this clause (iii); or |
18 |
(iv) | if a registration statement requested under this Section 7.6 became effective within the preceding 90 days. |
(b) Buyer shall pay all expenses incident to Buyer’s performance of or compliance with this Section 7.6, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including SEC registration fees and fees of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)), (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, (iii) listing application fees, (iii) fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel and accountants for Buyer, and (iv) any fees and disbursements customarily paid by issuers of securities.
(c) If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a registration statement in respect of a registration pursuant to this Section 7.6 at any time would require Buyer to make a public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of Buyer (after consultation with external legal counsel) (i) would be required to be made in any registration statement so that such registration statement would not be materially misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such registration statement and (iii) would have a material adverse effect on Buyer or its business or on Buyer's ability to effect a material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, then Buyer may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to Sellers participating in such registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such registration statement; provided, that Buyer shall not be permitted to do so (i) more than two times during any 12 month period, (ii) for a period exceeding 30 days on any one occasion or (iii) for an aggregate period exceeding 60 days in any 12 month period. In the event Buyer exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, Sellers agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of any prospectus relating to such registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. Buyer shall promptly notify Sellers of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this clause (c). Buyer agrees that, in the event it exercises its rights under this clause (c), it shall, within 30 days following Sellers' receipt of the notice of suspension, update the suspended registration statement as may be necessary to permit Sellers to resume use thereof in connection with the offer and sale of their Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law.
(d) If and in each case when Buyer is required to effect a registration of any Registrable Securities as provided in this Section 7.6, Buyer shall promptly:
(i) | prepare and, in any event within thirty days, file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective within ninety (90) days of the initial filing; |
(ii) | prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of 270 days and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during the period in which such registration statement remains effective in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by Sellers set forth in such registration statement; provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, Buyer will furnish to Sellers’ counsel copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel; |
19 |
(iii) | furnish to each Seller such number of copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and summary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Seller; |
(iv) | use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration in such jurisdictions as each Seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Seller, except that Buyer shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where, but for the requirements of this clause (iv), it would not be obligated to be so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction; |
(v) | notify each Seller of any such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of Buyer's becoming aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such Seller, prepare and furnish to such Seller a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; |
(vi) | otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not more than 18 months) after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; |
20 |
(vii) | (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to list such Registrable Securities on any national securities exchange or authorize for quotation on each other market on which Buyer Common Stock is then listed or authorized for quotation if such Registrable Securities are not already so listed or authorized for quotation; and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement; |
(viii) | enter into such customary agreements and take such other actions as Sellers reasonably requested in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; |
(ix) | make available for inspection by any Seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of Buyer, and cause all of Buyer's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Seller, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement (subject to each party referred to in this clause (ix) entering into customary confidentiality agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer); |
(x) | notify Sellers’ counsel immediately, and confirm the notice in writing (A) when the registration statement, or any post-effective amendment to the registration statement, shall have become effective, or any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to the prospectus shall have been filed, (B) of the receipt of any comments from the SEC, (C) of any request of the SEC to amend the registration statement or amend or supplement the prospectus or for additional information, and (D) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the registration statement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes; |
(xi) | use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order as soon as practicable; |
21 |
(xii) | cooperate with Sellers to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (or establishing book entries) (in each case not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as Sellers may request; and |
(xiii) | cooperate with each Seller in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA. |
(e) In the event of any registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 7.6, Buyer will indemnify and hold harmless each holder of Registrable Securities, any Person who is or might be deemed to be a controlling person of Sellers or any of its subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, their respective direct and indirect partners, advisory board members, directors, officers, trustees, members, representatives, shareholders, Affiliates and each other Person, if any, who controls any such holder or any such controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each such Person being referred to herein as a “Covered Person”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Covered Person may be or become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other securities or other law of any jurisdiction, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any registration statement under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus included therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents furnished or filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or other document or report, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by Buyer of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to Buyer and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or other document or report, and will reimburse such Covered Person for any legal or any other expenses incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that Buyer shall not be liable to a Covered Person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other such disclosure document or other document or report, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Buyer through an instrument duly executed by such Covered Person specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof. The indemnities of Buyer contained in this clause (e) shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Covered Person and shall survive any transfer of securities or any termination of this Agreement.
22 |
(f) Subject to clause (h), Buyer may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to this Section 7.6, that Buyer shall have received an undertaking satisfactory to it from the prospective seller of such securities, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, each director of Buyer, each officer of Buyer who shall sign such registration statement and each other Person (other than such seller), if any, who controls Buyer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other prospective seller of such Registrable Securities with respect to any statement in or omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus included therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act or any document incorporated therein) or other document or report, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Buyer through an instrument executed by such seller specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, amendment or supplement, incorporated document or other document or report. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Buyer, or any such director, officer or controlling Person and shall survive any transfer of securities or any termination of this Agreement.
(g) If the indemnification provided for in clauses (e) or (f) hereof is unavailable to a party that would have been entitled to indemnification pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 (an “Indemnitee”) in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each party that would have been an indemnifying party thereunder shall, subject to clause (h) and in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnitee, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of such indemnifying party on the one hand and such Indemnitee on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof). The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or such Indemnitee and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this clause (g) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentence. The amount paid or payable by a contributing party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to above in this clause (g) shall include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the aggregate liability of each holder of Registrable Securities in respect of any indemnification or contribution obligation of such holder arising under this Section 7.6 shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to the net proceeds to such holder from the disposition of the Registrable Securities disposed of by such holder pursuant to such registration.
23 |
(i) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 7.6, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action or proceeding; provided that the failure of the Indemnitee to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 7.6, except to the extent and only to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually materially prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action or proceeding is brought against an Indemnitee, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof (at its expense), jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and shall have no liability for any settlement made by the Indemnitee without the consent of the indemnifying party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in such Indemnitee’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such Indemnitee and the indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such action or proceeding or the indemnifying party does not assume the defense of any such action or proceeding within a reasonable time after notice of commencement, the Indemnitee shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any reasonable expenses therefor, but in no event will bear the expenses for more than one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees. No indemnifying party will settle any action or proceeding or consent to the entry of any judgment without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, unless such settlement or judgment (i) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff of a release to such Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such action or proceeding and (ii) does not include any admission as to fault or culpability on the part of any Indemnitee and (iii) does not involve the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any obligations on such Indemnitee and does not otherwise adversely affect such Indemnitee, other than as a result of the imposition of financial obligations for which such Indemnitee will be indemnified hereunder.
(j) With a view to making available to Sellers the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Seller to sell securities of Buyer to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:
(i) | make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times subsequent to Buyer IPO; |
(ii) | file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of Buyer under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and |
(iii) | file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of Buyer under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and furnish to any Seller forthwith upon request a written statement by Buyer that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of Buyer, and such other reports and documents so filed by Buyer as may be reasonably requested in availing any Seller of any rule or regulation of the SEC permitting the selling of any such securities without registration. |
24 |
(k) Buyer covenants and agrees that, so long as any Seller holds any Registrable Securities in respect of which any registration rights provided for in this Section 7.6 remain in effect, Buyer will not, directly or indirectly, grant to any Person or agree to, or otherwise become obligated in respect of, rights of registration in the nature, or substantially in the nature, of those set forth in this Section 7.6 that would have priority over the Registrable Securities with respect to the inclusion of such securities in any registration pursuant to this Section 7.6.
(l) The rights of a Seller to cause Buyer to register its Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 7.6 may be assigned in a transfer effected in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.6 to any investment fund that is an Affiliate of such Seller; provided that each such assignee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Section 7.6.
(m) The Parties shall have all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise in the event of any breach or violation of this Section 7.6 or any default hereunder. The Parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Section 7.6, in addition to any other remedies which may be available, each of the Parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the other Parties and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances.
ARTICLE 8
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER
The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on the Closing Date shall be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions, any or all of which may, to the extent legally permissible, be waived in Buyer’s sole discretion:
8.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. Each Seller Fundamental Representation shall be true and correct in all respects on the Closing Date; each of the other representations and warranties of Sellers contained or referred to herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific date, in which case such representation and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), except to the extent that such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific date, in which case such representation and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).
25 |
8.2 No Restraint or Litigation. No action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding shall have been instituted to restrain or prohibit or otherwise challenge the legality or validity of the transactions contemplated hereby.
8.3 Consents. All Consents required to have been obtained in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets shall have been obtained and not revoked or rescinded.
8.4 Pricing of Qualifying Buyer IPO. The pricing of a Qualifying Buyer IPO shall be reasonably expected by Buyer to occur on the Closing Date.
8.5 Bridge Facility. All conditions to funding under the Bridge Facility shall have been satisfied.
8.6 Obligations Performed. Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of the obligations and agreements required by this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date.
8.7 Delivery of Closing Documents. Sellers shall have delivered to Buyer each document to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.3, together with such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 9
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS
The obligations of Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on the Closing Date shall be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions any or all of which may, to the extent legally permissible, be waived in Sellers’ sole discretion:
9.1 Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. There shall have been no material breach by Buyer in the performance of any of its covenants and agreements herein; each Buyer Fundamental Representation shall be true and correct in all respects on the Closing Date; each of the other representations and warranties of Buyer contained or referred to in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific date, in which case such representation and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), except to the extent that such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific date, in which case such representation and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).
9.2 No Restraint or Litigation. No action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding shall have been instituted to restrain or prohibit or otherwise challenge the legality or validity of the transactions contemplated hereby.
26 |
9.3 Consents. All Consents required to have been obtained in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets shall have been obtained and not revoked or rescinded.
9.4 Pricing of Qualifying Buyer IPO. The pricing of a Qualifying Buyer IPO shall be reasonably expected by Sellers to occur on the Closing Date.
9.5 Bridge Facility. All conditions to funding under the Bridge Facility shall have been satisfied.
9.6 Obligations Performed. Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date.
9.7 Completion of Documentation. The following documents shall have been entered into in a form and substance satisfactory to each Party in its sole discretion: (a) the Loan Escrow Agreement, (b) the Cash Escrow Agreement, (c) all Assignment and Assumption Agreements, (d) all Repurchase Assignments, (e) any other document or agreement relating to the repurchase and/or escrow arrangements described in Section 2.5, and (f) any agreement between Sellers (or a Seller’s Affiliate, in the event a Seller assigns its right to receive the Stock Consideration pursuant to Section 12.5) and Buyer’s underwriters relating to the lock-up applicable to the Stock Consideration.
9.8 Delivery of Closing Documents. Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers each document to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.2, together with such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE 10
INDEMNIFICATION
10.1 Indemnification by Sellers. From and after the Closing and subject to the limitations of this Article 10, each Seller shall, severally but not jointly, indemnify and hold Buyer and its Affiliates, its and their respective successors and assigns, and in each such case its and their respective present or former directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents (“Buyer Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all Losses at any time incurred by any Buyer Indemnified Party in connection with, resulting from, related to or arising from:
(a) | any material breach by such Seller of any of its representations or warranties (with materiality determined, where applicable, by reference to the Purchased Loan that is the subject of the relevant representation or warranty) in this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement; |
27 |
(b) | any material breach or nonfulfillment of any agreement or covenant (in each case with materiality determined, where applicable, by reference to the Purchased Loan that is the subject of the relevant agreement or covenant) to be performed by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement; |
(c) | any claim by a Borrower or a third party in connection with such Seller’s making or collecting loans or performing any transactions under the Loan Documents prior to or at the Effective Time; or |
(d) | any failure by such Seller to pay or perform, or any claim against a Buyer Indemnified Party by a third party that, if successful, would give rise to, any of the Excluded Obligations. |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Sellers have made no representations or warranties, and therefore provide no indemnification, regarding: (i) the creditworthiness, solvency or financial ability of any Borrower or Guarantor or any other obligor, including any pledgor, any letter of credit issuer or insurer to pay or to perform any of its liabilities or obligations with respect to the Purchased Assets, or (ii) any Borrower’s or Guarantor’s paying or performing pursuant to the terms of any Purchased Loan.
10.2 Indemnification by Buyer. From and after the Closing and subject to the limitations of this Article 10, Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold each Seller and its Affiliates, including its and their respective successors and assigns, and in each case its and their respective present or former directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents (“Seller Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all Losses at any time incurred by any Seller Indemnified Party in connection with, resulting from, related to or arising from:
(a) | any material breach by Buyer of any of its representations or warranties in this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement; |
(b) | any material breach or nonfulfillment of any agreement or covenant to be performed by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement; |
(c) | any claim by a Borrower or a third party in connection with any matter relating to a Purchased Loan that occurs or arises subsequent to the Effective Time; or |
(d) | any failure by Buyer to pay or perform, or any claim against a Seller Indemnified Party by a third party that, if successful, would give rise to, any of the Assumed Obligations. |
28 |
10.3 Limitations on Indemnification.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 10, except in the case of fraudulent misrepresentation or a breach of any Seller Fundamental Representations, in no event shall a Seller’s aggregate liability for Losses that may be recovered by any Buyer Indemnified Party for any breach by a Seller of any of its representations or warranties in this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement exceed the portion of the Purchase Price actually received by Seller (the “Cap”).
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 10, except in the case of fraudulent misrepresentation or a breach of any Buyer Fundamental Representation, in no event shall Buyer’s aggregate liability for Losses that may be recovered by any Seller Indemnified Party for any breach by Buyer of any of its representations or warranties in this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement exceed the Cap.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, all Losses for which any Indemnified Party would otherwise be entitled to indemnification under Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 shall be reduced by the amount of insurance proceeds, net Tax benefits, indemnification payments and other third-party recoveries actually realized in respect of any Losses incurred by such Indemnified Party. In the event any Indemnified Party is entitled to any insurance proceeds, net Tax benefits, indemnity payments or any third-party recoveries in respect of any Losses for which such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1 or Section 10.2, such Indemnified Party shall use reasonable efforts to obtain, receive or realize such proceeds, benefits, payments or recoveries. In the event that any such insurance proceeds, net Tax benefits, indemnification payments or other third-party recoveries are realized by an Indemnified Party subsequent to receipt by such Indemnified Party of any indemnification payment hereunder in respect of the claims to which such insurance proceeds, net Tax benefits, indemnification payments or other third-party recoveries relate, the Indemnified Party shall promptly remit all or the relevant portion of such indemnification payment to the Indemnifying Party.
(d) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer and Sellers shall each retain their right of offset against each other with respect to any amounts due hereunder.
(e) In the event both Buyer and Sellers are liable hereunder with respect to a Loss that constitutes both an Assumed Obligation and an Excluded Obligation, the amount payable by Buyer and Seller with respect thereto shall be in such proportion as shall reflect the relative fault of each party.
10.4 Notice of Claims. Promptly upon the sooner to occur of (a) a party’s acquisition of knowledge of facts or circumstances which could serve as the basis for a claim under this Article 10, or (b) receipt of notice of any claim, demand or assessment or the commencement of any suit, action, arbitration or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought on account of the indemnity agreement contained in this Article 10, the party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give written notice to the party obligated to provide indemnification to such Indemnified Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) describing in reasonable detail the facts giving rise to any claim for indemnification hereunder and a reference to the provision of this Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument executed hereunder or in connection herewith upon which such claim is based and within sufficient time to respond to such claim or answer or otherwise plea in such action; provided that failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent it shall have been materially prejudiced by such failure.
29 |
10.5 Third Party Claims. In the event that any Person not a party to this Agreement shall make any demand or claim or file or threaten to file any lawsuit, which demand, claim or lawsuit may result in any Losses to one party hereto of the kind for which such party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article 10, then, after written notice is provided by the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall have the option, at its expense, to provide legal counsel for the Indemnified Party (such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party) to defend any such demand, claim or lawsuit. In effecting the settlement of any such demand, claim or lawsuit, an Indemnified Party shall act in good faith, shall consult with the Indemnifying Party and shall enter into only such settlement as the Indemnifying Party shall approve, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnifying Party may settle any third party claim without the consent of the Indemnified Party provided that such settlement provides for a release of the Indemnified Party with respect to all such third party claims and does not contain any restriction on the activities of the Indemnified Party or any finding of fault. Each party will cooperate with the other party in connection with any claim, make personnel, books and records relevant to such claim available to the other party, and grant such authorizations or limited powers of attorney to the agents, representatives and counsel of such other party as such party may reasonably consider desirable in connection with the defense of any such claim.
10.6 General. The Indemnified Party shall be obligated in connection with any claim for indemnification under this Article 10 to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate all Losses upon and after becoming aware of any event which could reasonably be expected to give rise to such Losses. In addition, in the event that a claim is made against an Indemnified Party by a third-party and (i) an Indemnifying Party incurs costs or expenses for indemnification under this Article 10 in connection therewith, and (ii) any of such costs or expenses are chargeable by such Indemnified Party to a Borrower (whether pursuant to contractual indemnification or otherwise), the Indemnified Party agrees to use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain such chargeable amounts from such Borrower and remit such amounts to the Indemnifying Party promptly after receipt thereof.
10.7 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations, warranties and covenants of Sellers and Buyer contained in this Agreement or in any agreement, certificate or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Closing; provided, however, Sellers or Buyer, as applicable, will have liability for any breach of their or its representations or warranties in this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement only if, on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer or Sellers, as applicable, notifies the applicable Indemnifying Party of a claim specifying the factual basis of such claim in reasonable detail (a “Claim Notice”); and provided, further, that (a) in all cases, a party’s liability for such breach shall not terminate with respect to any claim for which such party has been given a Claim Notice prior to the expiration of such two-year period, until the final disposition of such claim, and (b) the foregoing limitations shall not apply to any breach of Seller Fundamental Representations or Buyer Fundamental Representations.
30 |
10.8 Exclusive Remedies. Following the Closing and other than in the case of fraud or willful misconduct of a party hereto, the indemnification provisions contained in this Article 10 will constitute the sole and exclusive recourse and remedy of the parties with respect to any breach of any of the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption Agreements or in any other agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement or any covenants or other obligations contained in this Agreement to be performed prior to or at the Closing; provided, that nothing in this Agreement shall limit in any way the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies to which a party may otherwise be entitled..
ARTICLE 11
TERMINATION
11.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated, and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Closing:
(a) by mutual written agreement of Sellers and Buyer;
(b) by Sellers or Buyer after the Outside Date, by written notice to the other Party, if the Closing with respect to any Purchased Asset has not occurred for any reason other than a breach of this Agreement by the terminating Party;
(c) by Sellers or Buyer if any court of competent jurisdiction or any Governmental Body shall have issued an order or taken any other final action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such order or other action is or shall have become final and nonappealable; provided, however, that the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(c) shall have used reasonable efforts to prevent the entry of and to remove such order or other final action;
(d) by Buyer, if there has been a material breach by a Seller of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement which (x) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Article IX, and (y) cannot be cured prior to the Outside Date; or
(e) by Sellers, if there has been a material breach by Buyer of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement which (x) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Article X, and (y) cannot be cured prior to the Outside Date.
11.2 Procedure and Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof, this Agreement shall become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party hereto except (a) this Section 11.2 and the obligations set forth in Sections 7.2(b) and Article 12 hereof shall survive any such termination of this Agreement and (b) nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for breach of this Agreement prior to termination.
31 |
ARTICLE 12
GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.1 Confidential Nature of Information.
(a) Following the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the termination of this Agreement, Buyer agrees that it will, and will cause its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees and representatives to (i) maintain the confidential nature of all non-public documents, materials and other information related to the Purchased Assets, or the Assumed Obligations (the “Seller Confidential Information”), (ii) ensure that, without the applicable Seller’s prior written consent, Seller Confidential Information is not communicated to any third Person (other than to Buyer, its Affiliates, or any of its or their respective counsel, accountants or financial advisors) and (iii) not use any Seller Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever except as contemplated hereunder or for purposes of complying with Requirements of Law or the rules and regulations of any applicable securities exchange and/or evaluating and carrying out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) Following the Closing Date, each Seller agrees that it will, and will cause its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees and representatives to (i) maintain the confidential nature of all non-public documents, materials and other information related to the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Obligations (the “Buyer Confidential Information”), (ii) ensure that, without Buyer’s prior written consent, such Buyer Confidential Information is not communicated to any third Person (other than to Sellers, its Affiliates, any direct or indirect investor in Seller, or any of its or their respective counsel, accountants or financial advisors) and (iii) not use any Buyer Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever except solely for the purpose of complying with Requirements of Law.
(c) The obligations contained in Sections 12.1(a) and 12.1(b) shall not apply to any information (i) subject to an announcement or disclosure made pursuant to Section 12.3, (ii) which is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by a Seller or its agents or Buyer or its agents, as applicable, in violation of its obligations hereunder, (iii) which is required to be disclosed in order to obtain a Consent or (iv) which is required to be disclosed under applicable law or judicial process, or to any Governmental Body having regulatory authority over a Seller or Buyer or its respective Affiliates, as applicable, but only to the extent it must be disclosed; provided, that the disclosing party shall notify the non-disclosing party of such obligation promptly in order to permit the non-disclosing party to seek an appropriate protective order or similar protective treatment thereof.
12.2 No Partnership. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture or agency relationship between Buyer, on the one hand, and Sellers, on the other hand.
32 |
12.3 No Public Announcement. No party hereto, without the approval of the other party hereto, shall make any press release or other general public announcement concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except as and to the extent that any such party shall be so obligated by law, in which case the other party shall be advised and the parties shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause a mutually agreeable release or announcement to be issued; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not preclude communications or disclosures to employees and as necessary to implement the provisions of this Agreement or to comply with accounting and Securities and Exchange Commission disclosure obligations or the rules and regulations of any applicable securities exchange. Before any public announcement is made with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to the extent practicable, each party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to first provide the other parties the content of all proposed disclosure and the basis for such disclosure. The parties agree to cooperate, from time to time, in connection with the preparation and release of press releases, analysts reports and the like.
12.4 Notices. All notices required under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given upon: (a) personal delivery (including delivery by overnight courier) of the written notice; (b) sending the message by a telecopy or facsimile machine to the other party’s telecopy or facsimile machine, provided the sending machine automatically prints a message confirming that the message was received, and a copy thereof is forthwith mailed or sent by personal delivery to the addressee; (c) when sent by electronic mail (with hard copy to follow) during a Business Day (or on the next Business Day if sent after the close of normal business hours or on any non-Business Day); or (d) if sent via United States mail, the third day following mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and appropriately addressed. Such addresses shall be:
33 |
If to Sellers, to:
D. E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C.
DC Funding SPV, L.L.C.
1166 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: (646) 873-2090
Email: official-notice@deshaw.com
with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036-8704
Attn: Laurel FitzPatrick
Telephone: (212) 497-3610
Facsimile: (212) 646-1591
Email: laurel.fitzpatrick@ropesgray.com
If to Buyer, to:
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation
10000 Memorial Drive
Suite 500
Houston, TX 77024
Attn: W. Todd Huskinson
Telephone: (713) 292-5414
Facsimile: (713) 292-5454
Email: Thuskinson@stelluscapital.com
with a copy to:
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Attn: Harry S. Pangas
Telephone: (202 383-0805
Facsimile: (202) 637-3593
Email: harry.pangas@sutherland.com
or to such other address as such party may indicate by a notice delivered to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Section 12.4.
34 |
12.5 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Except as it relates to the Persons entitled to indemnification under Article 10, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement and all of its provisions and conditions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Neither party may assign its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way restrict (a) Buyer’s ability to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer any of the Purchased Assets or its rights under this Agreement (i) in connection with the Bridge Facility in accordance with Section 2.5, or (ii) without the consent or involvement of any Seller, provided that no Unanticipated Contingency has occurred, the Qualifying Buyer IPO has closed, and the Cash Consideration has been released to Sellers from escrow, or (b) a Seller’s ability to assign to an Affiliate (i) its right to receive, subject to Section 2.5(c), the Stock Consideration (provided such Affiliate provides Buyer with customary Securities Act representations and warranties) and (ii) its registration rights under Section 7.6.
12.6 Access to Records After The Closing. (a) Buyer agrees that, subject to applicable Requirements of Law, on and after the Closing Date it will permit each Seller and its representatives (at such Seller’s sole cost and expense), during normal business hours and on reasonable prior notice and without unreasonably interfering with the business of Buyer, to have access to and to examine and take copies of any materials relating to the Purchased Loans in the possession of Buyer and not already in the possession of or available to such Seller in the event that such Seller or an Affiliate of such Seller is named as party in, or is threatened with, any litigation or similar proceeding in connection with any Purchased Assets or to the extent that such Seller may require such access in connection with any Tax, regulatory, accounting, corporate or similar matter relating to any Purchased Asset or its transfer hereunder.
(b) Sellers agree that, subject to applicable Requirements of Law, on and after the Closing Date it will permit Buyer and its representatives (at Buyer’s sole cost and expense), during normal business hours and on reasonable prior notice and without unreasonably interfering with the business of Buyer, to have access to and to examine and take copies of any Loan Files in the possession of Sellers and not already in the possession of or available to Buyer in the event that such Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer is named as party in, or is threatened with, any litigation or similar proceeding in connection with any Purchased Assets or to the extent that Buyer may require such access in connection with any Tax, regulatory, accounting, corporate or similar matter relating to any Purchased Asset or its transfer hereunder.
12.7 Entire Agreement; Exhibits and Schedules; Amendments. This Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules referred to herein and the other documents referred to herein contain the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter contained herein or therein, and supersede all prior agreements, inducements, understandings, disclosures, correspondence, offering memoranda or letters of intent between or among any of the parties hereto, whether expressed or implied, oral or written, regarding the same subject matter. Each of the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto are incorporated into this Agreement and by this reference made a part hereof. This Agreement shall not be amended, modified or supplemented except by a written instrument signed by an authorized representative of each of the parties hereto.
35 |
12.8 Interpretation. Article titles and section headings are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The Exhibits and Schedules referred to herein shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein. Disclosure of any fact or item in any Schedule hereto referenced by a particular section in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been disclosed with regard to every other section in this Agreement to the extent the relevance of such disclosure to each other section is readily apparent on its face. The specification of any dollar amount in the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or the inclusion of any specific item in any Exhibit or Schedule hereto is not intended to imply that such amounts, or higher or lower amounts, or the items so included or other amounts, are or are not material, and neither party shall use the fact of the setting of such amounts or the inclusion of any such item in any dispute or controversy between the parties as to whether any obligation, item or matter not described herein or included in an Schedule is or is not material for purposes of this Agreement.
12.9 Waivers. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived, or the time for its performance may be extended, by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof. Any such waiver shall be validly and sufficiently authorized for purposes of this Agreement if, as to any party, it is authorized in writing by an authorized representative of such party. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
12.10 Expenses. Each party hereto will pay all of its own costs and expenses incident to its negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and to its performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained herein on its part to be performed or complied with, including fees, expenses and disbursements of its counsel and accountants. Without limiting the foregoing, Sellers on the one hand, and Buyer on the other hand, shall each pay fifty percent (50%) of all assignment fees in respect of the assignment and transfer of the Purchased Assets and Assumed Obligations to Buyer, whether before or after the Closing.
12.11 Partial Invalidity. Wherever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but in case any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provisions shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions or other provisions hereof.
12.12 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including facsimiles thereof and through electronic transmission, each of which shall be considered an original instrument, but all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become binding when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to Sellers and Buyer.
12.13 Further Assurances. The parties agree (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further information, (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents (including without limitation, if and to the extent necessary, any required lost certificate affidavit and related indemnity) and (c) to do such other acts and things, all as the other party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement, including, but not limited to assignments of filed UCC financing statements and other documents of record.
36 |
12.14 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.
12.15 Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.
(a) Each Seller and Buyer hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in any proceeding or dispute relating in any way to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and agrees that any such proceeding shall be brought by it solely in any such court. Each Seller and Buyer irrevocably waives all claims, objections and defenses that it may have regarding such court’s personal or subject matter jurisdiction, venue or inconvenient forum. Each Seller and Buyer hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaint and other process issued in any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of such summons, complaint and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to the other party at the address set forth in this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier of such party’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the United States mails proper postage prepaid.
(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONCERNED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NO PARTY HERETO, NOR ANY ASSIGNEE OR SUCCESSOR OF ANY PARTY HERETO SHALL SEEK A JURY TRIAL IN ANY LAWSUIT, PROCEEDING, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LITIGATION PROCEDURE BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NO PARTY HERETO WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION, IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED, WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED.
12.16 Resolution of Conflicts. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of any document executed by the Parties hereto in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the terms and provisions of any Assignment and Assumption Agreement), the terms and provisions of this Purchase Agreement shall control.
12.17 Section Titles. Section titles and headings used in this Agreement shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not part of the agreement between the parties hereto.
37 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.
BUYER: | ||
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
SELLERS: | ||
D. E. SHAW DIRECT CAPITAL PORTFOLIOS, L.L.C. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
DC FUNDING SPV, L.L.C. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit (k)(5)
Published CUSIP Numbers:
U.S. Dollar Commitment: 85856NAB1
Multicurrency Commitment: 85856NAC9
SENIOR SECURED
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
November [_], 2012
among
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
as Borrower
The LENDERS Party Hereto
and
SUNTRUST BANK
as Administrative Agent
$115,000,000
SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.
as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner
Table of Contents
Page | ||
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS | 1 | |
SECTION 1.01. | Defined Terms | 1 |
SECTION 1.02. | Classification of Loans and Borrowings | 26 |
SECTION 1.03. | Terms Generally | 27 |
SECTION 1.04. | Accounting Terms; GAAP | 27 |
SECTION 1.05. | Currencies; Currency Equivalents | 27 |
ARTICLE II THE CREDITS | 29 | |
SECTION 2.01. | The Commitments | 29 |
SECTION 2.02. | Loans and Borrowings | 29 |
SECTION 2.03. | Requests for Syndicated Borrowings | 30 |
SECTION 2.04. | Swingline Loans | 31 |
SECTION 2.05. | Letters of Credit | 33 |
SECTION 2.06. | Funding of Borrowings | 37 |
SECTION 2.07. | Interest Elections | 38 |
SECTION 2.08. | Termination, Reduction or Increase of the Commitments | 39 |
SECTION 2.09. | Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt | 42 |
SECTION 2.10. | Prepayment of Loans | 43 |
SECTION 2.11. | Fees | 45 |
SECTION 2.12. | Interest | 47 |
SECTION 2.13. | Alternate Rate of Interest | 47 |
SECTION 2.14. | Increased Costs | 48 |
SECTION 2.15. | Break Funding Payments | 49 |
SECTION 2.16. | Taxes | 50 |
SECTION 2.17. | Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment: Sharing of Set-offs | 53 |
SECTION 2.18. | Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders | 56 |
SECTION 2.19. | Defaulting Lenders | 57 |
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES | 61 | |
SECTION 3.01. | Organization; Powers | 61 |
SECTION 3.02. | Authorization; Enforceability | 61 |
-i- |
Table of Contents
(continued)
Page | ||
SECTION 3.03. | Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts | 61 |
SECTION 3.04. | No Material Adverse Effect | 61 |
SECTION 3.05. | Litigation | 61 |
SECTION 3.06. | Compliance with Laws and Agreements | 61 |
SECTION 3.07. | Taxes | 62 |
SECTION 3.08. | ERISA | 62 |
SECTION 3.09. | Disclosure | 62 |
SECTION 3.10. | Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations | 62 |
SECTION 3.11. | Material Agreements and Liens | 63 |
SECTION 3.12. | Subsidiaries and Investments | 63 |
SECTION 3.13. | Properties | 63 |
SECTION 3.14. | Affiliate Agreements | 64 |
SECTION 3.15. | OFAC | 64 |
SECTION 3.16. | Patriot Act | 64 |
SECTION 3.17. | Collateral Documents | 64 |
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS | 65 | |
SECTION 4.01. | Effective Date | 65 |
SECTION 4.02. | Each Credit Event | 67 |
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS | 67 | |
SECTION 5.01. | Financial Statements and Other Information | 68 |
SECTION 5.02. | Notices of Material Events | 69 |
SECTION 5.03. | Existence: Conduct of Business | 70 |
SECTION 5.04. | Payment of Obligations | 70 |
SECTION 5.05. | Maintenance of Properties; Insurance | 70 |
SECTION 5.06. | Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights | 70 |
SECTION 5.07. | Compliance with Laws | 71 |
SECTION 5.08. | Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances | 71 |
SECTION 5.09. | Use of Proceeds | 72 |
SECTION 5.10. | Status of RIC and BDC | 72 |
-ii- |
Table of Contents
(continued)
Page | ||
SECTION 5.11. | Investment Policies | 72 |
SECTION 5.12. | Portfolio Valuation and Diversification Etc | 72 |
SECTION 5.13. | Calculation of Borrowing Base | 75 |
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS | 80 | |
SECTION 6.01. | Indebtedness | 80 |
SECTION 6.02. | Liens | 81 |
SECTION 6.03. | Fundamental Changes | 82 |
SECTION 6.04. | Investments | 83 |
SECTION 6.05. | Restricted Payments | 84 |
SECTION 6.06. | Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries | 85 |
SECTION 6.07. | Certain Financial Covenants | 85 |
SECTION 6.08. | Transactions with Affiliates | 86 |
SECTION 6.09. | Lines of Business | 86 |
SECTION 6.10. | No Further Negative Pledge | 86 |
SECTION 6.11. | Modifications of Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness Documents | 86 |
SECTION 6.12. | Payments of Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness | 87 |
SECTION 6.13. | Accounting Changes | 87 |
SECTION 6.14. | SBIC Guarantee | 87 |
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT | 87 | |
ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT | 91 | |
SECTION 8.01. | Appointment of the Administrative Agent | 91 |
SECTION 8.02. | Capacity as Lender | 92 |
SECTION 8.03. | Limitation of Duties; Exculpation | 92 |
SECTION 8.04. | Reliance | 92 |
SECTION 8.05. | Sub-Agents | 93 |
SECTION 8.06. | Resignation; Successor Administrative Agent | 93 |
SECTION 8.07. | Reliance by Lenders | 94 |
SECTION 8.08. | Modifications to Loan Documents | 94 |
-iii- |
Table of Contents
(continued)
Page | ||
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS | 94 | |
SECTION 9.01. | Notices; Electronic Communications | 94 |
SECTION 9.02. | Waivers; Amendments | 97 |
SECTION 9.03. | Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver | 99 |
SECTION 9.04. | Successors and Assigns | 101 |
SECTION 9.05. | Survival | 106 |
SECTION 9.06. | Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution | 106 |
SECTION 9.07. | Severability | 107 |
SECTION 9.08. | Right of Setoff | 107 |
SECTION 9.09. | Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc | 107 |
SECTION 9.10. | WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL | 108 |
SECTION 9.11. | Judgment Currency | 108 |
SECTION 9.12. | Headings | 109 |
SECTION 9.13. | Treatment of Certain Information; No Fiduciary Duty; Confidentiality | 109 |
SECTION 9.14. | USA PATRIOT Act | 111 |
-iv- |
SCHEDULE 1.01(a) | - | Approved Dealers and Approved Pricing Services |
SCHEDULE 1.01(b) | - | Commitments |
SCHEDULE 1.01(c) | - | Industry Classification Group List |
SCHEDULE 3.11 | - | Material Agreements and Liens |
SCHEDULE 3.12(a) | - | Subsidiaries |
SCHEDULE 3.12(b) | - | Investments |
SCHEDULE 6.08 | - | Transactions with Affiliates |
EXHIBIT A | - | Form of Assignment and Assumption |
EXHIBIT B | - | Form of Borrowing Base Certificate |
EXHIBIT C | - | Form of Borrowing Request |
EXHIBIT D | - | Prohibited Assignees and Participants |
SENIOR SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of November [ ], 2012 (this “Agreement”), among STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower”), the LENDERS party hereto, and SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
“ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan or the Loans constituting such Borrowing are denominated in Dollars and bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
“Adjusted Borrowing Base” means the Borrowing Base minus the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents included in the Portfolio Investments held by the Obligors (provided that Cash Collateral for outstanding Letters of Credit shall not be treated as a portion of the Portfolio Investments).
“Adjusted Covered Debt Balance” means, on any date, the aggregate Covered Debt Amount on such date minus the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents included in the Portfolio Investments held by the Obligors (provided that Cash Collateral for outstanding Letters of Credit shall not be treated as a portion of the Portfolio Investments).
“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, for the Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate for such Interest Period.
“Administrative Agent” means SunTrust, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.
“Administrative Agent Appraisal Testing Month” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E)(y).
“Administrative Agent’s Account” means, for each Currency, an account in respect of such Currency designated by the Administrative Agent in a notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
“Advance Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13.
“Affected Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.13.
Revolving Credit Agreement
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Affiliate” shall not include any Person that constitutes an Investment held by any Obligor in the ordinary course of business.
“Affiliate Agreements” means (a) the Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2012, between the Borrower and Stellus Capital Management, L.L.C., (b) the License Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2012, between the Borrower and Stellus Capital Management, L.L.C., (c) the Administration Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2012, between the Borrower and Stellus Capital Management, L.L.C. and (d) the Letter Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, between Borrower and Stellus Capital Management, L.L.C.
“Agreed Foreign Currency” means, at any time, any of Canadian Dollars, English Pounds Sterling, Euros and, with the agreement of each Multicurrency Lender, any other Foreign Currency, so long as, in respect of any such specified Foreign Currency or other Foreign Currency, at such time (a) such Foreign Currency is dealt with in the London interbank deposit market, (b) such Foreign Currency is freely transferable and convertible into Dollars in the London foreign exchange market and (c) no central bank or other governmental authorization in the country of issue of such Foreign Currency (including, in the case of the Euro, any authorization by the European Central Bank) is required to permit use of such Foreign Currency by any Multicurrency Lender for making any Loan hereunder and/or to permit the Borrower to borrow and repay the principal thereof and to pay the interest thereon, unless such authorization has been obtained and is in full force and effect.
“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement
“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the rate per annum equal to 1% plus the rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), for Dollar deposits with a term of one month. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or successor therefor) as set forth above shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or successor therefor), respectively.
“Applicable Dollar Percentage” means, with respect to any Dollar Lender, the percentage of the total Dollar Commitments represented by such Dollar Lender’s Dollar Commitment. If the Dollar Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Dollar Percentages shall be determined based upon the Dollar Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.
2 |
“Applicable Financial Statements” means, as at any date, the most-recent audited financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the Lenders; provided that if immediately prior to the delivery to the Lenders of new audited financial statements of the Borrower a Material Adverse Effect (the “Pre-existing MAE”) shall exist (regardless of when it occurred), then the “Applicable Financial Statements” as at said date means the Applicable Financial Statements in effect immediately prior to such delivery until such time as the Pre-existing MAE shall no longer exist.
“Applicable Margin” means: (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, 2.00% per annum; and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, 3.00% per annum.
“Applicable Multicurrency Percentage” means, with respect to any Multicurrency Lender, the percentage of the total Multicurrency Commitments represented by such Multicurrency Lender’s Multicurrency Commitment. If the Multicurrency Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Multicurrency Percentages shall be determined based upon the Multicurrency Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.
“Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.
“Approved Dealer” means (a) in the case of any Investment that is not a U.S. Government Security, a bank or a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of nationally recognized standing or an Affiliate thereof, (b) in the case of a U.S. Government Security, any primary dealer in U.S. Government Securities, and (c) in the case of any foreign Investment, any foreign broker-dealer of internationally recognized standing or an Affiliate thereof, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) or any other bank or broker-dealer acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable determination.
“Approved Pricing Service” means a pricing or quotation service as set forth in Schedule 1.01(a) or any other pricing or quotation service approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and designated in writing to the Administrative Agent (which designation shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower that such pricing or quotation service has been approved by the Borrower).
3 |
“Approved Third-Party Appraiser” means any Independent nationally recognized third-party appraisal firm (a) designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent (which designation shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower that such firm has been approved by the Borrower for purposes of assisting the Board of Directors of the Borrower in making valuations of portfolio assets to determine the Borrower’s compliance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act) and (b) acceptable to the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Capital, Inc., Duff & Phelps LLC, Murray, Devine and Company, Lincoln International LLC (formerly known as Lincoln Partners LLC) and Valuation Research Corporation are acceptable to the Administrative Agent. As used in Section 5.12 hereof, an “Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent” shall mean any of the firms identified in the preceding sentence and any other Independent nationally recognized third-party appraisal firm identified by the Administrative Agent and consented to by the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
“Asset Coverage Ratio” means the ratio, determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, (a) the value of total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities to (b) the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including this Agreement), in each case as determined pursuant to the Investment Company Act and any orders of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued to or with respect to Borrower thereunder, including any exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the indebtedness of any SBIC Subsidiary.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Assuming Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e).
“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Commitment Termination Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.
“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
“Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Borrowing” means (a) all Syndicated ABR Loans of the same Class made, converted or continued on the same date, (b) all Eurocurrency Loans of the same Class denominated in the same Currency that have the same Interest Period or (c) a Swingline Loan.
“Borrowing Base” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13.
“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B and appropriately completed.
“Borrowing Base Deficiency” means, at any date on which the same is determined, the amount, if any, that (a) the aggregate Covered Debt Amount as of such date exceeds (b) the Borrowing Base as of such date.
4 |
“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Syndicated Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03, which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
“Business Day” means any day (a) that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by law to remain closed, (b) if such day relates to a borrowing of, a payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on, a continuation or conversion of or into, or the Interest Period for, a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars, or to a notice by the Borrower with respect to any such borrowing, payment, prepayment, continuation, conversion, or Interest Period, that is also a day on which dealings in deposits denominated in Dollars are carried out in the London interbank market and (c) if such day relates to a borrowing or continuation of, a payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on, or the Interest Period for, any Borrowing denominated in any Foreign Currency, or to a notice by the Borrower with respect to any such borrowing, continuation, payment, prepayment or Interest Period, that is also a day on which commercial banks and the London foreign exchange market settle payments in the Principal Financial Center for such Foreign Currency.
“Calculation Amount” shall mean, as of the end of any Testing Quarter, an amount equal to the greater of: (a) (i) 125% of the Adjusted Covered Debt Balance (as of the end of such Testing Quarter) minus (ii) the aggregate Value of all Quoted Investments included in the Borrowing Base (as of the end of such Testing Quarter) and (b) 10% of the aggregate Value of all Unquoted Investments included in the Borrowing Base (as of the end of such Testing Quarter); provided that in no event shall more than 25% (or, if clause (b) applies, 10%, or as near thereto as reasonably practicable) of the aggregate Value of the Unquoted Investments in the Borrowing Base be tested in respect of any applicable Testing Quarter.
“CAM Exchange” means the exchange of the Lenders’ interests provided for in Article VII.
“CAM Exchange Date” means the date on which any Event of Default referred to in clause (j) of Article VII shall occur or the date on which the Borrower receives written notice from the Administrative Agent that any Event of Default referred to in clause (i) of Article VII has occurred.
“CAM Percentage” means, as to each Lender, a fraction, expressed as a decimal, of which (a) the numerator shall be the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the Designated Obligations owed to such Lender (whether or not at the time due and payable) immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date and (b) the denominator shall be the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the Designated Obligations owed to all the Lenders (whether or not at the time due and payable) immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date.
“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
5 |
“Cash” means any immediately available funds in Dollars or in any currency other than Dollars (measured in terms of the Dollar Equivalent thereof) which is a freely convertible currency.
“Cash Collateralize” means, in respect of a Letter of Credit or any obligation hereunder, to provide and pledge cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(k), at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents” means investments (other than Cash) that are one or more of the following obligations:
(a) U.S. Government Securities, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a credit rating of at least A-1 from S&P and at least P-1 from Moody’s;
(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof (i) issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or under the laws of the jurisdiction or any constituent jurisdiction thereof of any Agreed Foreign Currency; provided that such certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits are held in a securities account (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) through which the Collateral Agent can perfect a security interest therein and (ii) having, at such date of acquisition, a credit rating of at least A-1 from S&P and at least P-1 from Moody’s;
(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days from the date of acquisition thereof for U.S. Government Securities and entered into with (i) a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) of this definition or (ii) an Approved Dealer having (or being a member of a consolidated group having), at such date of acquisition, a credit rating of at least A-1 from S&P and at least P-1 from Moody’s; and
(e) investments in money market funds that invest solely, and which are restricted by their respective charters to invest solely, in investments of the type described in the immediately preceding clauses (a) through (d) above (including as to credit quality and maturity).
6 |
provided that (i) in no event shall Cash Equivalents include any obligation that provides for the payment of interest alone (for example, interest-only securities or “IOs”); (ii) if any of Moody’s or S&P changes its rating system, then any ratings included in this definition shall be deemed to be an equivalent rating in a successor rating category of Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be; (iii) Cash Equivalents (other than U.S. Government Securities or repurchase agreements) shall not include any such investment of more than 10% of total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any single issuer; and (iv) in no event shall Cash Equivalents include any obligation that is not denominated in Dollars or an Agreed Foreign Currency.
“Change in Control” means the External Manager ceases to be Controlled by any or all of Robert Ladd, Dean D’Angelo, Joshua Davis, W. Todd Huskinson and/or Todd Overbergen, or any of their successors who have been approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion within ninety days.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of (a) the adoption of any law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation or any change in any law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (regardless of whether the underlying law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation was issued or enacted prior to the date hereof), but excluding proposals thereof, or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, (b) any guideline, request or directive by any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) or any implementation rules or interpretations of previously issued guidelines, requests or directives, in each case that is issued or made after the date hereof or (c) compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) or any company controlling such Lender with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case adopted after the date hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued (i) by any United States regulatory authority under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and (ii) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.
“Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan or the Loans constituting such Borrowing are Syndicated Dollar Loans, Syndicated Multicurrency Loans or Swingline Loans; when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender is a Dollar Lender or a Multicurrency Lender; and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Dollar Commitment or a Multicurrency Commitment. The “Class” of a Letter of Credit refers to whether such Letter of Credit is a Dollar Letter of Credit or a Multicurrency Letter of Credit.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Security Agreement.
“Collateral Agent” means SunTrust in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Guarantee and Security Agreement, and includes any successor Collateral Agent thereunder.
7 |
“Commitments” means, collectively, the Dollar Commitments and the Multicurrency Commitments.
“Commitment Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e).
“Commitment Increase Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e).
“Commitment Termination Date” means November [ ], 2015, as such date may be extended upon the consent of each affected Lender.
“Consolidated Group” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(a).
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Covered Debt Amount” means, on any date, the sum of (x) all of the Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders on such date minus (y) the LC Exposures fully Cash Collateralized on such date pursuant to Section 2.05(k) and the last paragraph of Section 2.09(a).
“Currency” means Dollars or any Foreign Currency.
“Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.19(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in detail in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in detail in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by Administrative Agent and Borrower), or (d) Administrative Agent has received notification that such Lender has become, or has a direct or indirect parent company that is, (i) insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (ii) other than via an Undisclosed Administration, the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, or such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.19(b)) upon such determination (and the Administrative Agent shall deliver written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and each Lender and the Swingline Lender).
8 |
“Designated Obligations” means all obligations of the Borrower with respect to (a) principal of and interest on the Loans and (b) accrued and unpaid fees under the Loan Documents.
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that the term “Disposition” or “Dispose” shall not include the disposition of Investments originated by the Borrower and immediately transferred to a Financing Subsidiary pursuant to a transaction not prohibited hereunder.
“Dollar Commitment” means, with respect to each Dollar Lender, the commitment of such Dollar Lender to make Syndicated Loans, and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, denominated in Dollars hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Dollar Commitment is set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Dollar Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Dollar Commitments is $60,000,000.
9 |
“Dollar Equivalent” means, on any date of determination, with respect to an amount denominated in any Foreign Currency, the amount of Dollars that would be required to purchase such amount of such Foreign Currency on the date two Business Days prior to such date, based upon the spot selling rate at which the Administrative Agent offers to sell such Foreign Currency for Dollars in the London foreign exchange market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, for delivery two Business Days later.
“Dollar LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Dollar Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of such Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Dollar LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Dollar Percentage of the total Dollar LC Exposure at such time.
“Dollar Lender” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01(b) as having Dollar Commitments and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption that provides for it to assume a Dollar Commitment or to acquire Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.
“Dollar Letters of Credit” means Letters of Credit that utilize the Dollar Commitments.
“Dollar Loan” means a Loan denominated in Dollars.
“Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).
“Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests or equivalents (however designated, including any instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
10 |
“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
“Euro” means a single currency of the Participating Member States.
“Eurocurrency”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan or the Loans constituting such Borrowing are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income, corporate, franchise or other similar taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or profits by the United States of America (or any state or political subdivision thereof), or by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. withholding tax imposed on amounts payable to such Lender (i) at the time such Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)) becomes a party to this Agreement or designates a new lending office, except to the extent that such Lender’s assignor or such Lender was entitled to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16, at the time of such assignment or designation (other than to the extent such withholding is as a result of a CAM Exchange), or (ii) that is attributable to such Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law occurring after the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) to comply with Section 2.16(f), (d) any U.S. federal, state or local backup withholding Taxes imposed on payments made under any Loan Document, and (e) any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed pursuant to FATCA.
“External Manager” means Stellus Capital Management, LLC.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
11 |
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“Final Maturity Date” means November [ ], 2016.
“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower.
“Financing Subsidiary” means an SPE Subsidiary or an SBIC Subsidiary.
“Foreign Currency” means at any time any Currency other than Dollars.
“Foreign Currency Equivalent” means, with respect to any amount in Dollars, the amount of any Foreign Currency that could be purchased with such amount of Dollars using the reciprocal of the foreign exchange rate(s) specified in the definition of the term “Dollar Equivalent”, as determined by the Administrative Agent.
“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any (a) direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or its territories or possessions and that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, (b) direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower which is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Code or (c) direct or indirect Subsidiary that is disregarded as an entity that is separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes and substantially all of its assets consist of the Capital Stock of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries.
“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s (a) Applicable Dollar Percentage of the outstanding Dollar LC Exposure and (b) Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of the outstanding Multicurrency LC Exposure, in each case with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than Dollar LC Exposure or Multicurrency LC Exposure, as the case may be, as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
12 |
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, or of any other nation, or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or (ii) customary indemnification agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided that such indemnification obligations are unsecured, such Person has determined that any liability thereunder is remote and such indemnification obligations are not the functional equivalent of the guaranty of a payment obligation of the primary obligor.
“Guarantee and Security Agreement” means that certain Guarantee and Security Agreement dated as of November [ ], 2012 among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Subsidiary of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
“Guarantee Assumption Agreement” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Guarantee and Security Agreement between the Collateral Agent and an entity that pursuant to Section 5.08 is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” under the Guarantee and Security Agreement (with such changes as the Administrative Agent shall request consistent with the requirements of Section 5.08).
“Hedging Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange protection agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.
“Immaterial Subsidiaries” means those Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are “designated” as Immaterial Subsidiaries by the Borrower from time to time (it being understood that the Borrower may at any time change any such designation); provided that such designated Immaterial Subsidiaries shall collectively meet all of the following criteria as of the date of the most recent balance sheet required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01: (a) the aggregate assets of such Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) as of such date do not exceed an amount equal to 2% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date; and (b) the aggregate revenues of such Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the fiscal quarter ending on such date do not exceed an amount equal to 2% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.
13 |
“Increasing Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e).
“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed (with the value of such debt being the lower of the outstanding amount of such debt and the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien), (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include (x) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset or Investment to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or Investment or (y) a commitment arising in the ordinary course of business to make a future Investment.
“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
“Independent” when used with respect to any specified Person means that such Person (a) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including its investment advisor or any Affiliate thereof) and (b) is not connected with the Borrower or of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including its investment advisor or any Affiliate thereof) as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions.
“Industry Classification Group” means (a) any of the classification groups set forth in Schedule 1.01(c) hereto, together with any such classification groups that may be subsequently established by Moody’s and provided by the Borrower to the Lenders, and (b) up to three additional industry group classifications established by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12.
“Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Syndicated Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.
14 |
“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any Syndicated ABR Loan, each Quarterly Date, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of each Interest Period therefor and, in the case of any Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.
“Interest Period” means, for any Eurocurrency Loan or Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Loan or Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter or, with respect to such portion of any Eurocurrency Loan or Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency that is scheduled to be repaid on the Final Maturity Date, a period of less than one month’s duration commencing on the date of such Loan or Borrowing and ending on the Final Maturity Date, as specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, and (ii) any Interest Period (other than an Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency that ends on the Final Maturity Date that is permitted to be of less than one month’s duration as provided in this definition) that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Loan initially shall be the date on which such Loan is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loan, and the date of a Syndicated Borrowing comprising Loans that have been converted or continued shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loans.
“Investment” means, for any Person: (a) Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to acquire any Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of any other Person (and any rights or proceeds in respect of (x) any “short sale” of securities or (y) any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by such Person); (b) deposits, advances, loans or other extensions of credit made to any other Person (including purchases of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); or (c) Hedging Agreements.
“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.
“Investment Policies” means the investment objectives, policies, restrictions and limitations set forth in the “COMPANY” section of its Registration Statement, and as the same may be changed, altered, expanded, amended, modified, terminated or restated from time to time.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
15 |
“Issuing Bank” means SunTrust, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(j). In the case of any Letter of Credit to be issued in an Agreed Foreign Currency, SunTrust may designate any of its affiliates as the “Issuing Bank” for purposes of such Letter of Credit.
“LC Disbursement” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
“LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of the Dollar LC Exposure and the Multicurrency LC Exposure.
“Lenders” means, collectively, the Dollar Lenders and the Multicurrency Lenders. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.
“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.
“Letter of Credit Collateral Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(k).
“Letter of Credit Documents” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, collectively, any application therefor and any other agreements, instruments, guarantees or other documents (whether general in application or applicable only to such Letter of Credit) governing or providing for (a) the rights and obligations of the parties concerned or at risk with respect to such Letter of Credit or (b) any collateral security for any of such obligations, each as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
“LIBO Rate” means, for any Interest Period, the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate per annum for deposits in the relevant Currency for a period equal to the Interest Period as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or such other page on that service or such other service designated by the British Bankers’ Association for the display of such Association’s Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in the relevant Currency) as of 11:00 a.m., London time on the day that is two Business Days prior to the first day of the Interest Period; provided, that if the Administrative Agent determines that the relevant foregoing sources are unavailable for the relevant Interest Period, LIBO Rate shall mean the rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) of the rates per annum at which deposits in the relevant Currency are offered to the Administrative Agent two (2) business days preceding the first day of such Interest Period by leading banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for the relevant Currency as of 11:00 a.m. for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Administrative Agent’s portion of the relevant Eurocurrency Borrowing.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities, except in favor of the issuer thereof (and in the case of Investments that are securities, excluding customary drag-along, tag-along, right of first refusal and other similar rights in favor of the equity holders of the same issuer).
16 |
“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Letter of Credit Documents and the Security Documents.
“Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
“Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, Investments and other assets, liabilities or financial condition of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries) taken as a whole (excluding in any case a decline in the net asset value of the Borrower or a change in general market conditions or values of the Investments), or (b) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.
“Material Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Letters of Credit and Hedging Agreements), of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000 and (b) obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements under which the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement(s) were terminated at such time would exceed $5,000,000.
“Minimum Collateral Amount” means, at any time, with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of Cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 100% of the Fronting Exposure of Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.
“Multicurrency Commitment” means, with respect to each Multicurrency Lender, the commitment of such Multicurrency Lender to make Syndicated Loans, and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, denominated in Dollars and in Agreed Foreign Currencies hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Multicurrency Commitment is set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Multicurrency commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Multicurrency Commitments is $55,000,000.
17 |
“Multicurrency LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Multicurrency Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of such Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Multicurrency LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of the total Multicurrency LC Exposure at such time.
“Multicurrency Lender” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01(b) as having Multicurrency Commitments and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption that provides for it to assume a Multicurrency Commitment or to acquire Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.
“Multicurrency Letters of Credit” means Letters of Credit that utilize the Multicurrency Commitments.
“Multicurrency Loan” means a Loan denominated in Dollars or an Agreed Foreign Currency.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
“National Currency” means the currency, other than the Euro, of a Participating Member State.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Non-Public Information” means material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal, state or other applicable securities laws) with respect to Borrower or its Affiliates or their Securities.
“Obligor” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
“Original Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17.
“Other Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) accrued expenses and current trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising in connection with transactions in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business in connection with its purchasing of securities, derivatives transactions, reverse repurchase agreements or dollar rolls to the extent such transactions are permitted under the Investment Company Act and the Borrower’s Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments), provided that such Indebtedness does not arise in connection with the purchase of Investments other than Cash Equivalents and U.S. Government Securities and (c) Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that have been in force for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal so long as such judgments or awards do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (l) of Article VII; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness arising under Hedging Agreements shall not constitute “Other Permitted Indebtedness” hereunder.
18 |
“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, excluding any such Taxes, charges or similar levies resulting from an assignment by any Lender in accordance with Section 9.04 hereof (unless such assignment is made pursuant to Section 2.18(b)).
“Parent Company” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.
“Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
“Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Community that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the legislation of the European Union relating to the European Monetary Union.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
“Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens imposed by any Governmental Authority for taxes, assessments or charges not yet due or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; (b) Liens of clearing agencies, broker-dealers and similar Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Liens (i) attach only to the securities (or proceeds) being purchased or sold and (ii) secure only obligations incurred in connection with such purchase or sale, and not any obligation in connection with margin financing; (c) Liens imposed by law, such as materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmens’, storage and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) not yet due or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; (d) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made to secure obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation (other than in respect of employee benefit plans subject to ERISA) or to secure public or statutory obligations; (e) Liens securing the performance of, or payment in respect of, bids, insurance premiums, deductibles or co-insured amounts, tenders, government or utility contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money), surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (f) Liens arising out of judgments or awards that have been in force for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal so long as such judgments or awards do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (l) of Article VII; (g) customary rights of setoff and liens upon (i) deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions in which such cash is maintained in the ordinary course of business, (ii) cash and financial assets held in securities accounts in favor of banks and other financial institutions with which such accounts are maintained in the ordinary course of business and (iii) assets held by a custodian in favor of such custodian in the ordinary course of business securing payment of fees, indemnities and other similar obligations; (h) Liens arising solely from precautionary filings of financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdictions in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (i) deposits of money securing leases to which Borrower is a party as lessee made in the ordinary course of business.
19 |
“Permitted Policy Amendment” means any change, alteration, expansion, amendment, modification, termination or restatement of the Investment Policies that is either (a) approved in writing by the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Required Lenders), (b) required by applicable law, rule, regulation or Governmental Authority, or (c) not material in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent (for the avoidance of doubt, no change, alteration, expansion, amendment, modification, termination or restatement of the Investment Policies shall be deemed “material” if investment size proportionately increases as the size of the Borrower’s capital base changes).
“Permitted SBIC Guarantee” means a guarantee by the Borrower of Indebtedness of an SBIC Subsidiary on the SBA’s then applicable form, provided that the recourse to the Borrower thereunder is expressly limited only to periods after the occurrence of an event or condition that is an impermissible change in the control of such SBIC Subsidiary (it being understood that, as provided in clause (t) of Article VII, it shall be an Event of Default hereunder if any such event or condition giving rise to such recourse occurs).
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
“Platform” means has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(i).
“Portfolio Investment” means any Investment held by the Obligors in their asset portfolio (and, solely for purposes of determining the Borrowing Base, Cash). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following Investments shall not be considered Portfolio Investments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document: (a) any Investment by an Obligor in any Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Obligor or any Financing Subsidiary (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Investment by an Obligor in an entity constituting a portfolio investment of such Obligor or an Affiliate of such Obligor); (b) any Investment that provides in favor of the obligor in respect of such Portfolio Investment an express right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or any other defenses; (c) any Investment, which if debt, is an obligation (other than a revolving loan or delayed draw term loan) pursuant to which any future advances or payments to the Obligor may be required to be made by the Borrower; (d) any Investment which is made to a bankrupt entity (other than a debtor-in-possession financing and current pay obligations); and (f) any Investment, Cash or account in which a Financing Subsidiary has an interest.
20 |
“Prime Rate” means the rate which SunTrust announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time.
“Principal Financial Center” means, in the case of any Currency, the principal financial center where such Currency is cleared and settled, as determined by the Administrative Agent.
“Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter” means that certain Side Letter, dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Public Lender” means Lenders that do not wish to receive Non-Public Information with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their Securities.
“Quarterly Dates” means the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year, commencing on December 31, 2012.
“Quoted Investments” means a Portfolio Investment with a value assigned by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(A).
“Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.
“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement filed by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November [1], 2012.
“Regulations D, T, U and X” means, respectively, Regulations D, T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of Required Lenders. The Required Lenders of a Class (which shall include the terms “Required Dollar Lenders” and “Required Multicurrency Lenders”) means Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of such Class representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of such Class at such time.
21 |
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower (it being understood that none of: (w) the conversion features under convertible notes; (x) the triggering and/or settlement thereof or in respect of the repurchase of such notes at the option of the holder; or (y) any cash payment made by the Borrower in respect thereof, shall constitute a Restricted Payment hereunder).
“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure and Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure at such time.
“Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Syndicated Loans, and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure, at such time made or incurred under the Dollar Commitments.
“Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Syndicated Loans, and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure, at such time made or incurred under the Multicurrency Commitments.
“Revolving Percentage” means, as of any date of determination, the result, expressed as a percentage, of the Revolving Credit Exposure on such date divided by the aggregate outstanding Covered Debt Amount on such date.
“RIC” means a “regulated investment company” as defined in section 851 of the Code.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., a New York corporation, or any successor thereto.
“SBA” means the United States Small Business Administration.
“SBIC Equity Commitment” means a commitment by the Borrower to make one or more capital contributions to an SBIC Subsidiary.
“SBIC Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary (including such Subsidiary’s general partner or managing entity to the extent that the only material asset of such general partner or managing entity is its equity interest in the SBIC Subsidiary) of the Borrower licensed as a small business investment company under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended, and which is designated by the Borrower (as provided below) as an SBIC Subsidiary, so long as (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Subsidiary: (i) is Guaranteed by any Obligor (other than a Permitted SBIC Guarantee), (ii) is recourse to or obligates any Obligor in any way (other than in respect of any SBIC Equity Commitment or Permitted SBIC Guarantee), or (iii) subjects any property of any Obligor, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, and (b) no Obligor has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Borrower shall be effected pursuant to a certificate of a Financial Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent, which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
22 |
“Scheduled Payment Date” means the 15th day of each calendar month after the Commitment Termination Date through and including the Final Maturity Date.
“Security Documents” means, collectively, the Guarantee and Security Agreement, all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed with respect to the security interests in personal property created pursuant to the Guarantee and Security Agreement and all other assignments, pledge agreements, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments executed and delivered on or after the date hereof by any of the Obligors pursuant to the Guarantee and Security Agreement or otherwise providing or relating to any collateral security for any of the Secured Obligations under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement.
“Shareholders’ Equity” means, at any date, the amount determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP, of shareholders equity for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date.
“SPE Subsidiary” means a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower to which any Obligor sells, conveys or otherwise transfers (whether directly or indirectly) Investments, which engages in no material activities other than in connection with the purchase or financing of such assets and which is designated by the Borrower (as provided below) as an SPE Subsidiary:
(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is Guaranteed by any Obligor (other than Guarantees in respect of Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates any Obligor in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property of any Obligor, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or any Guarantee thereof,
(b) with which no Obligor has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to such Obligor than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of any Obligor, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing receivables, and
(c) to which no Obligor has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.
Any such designation by the Borrower shall be effected pursuant to a certificate of a Financial Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent, which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. Each Subsidiary of an SPE Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an SPE Subsidiary and shall comply with the foregoing requirements of this definition.
23 |
“Special Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest that is subject to a Lien in favor of creditors of the issuer of such Equity Interest provided that (a) such Lien was created to secure Indebtedness owing by such issuer to such creditors, (b) such Indebtedness was (i) in existence at the time the Obligors acquired such Equity Interest, (ii) incurred or assumed by such issuer substantially contemporaneously with such acquisition or (iii) already subject to a Lien granted to such creditors and (c) unless such Equity Interest is not intended to be included in the Collateral, the documentation creating or governing such Lien does not prohibit the inclusion of such Equity Interest in the Collateral.
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means, collectively, (a) customary arms-length servicing obligations (together with any related performance guarantees), (b) (i) obligations (together with any related performance guarantees) to refund the purchase price or grant purchase price credits for dilutive events or misrepresentations (in each case unrelated to the collectibility of the assets sold or the creditworthiness of the associated account debtors) or (ii) options to substitute conforming assets for non-conforming assets and (c) representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities (together with any related performance guarantees) of a type that are reasonably customary in accounts receivable securitizations or loan securitizations.
“Statutory Reserve Rate” means, for the Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the arithmetic mean, taken over each day in such Interest Period, of the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Subsidiary” shall not include any Person that constitutes an Investment held by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business and that is not, under GAAP, consolidated on the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
24 |
“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor under the Guarantee and Security Agreement. It is understood and agreed that no Financing Subsidiary, Immaterial Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor.
“SunTrust” means SunTrust Bank.
“Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be the sum of (i) its Applicable Dollar Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure incurred under the Dollar Commitments and (ii) its Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time incurred under the Multicurrency Commitments.
“Swingline Lender” means SunTrust, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.04(d).
“Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.
“Syndicated”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan or the Loans constituting such Borrowing are made pursuant to Section 2.01.
“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees, or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Final Maturity Date, (ii) the date of the termination of the Commitments in full pursuant to Section 2.08(c), or (iii) the date on which the Commitments are terminated pursuant to Article VII.
“Testing Quarter” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E)(x).
“Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.
“Treasury Credit Facility” means any limited recourse debt facility of the Borrower used by the Borrower to purchase U.S. Government Securities maturing within ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition and secured solely by Cash and U.S. Government Securities (and not secured by any Investments, Cash or other property, in each case that constitute Collateral hereunder or are included in the Borrowing Base hereunder).
“Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans constituting such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.
25 |
“Undisclosed Administration” means, in relation to a Lender, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.
“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
“Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of an Obligor (which may be Guaranteed by Subsidiary Guarantors) that (a) has no amortization prior to, and a final maturity date not earlier than, six months after the Final Maturity Date (it being understood that none of: (w) the conversion features under convertible notes; (x) the triggering and/or settlement thereof or in respect of the repurchase of such notes at the option of the holder, or (y) any cash payment made in respect thereof, shall constitute “amortization” for purposes of this clause (a)), (b) is incurred pursuant to documentation that is substantially comparable to market terms for substantially similar debt of other similarly situated borrowers as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable judgment and (c) is not secured by any assets of any Obligor.
“Unquoted Investments” means a Portfolio Investment with a value assigned by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(B).
“U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of, and obligations the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and in the form of conventional bills, bonds, and notes.
“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Value” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13.
“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Syndicated Dollar Loan” or “Syndicated Multicurrency Loan”), by Type (e.g., an “ABR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Syndicated Multicurrency LIBOR Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Dollar Borrowing”, “Multicurrency Borrowing” or “Syndicated Borrowing”), by Type (e.g., an “ABR Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Syndicated ABR Borrowing” or “Syndicated Multicurrency LIBOR Borrowing”). Loans and Borrowings may also be identified by Currency.
26 |
SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that whether or not the Borrower may at any time adopt Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (or successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities) or accounts for liabilities acquired in an acquisition on a fair value basis pursuant to Financial Accounting Standard No. 141(R) (or successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities), all determinations of compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be made on the basis that the Borrower has not adopted Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (or such successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities) or, in the case of liabilities acquired in an acquisition, Financial Accounting Standard No. 141(R) (or such successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities).
SECTION 1.05. Currencies; Currency Equivalents.
(a) Currencies Generally. At any time, any reference in the definition of the term “Agreed Foreign Currency” or in any other provision of this Agreement to the Currency of any particular nation means the lawful currency of such nation at such time whether or not the name of such Currency is the same as it was on the date hereof. Except as provided in Section 2.10(b) and the last sentence of Section 2.17(a), for purposes of determining (i) whether the amount of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit under the Multicurrency Commitments, together with all other Borrowings and Letters of Credit under the Multicurrency Commitments then outstanding or to be borrowed at the same time as such Borrowing, would exceed the aggregate amount of the Multicurrency Commitments, (ii) the aggregate unutilized amount of the Multicurrency Commitments, (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposure, (iv) the Multicurrency LC Exposure, (v) the Covered Debt Amount and (vi) the Borrowing Base or the Value or the fair market value of any Portfolio Investment, the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit that is denominated in any Foreign Currency or the Value or the fair market value of any Portfolio Investment that is denominated in any Foreign Currency shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the Foreign Currency of such Borrowing, Letter of Credit or Portfolio Investment, as the case may be, determined as of the date of such Borrowing or Letter of Credit (determined in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of the term “Interest Period”) or the date of valuation of such Portfolio Investment, as the case may be. Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing or Loan an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing or Loan is denominated in a Foreign Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Foreign Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest 1,000 units of such Foreign Currency).
27 |
(b) Special Provisions Relating to Euro. Each obligation hereunder of any party hereto that is denominated in the National Currency of a state that is not a Participating Member State on the date hereof shall, effective from the date on which such state becomes a Participating Member State, be redenominated in Euro in accordance with the legislation of the European Union applicable to the European Monetary Union; provided that, if and to the extent that any such legislation provides that any such obligation of any such party payable within such Participating Member State by crediting an account of the creditor can be paid by the debtor either in Euros or such National Currency, such party shall be entitled to pay or repay such amount either in Euros or in such National Currency. If the basis of accrual of interest or fees expressed in this Agreement with respect to an Agreed Foreign Currency of any country that becomes a Participating Member State after the date on which such currency becomes an Agreed Foreign Currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest or fees in respect of the Euro, such convention or practice shall replace such expressed basis effective as of and from the date on which such state becomes a Participating Member State; provided that, with respect to any Borrowing denominated in such currency that is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect at the end of the Interest Period therefor.
Without prejudice to the respective liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders and the Lenders to the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement, each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time, in consultation with the Borrower, reasonably specify to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the introduction or changeover to the Euro in any country that becomes a Participating Member State after the date hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower and the Lenders with prior notice of the proposed change with an explanation of such change in sufficient time to permit the Borrower and the Lenders an opportunity to respond to such proposed change.
28 |
ARTICLE
II
THE CREDITS
SECTION 2.01. The Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:
(a) each Dollar Lender severally agrees to make Syndicated Loans in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Dollar Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure of all of the Dollar Lenders exceeding the aggregate Dollar Commitments or (iii) the total Covered Debt Amount exceeding the Borrowing Base then in effect; and
(b) each Multicurrency Lender severally agrees to make Syndicated Loans in Dollars and in Agreed Foreign Currencies to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Multicurrency Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure of all of the Multicurrency Lenders exceeding the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments or (iii) the total Covered Debt Amount exceeding the Borrowing Base then in effect.
Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Syndicated Loans.
SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings.
(a) Obligations of Lenders. Each Syndicated Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class, Currency and Type made by the applicable Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.
(b) Type of Loans. Subject to Section 2.13, each Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be constituted entirely of ABR Loans or of Eurocurrency Loans of such Class denominated in a single Currency as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each ABR Loan shall be denominated in Dollars. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(c) Minimum Amounts. Each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000, and each ABR Borrowing (whether Syndicated or Swingline) shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000; provided that a Syndicated ABR Borrowing of a Class may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments of such Class or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement of such Class as contemplated by Section 2.05(f). Borrowings of more than one Class, Currency and Type may be outstanding at the same time.
29 |
(d) Limitations on Interest Periods. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request (or to elect to convert to or continue as a Eurocurrency Borrowing) any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested therefor would end after the Final Maturity Date.
(e) Treatment of Classes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to each Syndicated Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit designated in Dollars, the Administrative Agent shall deem the Borrower to have requested that such Syndicated Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit be applied ratably to each of the Dollar Commitments and the Multicurrency Commitments, based upon the percentage of the aggregate Commitments represented by the Dollar Commitments and the Multicurrency Commitments, respectively.
SECTION 2.03. Requests for Syndicated Borrowings.
(a) Notice by the Borrower. To request a Syndicated Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (iii) in the case of a Syndicated ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.
(b) Content of Borrowing Requests. Each telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i) whether such Borrowing is to be made under the Dollar Commitments or the Multicurrency Commitments;
(ii) the aggregate amount and Currency of the requested Borrowing;
(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(iv) in the case of a Syndicated Borrowing denominated in Dollars, whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;
(v) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period therefor, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period” and permitted under Section 2.02(d); and
(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed.
(c) Notice by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of the amounts of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
30 |
(d) Failure to Elect. If no election as to the Class of a Syndicated Borrowing is specified, then the requested Syndicated Borrowing shall be deemed to be under the Multicurrency Commitments. If no election as to the Currency of a Syndicated Borrowing is specified, then the requested Syndicated Borrowing shall be denominated in Dollars. If no election as to the Type of a Syndicated Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be a Eurocurrency Borrowing having an Interest Period of one month and, if an Agreed Foreign Currency has been specified, the requested Syndicated Borrowing shall be a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in such Agreed Foreign Currency and having an Interest Period of one month. If a Eurocurrency Borrowing is requested but no Interest Period is specified, (i) if the Currency specified for such Borrowing is Dollars (or if no Currency has been so specified), the requested Borrowing shall be a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars having an Interest Period of one month’s duration, and (ii) if the Currency specified for such Borrowing is an Agreed Foreign Currency, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.
SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans.
(a) Agreement to Make Swingline Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans under each Commitment to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans of both Classes exceeding $10,000,000, (ii) the total Revolving Dollar Credit Exposures exceeding the aggregate Dollar Commitments, (iii) the total Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposures exceeding the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments or (iv) the total Covered Debt Amount exceeding the Borrowing Base then in effect; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.
(b) Notice of Swingline Loans by the Borrower. To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Swingline Loan and whether such Swingline Loan is to be made under the Dollar Commitments or the Multicurrency Commitments. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.
31 |
(c) Participations by Lenders in Swingline Loans. The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time on any Business Day, require the Lenders of the applicable Class to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans of such Class outstanding. Such notice to the Administrative Agent shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which the applicable Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each applicable Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above in this paragraph, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, of such Swingline Loan or Loans; provided that no Lender shall be required to purchase a participation in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) if (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 would not be satisfied in respect of a Borrowing at the time such Swingline Loan was made and (y) the Required Lenders of the respective Class shall have so notified the Swingline Lender in writing and shall not have subsequently determined that the circumstances giving rise to such conditions not being satisfied no longer exist.
Subject to the foregoing, each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph (c) is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments of the respective Class, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.
32 |
(d) Resignation and Replacement of Swingline Lender. The Swingline Lender may resign and be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the resigning Swingline Lender and the successor Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation and replacement of the Swingline Lender. In addition to the foregoing, if a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, and if any Default has arisen from a failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 2.19(a), then the Swingline Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, resign as Swingline Lender, effective at the close of business Atlanta, Georgia time on a date specified in such notice (which date may not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date of such notice). On or after the effective date of any such resignation, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may, by written agreement, appoint a successor Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such appointment of a successor Swingline Lender. Upon the effectiveness of any resignation of the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall repay in full all outstanding Swingline Loans together with all accrued interest thereon. From and after the effective date of the appointment of a successor Swingline Lender, (i) the successor Swingline Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Swingline Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swingline Loans to be made thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Swingline Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Swingline Lender, or to such successor and all previous Swingline Lenders, as the context shall require. After the replacement of the Swingline Lender hereunder, the replaced Swingline Lender shall have no obligation to make additional Swingline Loans.
SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit.
(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, in addition to the Loans provided for in Section 2.01, the Borrower may request the Issuing Bank to issue, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period and under either the Dollar Commitments or Multicurrency Commitments, Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or (in the case of Letters of Credit under the Multicurrency Commitments) in any Agreed Foreign Currency for its own account in such form as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its reasonable determination. Letters of Credit issued hereunder shall constitute utilization of the Commitments up to the aggregate amount available to be drawn thereunder.
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal or Extension. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (d) of this Section), the amount and Currency of such Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit is to be issued under the Dollar Commitments or the Multicurrency Commitments, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
33 |
(c) Limitations on Amounts. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the aggregate LC Exposure of the Issuing Bank (determined for these purposes without giving effect to the participations therein of the Lenders pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section) shall not exceed $5,000,000, (ii) the total Revolving Dollar Credit Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Dollar Commitments, (iii) the total Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments and (iv) the total Covered Debt Amount shall not exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect.
(d) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the date twelve months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, twelve months after the then-current expiration date of such Letter of Credit, so long as such renewal or extension occurs within three months of such then-current expiration date); provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods. No Letter of Credit may be renewed following the earlier to occur of the Commitment Termination Date and the Termination Date.
(e) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit of a Class (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) by the Issuing Bank, and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender of such Class, and each Lender of such Class hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the applicable Commitments; provided that no Lender shall be required to purchase a participation in a Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section 2.05(e) if (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 would not be satisfied in respect of a Borrowing at the time such Letter of Credit was issued and (y) the Required Lenders of the respective Class shall have so notified the Issuing Bank in writing and shall not have subsequently determined that the circumstances giving rise to such conditions not being satisfied no longer exist.
In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender of a Class hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank in respect of Letters of Credit of such Class promptly upon the request of the Issuing Bank at any time from the time of such LC Disbursement until such LC Disbursement is reimbursed by the Borrower or at any time after any reimbursement payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each such payment shall be made in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to the next following paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that the Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.
34 |
(f) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank in respect of such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice of such LC Disbursement, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than $1,000,000 and is denominated in Dollars, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with a Syndicated ABR Borrowing or a Swingline Loan of the respective Class in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Syndicated ABR Borrowing or Swingline Loan.
If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each applicable Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, thereof.
(g) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply strictly with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.
Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit by the Issuing Bank or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that:
35 |
(i) the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and may make payment upon presentation of documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
(ii) the Issuing Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to decline to accept such documents and to make such payment if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
(iii) this sentence shall establish the standard of care to be exercised by the Issuing Bank when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof (and the parties hereto hereby waive, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any standard of care inconsistent with the foregoing).
(h) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, within a reasonable time following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly after such examination notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the applicable Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
(i) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to Syndicated ABR Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement within two Business Days following the date when due pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section, then the provisions of Section 2.12(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
36 |
(j) Resignation and/or Replacement of Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may resign and be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the resigning Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation and replacement of the Issuing Bank. Upon the effectiveness of any resignation of the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for account of the resigning Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b). From and after the effective date of the appointment of a successor Issuing Bank, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the effective resignation of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the resigning Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
(k) Cash Collateralization. If the Borrower shall be required to provide Cash Collateral for LC Exposure pursuant to Section 2.05(d), Section 2.09(a), Section 2.10(b) or (c) or the last paragraph of Article VII, the Borrower shall immediately deposit into a segregated collateral account or accounts (herein, collectively, the “Letter of Credit Collateral Account”) in the name and under the dominion and control of the Administrative Agent Cash denominated in the Currency of the Letter of Credit under which such LC Exposure arises in an amount equal to the amount required under Section 2.09(a), Section 2.10(b) or (c) or the last paragraph of Article VII, as applicable. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral in the first instance for the LC Exposure under this Agreement and thereafter for the payment of the “Secured Obligations” under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement, and for these purposes the Borrower hereby grants a security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account and in any financial assets (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) or other property held therein.
SECTION 2.06. Funding of Borrowings.
(a) Funding by Lenders. Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that Syndicated ABR Borrowings made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.
37 |
(b) Presumption by the Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.
SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections.
(a) Elections by the Borrower for Syndicated Borrowings. Subject to Section 2.03(d), the Loans constituting each Syndicated Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have the Interest Period specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type or to continue such Borrowing as a Borrowing of the same Type and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect the Interest Period therefor, all as provided in this Section; provided, however, that (i) a Syndicated Borrowing of a Class may only be continued or converted into a Syndicated Borrowing of the same Class, (ii) a Syndicated Borrowing denominated in one Currency may not be continued as, or converted to, a Syndicated Borrowing in a different Currency, (iii) no Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency may be continued if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposures would exceed the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments, and (iv) a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency may not be converted to a Borrowing of a different Type. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders of the respective Class holding the Loans constituting such Borrowing, and the Loans constituting each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.
(b) Notice of Elections. To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Syndicated Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly (but no later than the close of business on the date of such request) by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.
(c) Content of Interest Election Requests. Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:
38 |
(i) the Borrowing (including the Class) to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) whether, in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and
(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period therefor after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period” and permitted under Section 2.02(d).
(d) Notice by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders. Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(e) Failure to Elect; Events of Default. If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely and complete Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, (i) if such Borrowing is denominated in Dollars, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to a Syndicated Eurocurrency Borrowing of the same Class having an Interest Period of one month, and (ii) if such Borrowing is denominated in a Foreign Currency, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall, at the end of the applicable Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Borrowing, be automatically converted to an ABR Borrowing and (ii) any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency shall not have an Interest Period of more than one month’s duration.
SECTION 2.08. Termination, Reduction or Increase of the Commitments.
(a) Scheduled Termination. Unless previously terminated, the Commitments of each Class shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date.
(b) Voluntary Termination or Reduction. The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of either Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of a Class shall be in an amount that is $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire amount of the Commitments of such Class) or a larger multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments of either Class if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Syndicated Loans of such Class in accordance with Section 2.10, the total Revolving Credit Exposures of such Class would exceed the total Commitments of such Class. Any such reduction of the Commitments below the principal amount of the Swingline Loans permitted under Section 2.04(a)(i) and the Letters of Credit permitted under Section 2.05(c)(i) shall result in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of such amounts as applicable.
39 |
(c) Notice of Voluntary Termination or Reduction. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments of a Class delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.
(d) Effect of Termination or Reduction. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of a Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of a Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders of such Class in accordance with their respective Commitments.
(e) Increase of the Commitments.
(i) Requests for Increase by Borrower. The Borrower may, at any time, request that the Commitments hereunder of a Class be increased (each such proposed increase being a “Commitment Increase”), upon notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders), which notice shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders). Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment. The Borrower shall provide notice to the Administrative Agent specifying each existing Lender (each an “Increasing Lender”) and/or each additional lender (each an “Assuming Lender”) that shall have agreed to an additional Commitment and the date on which such increase is to be effective (the “Commitment Increase Date”), which shall be a Business Day at least three Business Days after delivery of such notice and 30 days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided that:
(A) the minimum amount of the Commitment of any Assuming Lender, and the minimum amount of the increase of the Commitment of any Increasing Lender, as part of such Commitment Increase shall be $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof;
(B) immediately after giving effect to such Commitment Increase, the total Commitments of all of the Lenders hereunder shall not exceed $150,000,000;
(C) each Assuming Lender shall be consented to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld);
(D) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such Commitment Increase Date or shall result from the proposed Commitment Increase; and
40 |
(E) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any portion of the representations and warranties already subject to a materiality qualifier, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Commitment Increase Date as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).
(ii) Effectiveness of Commitment Increase by Borrower. An Assuming Lender, if any, shall become a Lender hereunder as of such Commitment Increase Date and the Commitment of the respective Class of any Increasing Lender and such Assuming Lender shall be increased as of such Commitment Increase Date; provided that:
(x) the Administrative Agent shall have received on or prior to 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on such Commitment Increase Date (or on or prior to a time on an earlier date specified by the Administrative Agent) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower stating that each of the applicable conditions to such Commitment Increase set forth in the foregoing paragraph (i) has been satisfied; and
(y) each Assuming Lender or Increasing Lender shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on or prior to 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time on such Commitment Increase Date (or on or prior to a time on an earlier date specified by the Administrative Agent), an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such Lender shall, effective as of such Commitment Increase Date, undertake a Commitment or an increase of Commitment in each case of the respective Class, duly executed by such Assuming Lender or Increasing Lender, as applicable, and the Borrower and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent.
Promptly following satisfaction of such conditions, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of such Class (including any Assuming Lenders) thereof and of the occurrence of the Commitment Increase Date by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system.
(iii) Recordation into Register. Upon its receipt of an agreement referred to in clause (ii)(y) above executed by an Assuming Lender or any Increasing Lender, together with the certificate referred to in clause (ii)(x) above, the Administrative Agent shall, if such agreement has been completed, (x) accept such agreement, (y) record the information contained therein in the Register and (z) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.
41 |
(iv) Adjustments of Borrowings upon Effectiveness of Increase. On the Commitment Increase Date, the Borrower shall (A) prepay the outstanding Loans (if any) of the affected Class in full, (B) simultaneously borrow new Loans of such Class hereunder in an amount equal to such prepayment; provided that with respect to subclauses (A) and (B), (x) the prepayment to, and borrowing from, any existing Lender shall be effected by book entry to the extent that any portion of the amount prepaid to such Lender will be subsequently borrowed from such Lender and (y) the existing Lenders, the Increasing Lenders and the Assuming Lenders shall make and receive payments among themselves, in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent, so that, after giving effect thereto, the Loans of such Class are held ratably by the Lenders of such Class in accordance with the respective Commitments of such Class of such Lenders (after giving effect to such Commitment Increase) and (C) pay to the Lenders of such Class the amounts, if any, payable under Section 2.15 as a result of any such prepayment. Concurrently therewith, the Lenders of such Class shall be deemed to have adjusted their participation interests in any outstanding Letters of Credit of such Class so that such interests are held ratably in accordance with their commitments of such Class as so increased.
SECTION 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.
(a) Repayment. The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay the Loans of each Class as follows:
(i) to the Administrative Agent for account of the Lenders of such Class the outstanding principal amount of the Syndicated Loans of such Class on the Final Maturity Date; and
(ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan of such Class denominated in Dollars, on the earlier of the Commitment Termination Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least ten Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Syndicated Borrowing of such Class is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans of such Class then outstanding.
In addition, on the Commitment Termination Date, the Borrower shall deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account Cash (denominated in the Currency of the Letter of Credit under which such LC Exposure arises) in an amount equal to 100% of the undrawn face amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding on the close of business on the Commitment Termination Date, such deposit to be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral security for the LC Exposure under this Agreement in respect of the undrawn portion of such Letters of Credit.
(b) Manner of Payment. Prior to any repayment or prepayment of any Borrowings of any Class hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings of such Class to be paid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such selection not later than the time set forth in Section 2.10(e) prior to the scheduled date of such repayment; provided that each repayment of Borrowings of a Class shall be applied to repay any outstanding ABR Borrowings of such Class before any other Borrowings of such Class. If the Borrower fails to make a timely selection of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be repaid or prepaid, such payment shall be applied, first, to pay any outstanding ABR Borrowings of the applicable Class and, second, to other Borrowings of such Class in the order of the remaining duration of their respective Interest Periods (the Borrowing with the shortest remaining Interest Period to be repaid first). Each payment of a Syndicated Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in such Borrowing.
42 |
(c) Maintenance of Records by Lenders. Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice records evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts and Currency of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(d) Maintenance of Records by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall maintain records in which it shall record (i) the amount and Currency of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and each Interest Period therefor, (ii) the amount and Currency of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender of such Class hereunder and (iii) the amount and Currency of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.
(e) Effect of Entries. The entries made in the records maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence, absent obvious error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(f) Promissory Notes. Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note; in such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
SECTION 2.10. Prepayment of Loans.
(a) Optional Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty except for payments under Section 2.15, subject to the requirements of this Section.
(b) Mandatory Prepayments due to Changes in Exchange Rates.
(i) Determination of Amount Outstanding. On each Quarterly Date and, in addition, promptly upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Currency Valuation Notice (as defined below), the Administrative Agent shall determine the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure. For the purpose of this determination, the outstanding principal amount of any Loan that is denominated in any Foreign Currency shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the amount in the Foreign Currency of such Loan, determined as of such Quarterly Date or, in the case of a Currency Valuation Notice received by the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on a Business Day, on such Business Day or, in the case of a Currency Valuation Notice otherwise received, on the first Business Day after such Currency Valuation Notice is received. Upon making such determination, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Multicurrency Lenders and the Borrower thereof.
43 |
(ii) Prepayment. If on the date of such determination the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure minus the Multicurrency LC Exposure fully Cash Collateralized on such date exceeds 105% of the aggregate amount of the Multicurrency Commitments as then in effect, the Borrower shall, if requested by the Required Multicurrency Lenders (through the Administrative Agent), prepay the Syndicated Multicurrency Loans and Swingline Multicurrency Loans (and/or provide Cash Collateral for Multicurrency LC Exposure as specified in Section 2.05(k)) within 15 Business Days following the Borrower’s receipt of such request in such amounts as shall be necessary so that after giving effect thereto the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure does not exceed the Multicurrency Commitments.
For purposes hereof “Currency Valuation Notice” means a notice given by the Required Multicurrency Lenders to the Administrative Agent stating that such notice is a “Currency Valuation Notice” and requesting that the Administrative Agent determine the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to make more than one valuation determination pursuant to Currency Valuation Notices within any rolling three month period.
Any prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be applied, first to Swingline Multicurrency Loans outstanding, second, to Syndicated Multicurrency Loans outstanding and third, as cover for Multicurrency LC Exposure.
(c) Mandatory Prepayments due to Borrowing Base Deficiency. In the event that at any time any Borrowing Base Deficiency shall exist, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days after delivery of the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate, prepay the Loans (or provide Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit as contemplated by Section 2.05(k)) in such amounts as shall be necessary so that such Borrowing Base Deficiency is cured, and (ii) if, within five Business Days after delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate demonstrating such Borrowing Base Deficiency, the Borrower shall present the Lenders with a reasonably feasible plan acceptable to the Required Lenders in their sole discretion to enable such Borrowing Base Deficiency to be cured within 30 Business Days (which 30-Business Day period shall include the five Business Days permitted for delivery of such plan), then such prepayment or reduction shall not be required to be effected immediately but may be effected in accordance with such plan (with such modifications as the Borrower may reasonably determine), so long as such Borrowing Base Deficiency is cured within such 30-Business Day period.
(d) Scheduled Payments. On each Scheduled Payment Date, the Borrower shall repay the Loans (and provide Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit as contemplated by Section 2.05(k)) in an aggregate amount equal to 1/12 of the aggregate outstanding amount of Loans, and 1/12 of the face amount of Letters of Credit, for each Class and Currency of Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding, based on the outstanding Loans and Letters of Credit as of the Commitment Termination Date. Following the Commitment Termination Date, any other optional or mandatory prepayment of Loans (or Cash Collateralization or expiration of outstanding Letters of Credit) will reduce in direct order the amount of any subsequent repayment of Loans or Cash Collateralization of Letters of Credit required to be made pursuant to this clause (d).
44 |
(e) Notices, Etc. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars (other than in the case of a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(d)), not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than in the case of a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(d)), not later than 11:00 a.m., London time, four Business Days before the date of prepayment, (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Syndicated ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment, or (iv) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments of a Class as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Syndicated Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the affected Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02 or in the case of a Swingline Loan, as provided in Section 2.04, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be applied ratably to the Loans of such Class included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 and shall be made in the manner specified in Section 2.09(b).
SECTION 2.11. Fees.
(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 0.50% on the average daily unused amount of the Dollar Commitment and Multicurrency Commitment, as applicable, of such Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the earlier of the date such commitment terminates and the Commitment Termination Date. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable on each Quarterly Date and on the earlier of the date the Commitments of the respective Class terminate and the Commitment Termination Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, the Commitment of any Class of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Syndicated Loans and LC Exposure of such Class of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Class of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).
45 |
(b) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit of each Class, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin applicable to interest on Eurocurrency Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure of such Class (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment of such Class terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure of such Class, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.25% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including each Quarterly Date shall be payable on such Quarterly Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees with respect to the Letters of Credit shall be payable on the Termination Date and the Borrower shall pay any such fees that have accrued and that are unpaid on the Termination Date and, in the event any Letters of Credit shall be outstanding that have expiration dates after the Termination Date, the Borrower shall prepay on the Termination Date the full amount of the participation and fronting fees that will accrue on such Letters of Credit subsequent to the Termination Date through but not including the date such outstanding Letters of Credit are scheduled to expire (and, in that connection, the Lenders agree not later than the date two Business Days after the date upon which the last such Letter of Credit shall expire or be terminated to rebate to the Borrower the excess, if any, of the aggregate participation and fronting fees that have been prepaid by the Borrower over the sum of the amount of such fees that ultimately accrue through the date of such expiration or termination and the aggregate amount of all other unpaid obligations hereunder at such time). Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(c) Administrative Agent Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(d) Payment of Fees. All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars (or, at the election of the Borrower with respect to any fees payable to the Issuing Bank on account of Letters of Credit issued in any Foreign Currency, in such Foreign Currency) and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances absent obvious error.
46 |
SECTION 2.12. Interest.
(a) ABR Loans. The Loans constituting each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
(b) Eurocurrency Loans. The Loans constituting each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the related Interest Period for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.
(c) Default Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rates applicable to Loans and any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided above, (ii) in the case of any Letter of Credit, 2% plus the fee otherwise applicable to such Letter of Credit as provided in Section 2.11(b)(i), or (iii) in the case of any fee or other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.
(d) Payment of Interest. Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan in the Currency in which such Loan is denominated and, in the case of Syndicated Loans, upon the Termination Date; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of a Syndicated ABR Loan prior to the Final Maturity Date), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Borrowing shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(e) Computation. All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed (i) by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate and (ii) on Multicurrency Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.13. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of the Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing of a Class (the Currency of such Borrowing herein called the “Affected Currency”):
(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Affected Currency for such Interest Period; or
47 |
(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders of such Class that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Affected Currency for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their respective Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the affected Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and such Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Syndicated Borrowing to, or the continuation of any Syndicated Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in the Affected Currency shall be ineffective and, if the Affected Currency is Dollars, such Syndicated Borrowing (unless prepaid) shall be continued as, or converted to, a Syndicated ABR Borrowing, (ii) if the Affected Currency is Dollars and any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be made as a Syndicated ABR Borrowing and (iii) if the Affected Currency is a Foreign Currency, any Borrowing Request that requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in the Affected Currency shall be ineffective.
SECTION 2.14. Increased Costs.
(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or
(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lenders of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in Dollars, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), by an amount deemed to be material by such Lender or Issuing Bank, then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in Dollars, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
48 |
(c) Certificates from Lenders. A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts, in Dollars, necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be promptly delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
SECTION 2.15. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor (including as a result of the occurrence of any Commitment Increase Date or an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Syndicated Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (including, in connection with any Commitment Increase Date, and regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable under Section 2.10(e) and is revoked in accordance herewith), or (d) the assignment as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18(b) of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, the loss to any Lender attributable to any such event shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be equal to the excess, if any, of
(i) the amount of interest that such Lender would pay for a deposit equal to the principal amount of such Loan denominated in the Currency of such Loan for the period from the date of such payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the Interest Period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Currency for such Interest Period, over
49 |
(ii) the amount of interest that such Lender would earn on such principal amount for such period if such Lender were to invest such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that would be bid by such Lender (or an affiliate of such Lender) for deposits denominated in such Currency from other banks in the Eurocurrency market at the commencement of such period.
Payment under this Section shall be made upon request of a Lender delivered not later than five Business Days following the payment, conversion, or failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay that gives rise to a claim under this Section accompanied by a certificate of such Lender setting forth the amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
SECTION 2.16. Taxes.
(a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Taxes from such payments, then (i) if such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank for and, within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor, pay the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority, except to the extent that any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes arise as the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
50 |
(d) Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register, and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d).
(e) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(f) Tax Documentation. (i) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(f)(ii)(A) and (B) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
(A) any Lender that is a “United States person” (as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (and such additional copies as shall be reasonably requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender become a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or any successor form certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax; and
51 |
(B) each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(w) duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or any successor form claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
(x) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or any successor form certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States,
(y) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (1) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (2) duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) certifying that the Foreign Lender is not a United States Person, or
(z) any other form including Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY as applicable prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
(iii) In addition, each Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Lender; provided it is legally able to do so at the time. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at any time the chief tax officer of such Lender becomes aware that it no longer satisfies the legal requirements to provide any previously delivered form or certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. or other taxing authorities for such purpose).
52 |
(g) Documentation Required by FATCA. If a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such document prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their respective obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.16(g), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(h) Treatment of Certain Refunds. Unless required by applicable law, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid to or for the account of a Lender. If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Issuing Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund or credit (in lieu of such refund) of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Issuing Bank, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Issuing Bank in the event the Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Issuing Bank is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (h), in no event will the Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Issuing Bank be required to pay any amount to Borrower pursuant to this clause (h), the payment of which would place such Person in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Person would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or an Issuing Bank to make available its tax returns or its books or records (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.
SECTION 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment: Sharing of Set-offs.
(a) Payments by the Borrower. The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) or under any other Loan Document (except to the extent otherwise provided therein) prior to 12:00 noon, Atlanta, Georgia time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Account, except as otherwise expressly provided in the relevant Loan Document and except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03, which shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.
53 |
All amounts owing under this Agreement (including commitment fees, payments required under Section 2.14, and payments required under Section 2.15 relating to any Loan denominated in Dollars, but not including principal of and interest on any Loan denominated in any Foreign Currency or payments relating to any such Loan required under Section 2.15, which are payable in such Foreign Currency) or under any other Loan Document (except to the extent otherwise provided therein) are payable in Dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise), the unpaid portion of such Loan shall, if such Loan is not denominated in Dollars, automatically be redenominated in Dollars on the due date thereof (or, if such due date is a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor, on the last day of such Interest Period) in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of such redenomination and such principal shall be payable on demand; and if the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan that is not denominated in Dollars, such interest shall automatically be redenominated in Dollars on the due date therefor (or, if such due date is a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor, on the last day of such Interest Period) in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of such redenomination and such interest shall be payable on demand.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if, after the making of any Borrowing in any Foreign Currency, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that the type of currency in which the Borrowing was made (the “Original Currency”) no longer exists or the Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrower takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.
(b) Application of Insufficient Payments. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees of a Class then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, to pay interest and fees of such Class then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees of such Class then due to such parties, and (ii) second, to pay principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements of such Class then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements of such Class then due to such parties.
54 |
(c) Pro Rata Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (i) each Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be made from the Lenders of such Class, each payment of commitment fee under Section 2.11 shall be made for account of the Lenders of the applicable Class, and each termination or reduction of the amount of the Commitments of a Class under Section 2.08 shall be applied to the respective Commitments of the Lenders of such Class, pro rata according to the amounts of their respective Commitments of such Class; (ii) each Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders of such Class according to the amounts of their respective Commitments of such Class (in the case of the making of Syndicated Loans) or their respective Loans of such Class that are to be included in such Borrowing (in the case of conversions and continuations of Loans); (iii) each payment or prepayment of principal of Syndicated Loans of a Class by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders of such Class pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Syndicated Loans of such Class held by them; and (iv) each payment of interest on Syndicated Loans of a Class by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders of such Class pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on such Loans of such Class then due and payable to the respective Lenders.
(d) Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender of any Class shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Syndicated Loans, or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans, of such Class resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Syndicated Loans, and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, and accrued interest thereon of such Class then due than the proportion received by any other Lender of such Class, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Syndicated Loans, and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, of other Lenders of such Class to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders of such Class ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Syndicated Loans, and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, of such Class; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
(e) Presumptions of Payment. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
55 |
(f) Certain Deductions by the Administrative Agent. If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(e), 2.06(a) or (b) or 2.17(e), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.
SECTION 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any cost or expense not required to be reimbursed by the Borrower and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or is a Non-Consenting Lender (as provided in Section 9.02(d)), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
56 |
SECTION 2.19. Defaulting Lenders.
(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in the manner described in Section 2.09(a); fourth, as Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize Issuing Bank’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in the manner described in Section 2.09(a); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations in respect of any LC Disbursement for which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied and waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations in respect of any LC Disbursement that is owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or reimbursement obligations in respect of any LC Disbursement that is owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the applicable Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.19(a)(i) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
57 |
(ii) Certain Fees.
(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender); provided that such Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive fees pursuant to Section 2.11(b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.19(d).
(B) With respect to any Section 2.11(b) fees not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) above, Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iii) below, (y) pay to Issuing Bank the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.
(iii) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated (effective no later than one (1) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge that such Lender has become a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Dollar Percentages and Applicable Multicurrency Percentages, as the case may be (in each case calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment), but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless Borrower shall have otherwise notified Administrative Agent at such time, Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
58 |
(iv) Cash Collateral; Repayment of Swingline Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall not later than two (2) Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender), without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Swingline Exposure (which exposure shall be deemed equal to the applicable Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the total outstanding Swingline Exposure (other than Swingline Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof)) and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.19(d) or (z) make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender.
(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that such former Defaulting Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii)), and if Cash Collateral has been posted with respect to such Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will promptly return or release such Cash Collateral to the Borrower, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.
(c) New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that the participations therein will be fully allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with clause (a)(iii) above and the Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein and (ii) the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that the participations in any existing Letters of Credit as well as the new, extended, renewed or increased Letter of Credit has been or will be fully allocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with clause (a)(iii) above and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein except to the extent such Defaulting Lender’s participation has been or will be fully Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section 2.19(d).
(d) Cash Collateral. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, promptly following the written request of Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank (with a copy to Administrative Agent) Borrower shall Cash Collateralize Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.
59 |
(i) Grant of Security Interest. Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Bank, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit, to be applied pursuant to clause (ii) below. If at any time Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, Borrower will, promptly upon demand by Administrative Agent, pay or provide to Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at SunTrust. Borrower shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all reasonable and customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.
(ii) Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.19 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.
(iii) Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.19 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender) or (ii) the determination by Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.19, the Person providing Cash Collateral and Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure; provided, further, that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.
60 |
ARTICLE
III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable.
SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents when executed and delivered by each Obligor party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been or will be obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default in any material respect under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 3.04. No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of the most recent Applicable Financial Statements, there has not been any event, development or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.05. Litigation. There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority now pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.
SECTION 3.06. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any contract or other arrangement, the performance of which by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
61 |
SECTION 3.07. Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Person has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.08. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.09. Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information (other than projected financial information, other forward looking information relating to third parties and information of a general economic or general industry nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole (and after giving effect to all updates, modifications and supplements) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
SECTION 3.10. Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations.
(a) Status as Business Development Company. The Borrower has elected to be regulated as a “business development company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act and will take all actions necessary to elect to be treated as a RIC beginning with its taxable year ended December 31, 2012.
(b) Compliance with Investment Company Act. The business and other activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the making of the Loans hereunder, the application of the proceeds and repayment thereof by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not result in a violation or breach in any material respect of the provisions of the Investment Company Act or any rules, regulations or orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in each case that are applicable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
62 |
(c) Investment Policies. The Borrower is in compliance in all respects with the Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments), except to the extent that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Use of Credit. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock.
SECTION 3.11. Material Agreements and Liens.
(a) Material Agreements. Part A of Schedule 3.11 is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of each credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, purchase agreement, guarantee, letter of credit or other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit) to, or guarantee by, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, and the aggregate principal or face amount outstanding or that is, or may become, outstanding under each such arrangement is correctly described in Part A of Schedule 3.11.
(b) Liens. Part B of Schedule 3.11 is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of each Lien securing Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date hereof covering any property of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the aggregate Indebtedness secured (or that may be secured) by each such Lien and the property covered by each such Lien is correctly described in Part B of Schedule 3.11.
SECTION 3.12. Subsidiaries and Investments.
(a) Subsidiaries. Set forth on Schedule 3.12(a) is a list of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.
(b) Investments. Set forth on Schedule 3.12(b) is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of all Investments (other than Investments of the types referred to in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of Section 6.04) held by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors in any Person on the date hereof and, for each such Investment, (x) the identity of the Person or Persons holding such Investment and (y) the nature of such Investment. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.12, each of the Borrower and any of the Subsidiary Guarantors owns, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents and Permitted Liens), all such Investments.
SECTION 3.13. Properties.
(a) Title Generally. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.
63 |
(b) Intellectual Property. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Financing Subsidiary) owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Financing Subsidiary) does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.14. Affiliate Agreements. As of the date hereof, the Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent true and complete copies of each of the Affiliate Agreements (including and schedules and exhibits thereto, and any amendments, supplements or waivers executed and delivered thereunder). As of the date of hereof, each of the Affiliate Agreements is in full force and effect.
SECTION 3.15. OFAC. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (b) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2 of such executive order, or (c) is a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.
SECTION 3.16. Patriot Act. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the Uniting And Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate Tools Required To Intercept And Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001). No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
SECTION 3.17. Collateral Documents. The provisions of the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02) on all right, title and interest of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Effective Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect such Liens.
64 |
ARTICLE
IV
CONDITIONS
SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The effectiveness of this Agreement and of the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until completion of each of the following conditions precedent (unless a condition shall have been waived in accordance with Section 9.02):
(a) Documents. Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and to the extent specified below to each Lender) in form and substance:
(i) Executed Counterparts. From each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page to this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
(ii) Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower. A favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, New York and Maryland counsel for the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (and the Borrower hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinion to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent).
(iii) Corporate Documents. Such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(iv) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in the lettered clauses of the first sentence of Section 4.02.
(v) Guarantee and Security Agreement. The Guarantee and Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each of the parties to the Guarantee and Security Agreement.
(vi) Control Agreements. A (x) Collateral Account Control Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and State Street Bank and Trust Company and (y) Deposit Account Control Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and Cadence Bank, N.A.
(vii) Borrowing Base Certificate. A Borrowing Base Certificate showing a calculation of the Borrowing Base as of [Date].
65 |
(b) Liens. The Administrative Agent shall have received results of a recent lien search in each relevant jurisdiction with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, confirming that each financing statement in respect of the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent created pursuant to the Security Documents is otherwise prior to all other financing statements or other interests reflected therein (other than any financing statement or interest in respect of liens permitted under Section 6.02 or liens to be discharged on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and revealing no liens on any of the assets of the Borrower or the Subsidiary Guarantors (except for liens permitted under Section 6.02 or liens to be discharged on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). All UCC financing statements and similar documents required to be filed in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (to the extent that such a security interest may be perfected by a filing under the Uniform Commercial Code) shall have been properly filed in each jurisdiction required (or arrangements for such filings acceptable to the Collateral Agent shall have been made).
(c) Consents. The Borrower shall have obtained and delivered to the Administrative Agent copies of all consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, or filings required to be made or obtained by the Borrower and all Subsidiary Guarantors in connection with the Transactions and any transaction being financed with the proceeds of the Loans, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings and orders shall be in full force and effect and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired and no investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority regarding the Transactions or any transaction being financed with the proceeds of the Loans shall be ongoing.
(d) Fees and Expenses. The Borrower shall have paid in full to the Administrative Agent all fees and expenses related to this Agreement owing on the Effective Date.
(e) Patriot Act. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received, sufficiently in advance of the Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).
(f) Initial Public Offering. The Borrower shall have received at least $160,000,000 gross proceeds through: an initial public offering of stock of at least $75,000,000, rollover equity from D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C. and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C. and/or a private placement of equity and cash from management investment in an amount of at least the greater of (i) $2,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 2% of the proceeds raised from the initial public offering; provided that D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C.’s and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C’s contribution shall consist solely of contributed middle market loans; and provided, further, that this condition shall be deemed satisfied upon receipt by the Borrower of the foregoing amounts prior to delivery of confirmations and the final prospectus to investors in the Borrower’s initial public offering.
(g) Acquisition of Portfolio. The Borrower shall have acquired at least $190,000,000 of middle market loans.
(h) Minimum Availability. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence from the Borrower on the Effective Date that the Borrowing Base exceeds the aggregate Covered Debt Amount by an amount equal to or greater than $70,000,000.
66 |
(i) Other Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is additionally subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any portion of any representations and warranties already subject to a materiality qualifier, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Loan or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, or, as to any such representation or warranty that refers to a specific date, as of such specific date;
(b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(c) either (i) the aggregate Covered Debt Amount (after giving effect to such extension of credit) shall not exceed the Borrowing Base reflected on the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent or (ii) the Borrower shall have delivered an updated Borrowing Base Certificate demonstrating that the Covered Debt Amount (after giving effect to such extension of credit) shall not exceed the Borrowing Base after giving effect to such extension of credit as well as any concurrent acquisitions of Investments or payment of outstanding Loans; and
(d) until the Borrower shall have cumulatively raised at least $250,000,000 in gross proceeds from the sale of equity securities in one or more offerings (including rollover equity, preferred stock or convertible notes), the Borrower shall not be permitted to increase the Revolving Credit Exposure unless, after giving effect to such increase, the Asset Coverage Ratio would equal or exceed 2.25 to 1.
Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in the preceding sentence.
ARTICLE
V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired, been terminated, Cash Collateralized or backstopped and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
67 |
SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Grant Thornton LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided that the requirements set forth in this clause (a) may be fulfilled by providing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the report of the Borrower to the SEC on Form 10-K for the applicable fiscal year;
(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (or, in the case of the statements of assets and liabilities, operations, changes in net assets and cash flows, as of the end of) the corresponding period or periods of the previous fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that the requirements set forth in this clause (b) may be fulfilled by providing to the Lenders the report of the Borrower to the SEC on Form 10-Q for the applicable quarterly period;
(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) of this Section, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying that such statements are consistent with the financial statements filed by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) certifying as to whether the Borrower has knowledge that a Default has occurred during the applicable period and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (iii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.04 and 6.07 and (iv) stating whether any change in GAAP as applied by (or in the application of GAAP by) the Borrower has occurred since the Effective Date and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;
(d) as soon as available and in any event not later than 20 days after the end of each monthly accounting period (ending on the last day of each calendar month) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a Borrowing Base Certificate as at the last day of such accounting period;
(e) promptly but no later than five Business Days after the Borrower shall at any time have knowledge that there is a Borrowing Base Deficiency, a Borrowing Base Certificate as at the date the Borrower has knowledge of such Borrowing Base Deficiency indicating the amount of the Borrowing Base Deficiency as at the date the Borrower obtained knowledge of such deficiency and the amount of the Borrowing Base Deficiency as of the date not earlier than one Business Day prior to the date the Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered pursuant to this paragraph;
68 |
(f) promptly upon receipt thereof copies of all significant reports submitted by the Borrower’s independent public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries delivered by such accountants to the management or board of directors of the Borrower;
(g) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be; and
(h) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be Public Lenders and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “Platform”), any document or notice that Borrower has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted by Administrative Agent on that portion of the Platform designated for such Public Lenders. Borrower agrees to clearly designate all information provided to Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders. If Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 contains Non-Public Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material Non-Public Information with respect to Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their Securities (as such term is defined in Section 5.13 of this Agreement).
SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:
(a) the occurrence of any Default;
(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000; and
69 |
(d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
SECTION 5.03. Existence: Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or (b) the dissolution of any Financing Subsidiary.
SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including income tax and other material tax liabilities and material contractual obligations, that, if not paid, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in the Borrower’s reasonable judgment, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books of record and account in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will, and will cause each other Obligor to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties during business hours, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested, in each case, to the extent such inspection or requests for such information are reasonable and such information can be provided or discussed without violation of law, rule, regulation, order of any Governmental Authority or contract; provided that the Borrower or such Obligor shall be entitled to have its representatives and advisors present during any inspection of its books and records.
70 |
SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations, including the Investment Company Act, and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, conduct its business and other activities in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and any applicable rules, regulations or orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
SECTION 5.08. Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances.
(a) Subsidiary Guarantors. In the event that the Borrower or any the Subsidiary Guarantors shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary (other than a Financing Subsidiary, a Foreign Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary) the Borrower will cause such new Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” (and, thereby, an “Obligor”) under the Guarantee and Security Agreement pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement and to deliver such proof of corporate or other action, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.01 upon the Effective Date or as the Administrative Agent shall have requested.
(b) Ownership of Subsidiaries. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that each of its Subsidiaries is a wholly owned Subsidiary.
(c) Further Assurances. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, take such action from time to time (including filing appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent: (i) to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders (and any affiliate thereof that is a party to any Hedging Agreement entered into with the Borrower) perfected security interests and Liens in the Collateral; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant requirements of the Security Documents, (ii) to cause any bank or securities intermediary (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code) to enter into such arrangements with the Collateral Agent as shall be appropriate in order that the Collateral Agent has “control” (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code) over each bank account or securities account of the Obligors, and in that connection, the Borrower agrees to cause all cash and other proceeds of Investments received by any Obligor to be promptly deposited into such an account (or otherwise delivered to, or registered in the name of, the Collateral Agent), (iii) in the case of any Investment consisting of a Bank Loan (as defined in Section 5.13) that does not constitute all of the credit extended to the underlying borrower under the relevant underlying loan documents and a Financing Subsidiary holds any interest in the loans or other extensions of credit under such loan documents, (x) to cause such Financing Subsidiary to be party to such underlying loan documents as a “lender” having a direct interest in such underlying loan documents and the extensions of credit thereunder and (y) to ensure that all amounts owing to such Obligor (including any amounts owing to such Obligor in its capacity as the administrative agent) or Financing Subsidiary by the underlying borrower or other obligated party are remitted by such borrower or obligated party directly to separate accounts of such Obligor and such Financing Subsidiary, as applicable, (iv) in the event that any Obligor is acting as an agent or administrative agent under any loan documents with respect to any Bank Loan that does not constitute all of the credit extended to the underlying borrower under the relevant underlying loan documents, to ensure that all funds held by such Obligor in such capacity as agent or administrative agent is segregated from all other funds of such Obligor and clearly identified as being held in an agency capacity and (v) to cause the closing sets and all executed amendments, consents, forbearances and other modifications and assignment agreements relating to any Investment and any other documents relating to any Investment requested by the Collateral Agent, in each case, to be held by the Collateral Agent or a custodian pursuant to the terms of a custodian agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
71 |
SECTION 5.09. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, including the acquisition and funding (either directly or through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries) of leveraged loans, mezzanine loans, high-yield securities, convertible securities, preferred stock, common stock and other Investments; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any responsibility as to the use of any of such proceeds. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used in violation of applicable law or, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying any Margin Stock. Margin Stock shall be purchased by the Obligors only with the proceeds of Indebtedness not directly or indirectly secured by Margin Stock, or with the proceeds of equity capital of the Borrower.
SECTION 5.10. Status of RIC and BDC. The Borrower shall (i) take all actions necessary to qualify as a RIC (including making the election to be treated as a RIC for its taxable year ended December 31, 2012) and to thereafter maintain its qualification as a RIC, and (ii) at all times maintain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act.
SECTION 5.11. Investment Policies. The Borrower shall at all times be in compliance in all material respects with its Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments).
SECTION 5.12. Portfolio Valuation and Diversification Etc.
(a) Industry Classification Groups. For purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower shall assign each Portfolio Investment to an Industry Classification Group. To the extent that any Portfolio Investment is not correlated with the risks of other Portfolio Investments in an Industry Classification Group, such Portfolio Investment may be assigned by the Borrower to an Industry Classification Group that is more closely correlated to such Portfolio Investment. In the absence of any correlation, the Borrower shall be permitted, upon prior notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, to create up to three additional industry classification groups for purposes of this Agreement.
72 |
(b) Portfolio Valuation Etc.
(i) Settlement Date Basis. For purposes of this Agreement, all determinations of whether an investment is to be included as a Portfolio Investment shall be determined on a settlement-date basis (meaning that any investment that has been purchased will not be treated as a Portfolio Investment until such purchase has settled, and any Portfolio Investment which has been sold will not be excluded as a Portfolio Investment until such sale has settled); provided that no such investment shall be included as a Portfolio Investment to the extent it has not been paid for in full.
(ii) Determination of Values. The Borrower will conduct reviews of the value to be assigned to each of its Portfolio Investments as follows:
(A) Quoted Investments - External Review. With respect to Portfolio Investments (including Cash Equivalents) for which market quotations are readily available, the Borrower shall, not less frequently than once each calendar week, determine the market value of such Portfolio Investments which shall, in each case, be determined in accordance with one of the following methodologies (as selected by the Borrower):
(w) in the case of public and 144A securities, the average of the bid prices as determined by two Approved Dealers selected by the Borrower,
(x) in the case of bank loans, the bid price as determined by one Approved Dealer selected by the Borrower,
(y) in the case of any Portfolio Investment traded on an exchange, the closing price for such Portfolio Investment most recently posted on such exchange, and
(z) in the case of any other Portfolio Investment, the fair market value thereof as determined by an Approved Pricing Service; and
(B) Unquoted Investments- External Review. With respect to Portfolio Investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Borrower shall select an Approved Third-Party Appraiser to determine the fair market value (on a positive assurance basis) of such Portfolio Investments, as at the last day of each fiscal quarter; provided that the Value of any such Portfolio Investment (i.e., a Portfolio Investment for which market quotations are not readily available) acquired during a fiscal quarter shall be deemed to be equal to the cost of such Portfolio Investment until such time as the fair market value of such Portfolio Investment is determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this sub-clause (B) as at the last day of such fiscal quarter.
73 |
(C) Internal Review. The Borrower shall conduct internal reviews of all Portfolio Investments at least once each calendar week which shall take into account any events of which the Borrower has actual knowledge that adversely affect the value of the Portfolio Investments. If the value of any Portfolio Investment as most recently determined by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(ii)(C) is lower than the value of such Portfolio Investment as most recently determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(A) and (B), such lower value shall be deemed to be the “Value” of such Portfolio Investment for purposes hereof; provided that the Value of any Portfolio Investment of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be increased by the net unrealized gain as at the date such Value is determined of any Hedging Agreement entered into to hedge risks associated with such Portfolio Investment and reduced by the net unrealized loss as at such date of any such Hedging Agreement (such net unrealized gain or net unrealized loss, on any date, to be equal to the aggregate amount receivable or payable under the related Hedging Agreement if the same were terminated on such date).
(D) Failure to Determine Values. If the Borrower shall fail to determine the value of any Portfolio Investment as at any date pursuant to the requirements of the foregoing sub-clauses (A), (B) or (C), then the “Value” of such Portfolio Investment as at such date shall be deemed to be zero.
(E) Testing of Values.
(x) For the second calendar month immediately following the end of each fiscal quarter (the last such fiscal quarter is referred to herein as, the “Testing Quarter”), the Administrative Agent shall cause an Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent to value (on a positive assurance basis) such number of Unquoted Investments (selected by the Administrative Agent) that collectively have an aggregate Value approximately equal to the Calculation Amount. If there is a difference between the Borrower’s valuation and the Approved Third-Party Appraiser’s valuation of any Unquoted Investment, the Value of such Unquoted Investment for Borrowing Base purposes shall be established as set forth in sub-clause (F) below.
(y) For the avoidance of doubt, the valuation of any Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent would not be as of, or delivered at, the end of any fiscal quarter. Any such valuation would be as of the end of the second month immediately following any fiscal quarter (the “Administrative Agent Appraisal Testing Month”) and would be reflected in the Borrowing Base Certificate for such month (provided that such Approved Third-Party Appraiser delivers such valuation at least seven (7) Business Days before the 20th day after the end of the applicable monthly accounting period and, if such valuation is delivered after such time, it shall be included in the Borrowing Base Certificate for the following monthly period and applied to the then applicable balance of the related Portfolio Investment). For illustrative purposes, if the given fiscal quarter is the fourth quarter ending on December 31, 2012, then (A) the Administrative Agent would initiate the testing of Values (using the December 31, 2012 Calculation Values for purposes of determining the scope of the testing under clauses (E)(x) during the month of February with the anticipation of receiving the valuations from the applicable Approved Third-Party Appraiser(s) on or after February 28, 2013 and (B)(xx) if such valuations were received before the 7th Business Day before March 20, 2013, such valuations would be included in the March 20, 2013 Borrowing Base Certificate covering the month of February, or (yy) if such valuations were received after such time, they would be included in the April 20, 2013 Borrowing Base Certificate for the month of March.
74 |
For the avoidance of doubt, all calculations of value pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) shall be determined without application of the Advance Rates.
(F) Valuation Dispute Resolution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall at any time have the right to request any Unquoted Investment be independently valued (on a positive assurance basis) by an Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent. There shall be no limit on the number of such appraisals requested by the Administrative Agent and the costs of any such valuation shall be at the expense of the Borrower. If the difference between the Borrower’s valuation pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(B) and the valuation of any Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) or (F) is (1) less than 5% of the value thereof, then the Borrower’s valuation shall be used, (2) between 5% and 20% of the value thereof, then the valuation of such Portfolio Investment shall be the average of the value determined by the Borrower and the value determined by the Approved Third-Party Appraiser retained by the Administrative Agent and (3) greater than 20% of the value thereof, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall select an additional Approved Third-Party Appraiser and the valuation of such Portfolio Investment shall be the average of the three valuations (with the Administrative Agent’s Approved Third-Party Appraiser’s valuation to be used until the third valuation is obtained).
(c) RIC Diversification Requirements. The Borrower will at all times, subject to applicable grace periods set forth in the Code, comply with the portfolio diversification requirements set forth in Section 851(b)(3) of the Code.
SECTION 5.13. Calculation of Borrowing Base. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Borrowing Base” shall be determined, as at any date of determination, as the sum of the Advance Rates of the Value of each Portfolio Investment (excluding any Cash Collateral held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(k) or the last paragraph of Section 2.09(a)); provided that:
75 |
(a) the Advance Rate applicable to that portion of the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments in a consolidated group of corporations or other entities (collectively, a “Consolidated Group”), in accordance with GAAP, that exceeds 10% of Shareholders’ Equity of the Borrower (which, for purposes of this calculation shall exclude the aggregate amount of investments in, and advances to, Financing Subsidiaries) shall be 50% of the Advance Rate otherwise applicable; provided that, with respect to the Portfolio Investments in a single Consolidated Group designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent such 10% figure shall be increased to 12.5%;
(b) the Advance Rate applicable to that portion of the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments of all issuers in a Consolidated Group exceeding 20% of Shareholders’ Equity of the Borrower (which, for purposes of this calculation shall exclude the aggregate amount of investments in, and advances to, Financing Subsidiaries) shall be 0%;
(c) the Advance Rate applicable to that portion of the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments in any single Industry Classification Group that exceeds 20% of Shareholders’ Equity of the Borrower (which for purposes of this calculation shall exclude the aggregate amount of investments in, and advances to, Financing Subsidiaries) shall be 0%; provided that, with respect to the Portfolio Investments in a single Industry Classification Group from time to time designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent such 20% figure shall be increased to 30% and, accordingly, only to the extent that the Value for such single Industry Classification Group exceeds 30% of the Shareholders’ Equity shall the Advance Rate applicable to such excess Value be 0%;
(d) no Portfolio Investment may be included in the Borrowing Base unless the Collateral Agent maintains a first priority, perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on such Portfolio Investment and such Portfolio Investment has been Delivered (as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement) to the Collateral Agent, and then only for so long as such Portfolio Investment continues to be Delivered as contemplated therein;
(e) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Performing Non-Cash Pay High Yield Securities, Performing Non-Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments, Equity Interests and Non-Performing Portfolio Investments shall not exceed 15%;
(f) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Equity Interests shall not exceed 10% (it being understood that in no event shall Equity Interests of Financing Subsidiaries be included in the Borrowing Base);
(g) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Non-Performing Portfolio Investments shall not exceed 10% and the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Portfolio Investments that were Non-Performing Portfolio Investments at the time such Portfolio Investments were acquired shall not exceed 5%; and
(h) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Portfolio Investments invested outside the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, Germany, France, Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Switzerland, Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden shall not exceed 5% without the consent of the Administrative Agent.
As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
76 |
“Advance Rate” means, as to any Portfolio Investment and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.13(a), (b) and (c), the following percentages with respect to such Portfolio Investment:
Portfolio Investment | Quoted | Unquoted | ||||||
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term U.S. Government Securities | 100 | % | 0 | % | ||||
Long-Term U.S. Government Securities | 95 | % | 0 | % | ||||
Performing First Lien Bank Loans | 70 | % | 60 | % | ||||
Performing Unitranche Loans | 65 | % | 55 | % | ||||
Performing Second Lien Bank Loans | 60 | % | 50 | % | ||||
Performing Cash Pay Secured High Yield Securities | 60 | % | 50 | % | ||||
Performing Cash Pay Unsecured High Yield Securities | 50 | % | 40 | % | ||||
Performing Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments | 45 | % | 35 | % | ||||
Non-Performing First Lien Bank Loans | 40 | % | 40 | % | ||||
Non-Performing Unitranche Loans | 35 | % | 30 | % | ||||
Non-Performing Second Lien Bank Loans | 35 | % | 30 | % | ||||
Performing Non-Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments | 35 | % | 25 | % | ||||
Performing Non-Cash Pay Secured High Yield Securities | 35 | % | 25 | % | ||||
Performing Non-Cash Pay Unsecured High Yield Securities | 30 | % | 20 | % | ||||
Performing Common Equity (and zero cost or penny warrants with performing debt) | 25 | % | 15 | % | ||||
Non-Performing Mezzanine Investments | 20 | % | 15 | % | ||||
Non-Performing High Yield Securities | 15 | % | 15 | % | ||||
Non-Performing Common Equity | 0 | % | 0 | % | ||||
Structured Finance Obligations and Finance Leases | 0 | % | 0 | % |
“Bank Loans” means debt obligations (including term loans, revolving loans, debtor-in-possession financings, the funded and unfunded portion of revolving credit lines and letter of credit facilities and other similar loans and investments including interim loans and senior subordinated loans) which are generally under a loan or credit facility (whether or not syndicated).
“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of corporate stock (however designated) of and any and all other Equity Interests and participations representing ownership interests (including membership interests and limited liability company interests) in, such Person.
“Cash” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement.
“Cash Equivalents” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement.
77 |
“Finance Lease” means any transaction representing the obligation of a lessee to pay rent or other amounts under a lease which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such lessee under GAAP.
“First Lien Bank Loan” means a Bank Loan that is entitled to the benefit of a first lien and first priority perfected security interest (subject to Liens for “ABL” revolvers and customary encumbrances) on a substantial portion of the assets of the respective borrower and guarantors obligated in respect thereof.
“High Yield Securities” means debt Securities and Preferred Stock, in each case (a) issued by public or private issuers, (b) issued pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereunder) or other exemption to the Securities Act and (c) that are not Cash Equivalents, Mezzanine Investments or Bank Loans.
“Long-Term U.S. Government Securities” means U.S. Government Securities maturing more than one month from the applicable date of determination.
“Mezzanine Investments” means debt Securities (including convertible debt Securities (other than the “in-the-money” equity component thereof)) and Preferred Stock in each case (a) issued by public or private issuers, (b) issued without registration under the Securities Act, (c) not issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereunder), (d) that are not Cash Equivalents and (e) contractually subordinated in right of payment to other debt of the same issuer.
“Non-Performing Common Equity” means Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock) and warrants of an issuer having any debt outstanding that is non-Performing.
“Non-Performing First Lien Bank Loans” means First Lien Bank Loans other than Performing First Lien Bank Loans.
“Non-Performing High Yield Securities” means High Yield Securities other than Performing High Yield Securities.
“Non-Performing Mezzanine Investments” means Mezzanine Investments other than Performing Mezzanine Investments.
“Non-Performing Portfolio Investment” means Portfolio Investments for which the issuer is in default of any payment obligations of principal or interest in respect thereof after the expiration of any applicable grace period.
“Non-Performing Second Lien Bank Loans” means Second Lien Bank Loans other than Performing Second Lien Bank Loans.
“Non-Performing Unitranche Loan” means Unitranche Loans other than Performing Unitranche Loans.
78 |
“Performing” means (a) with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is debt, the issuer of such Portfolio Investment is not in default of any payment obligations of principal or interest in respect thereof after the expiration of any applicable grace period and (b) with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is Preferred Stock, the issuer of such Portfolio Investment has not failed to meet any scheduled redemption obligations or to pay its latest declared cash dividend, after the expiration of any applicable grace period.
“Performing Cash Pay High Yield Securities” means High Yield Securities (a) as to which, at the time of determination, not less than 2/3rds of the interest (including accretions and “pay-in-kind” interest) for the current monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual period (as applicable) is payable in cash and (b) which are Performing.
“Performing Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments” means Mezzanine Investments (a) as to which, at the time of determination, not less than 2/3rds of the interest (including accretions and “pay-in-kind” interest) for the current monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual period (as applicable) is payable in cash and (b) which are Performing.
“Performing Common Equity” means Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock) and warrants of an issuer all of whose outstanding debt is Performing.
“Performing First Lien Bank Loans” means First Lien Bank Loans which are Performing.
“Performing Non-Cash Pay High Yield Securities” means Performing High Yield Securities other than Performing Cash Pay High Yield Securities.
“Performing Non-Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments” means Performing Mezzanine Investments other than Performing Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments.
“Performing Second Lien Bank Loans” means Second Lien Bank Loans which are Performing.
“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to any shares (or other interests) of other Capital Stock of such Person, and shall include, without limitation, cumulative preferred, non-cumulative preferred, participating preferred and convertible preferred Capital Stock.
“Second Lien Bank Loan” means a Bank Loan that is entitled to the benefit of a second lien and second priority perfected security interest (subject to customary encumbrances) on specified assets of the respective borrower and guarantors obligated in respect thereof.
“Securities” means common and preferred stock, units and participations, member interests in limited liability companies, partnership interests in partnerships, notes, bonds, debentures, trust receipts and other obligations, instruments or evidences of indebtedness, including debt instruments of public and private issuers and tax-exempt securities (including warrants, rights, put and call options and other options relating thereto, representing rights, or any combination thereof) and other property or interests commonly regarded as securities or any form of interest or participation therein, but not including Bank Loans.
79 |
“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Short-Term U.S. Government Securities” means U.S. Government Securities maturing within one month of the applicable date of determination.
“Structured Finance Obligation” means any obligation issued by a special purpose vehicle and secured directly by, referenced to, or representing ownership of, a pool of receivables or other financial assets of any obligor, including collateralized debt obligations and mortgaged-backed securities. For the avoidance of doubt, if an obligation satisfies the definition of “Structured Finance Obligation”, such obligation shall not (a) qualify as any other category of Portfolio Investment and (b) be included in the Borrowing Base.
“U.S. Government Securities” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.01.
“Unitranche Loan” means a Bank Loan that is a First Lien Bank Loan, a portion of which is, in effect, subject to superpriority rights of other lenders following an event of default (such portion, a “second out” portion). The Borrower’s investment in the second out portion shall be treated as a Unitranche Loan for purposes of determining the applicable Advance Rate for such Portfolio Investment under the Facility.
“Value” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the lower of:
(i) the most recent internal market value as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(C) and
(ii) the most recent external market value as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(A) and (B).
ARTICLE
VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired, been terminated, Cash Collateralized or backstopped and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness created hereunder;
80 |
(b) Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness so long as (i) no Default exists at the time of the incurrence thereof, and (ii) the aggregate amount of such Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness, taken together with other then-outstanding Indebtedness, does not exceed the amount required to comply with the provisions of Section 6.07(b);
(c) Other Permitted Indebtedness;
(d) repurchase obligations arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to U.S. Government Securities;
(e) obligations payable to clearing agencies, brokers or dealers in connection with the purchase or sale of securities in the ordinary course of business;
(f) obligations (including Guarantees) in respect of Standard Securitization Undertakings;
(g) Permitted SBIC Guarantees;
(h) Indebtedness under any Treasury Credit Facility not to exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate; and
(i) other Indebtedness not to exceed $3,000,000 at any time.
SECTION 6.02. Liens. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof except:
(a) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors existing on the date hereof and set forth in Part B of Schedule 3.11; provided that (i) no such Lien shall extend to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;
(b) Liens created pursuant to this Agreement (including Section 2.19) or any of the Security Documents;
(c) Liens on Special Equity Interests included in the Investments of the Borrower but only to the extent securing obligations in the manner provided in the definition of “Special Equity Interests” in Section 1.01;
(d) Permitted Liens;
(e) Liens on Equity Interests in any SBIC Subsidiary created in favor of the SBA;
81 |
(f) Liens securing repurchase obligations arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to U.S. Government Securities;
(g) Liens created pursuant to any Treasury Credit Facility; provided that such Liens (i) only constitute Liens on (A) Cash not exceeding $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding and (B) U.S. Government Securities and (ii) do not constitute Liens on any Investments, Cash or other property, in each case that constitute Collateral hereunder or are included in the Borrowing Base hereunder; and
(h) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding.
SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution). The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, acquire any business or property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person, except for purchases or acquisitions of Investments and other assets in the normal course of the day-to-day business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and not in violation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, any part of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, but excluding (x) assets (other than Investments) sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business (including to make expenditures of cash in the normal course of the day-to-day business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) and (y) subject to the provisions of clauses (d) and (e) below, Investments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section:
(a) any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that if any such transaction shall be between a Subsidiary Guarantor and a wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor, the wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation;
(b) any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower;
(c) the capital stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower;
(d) the Obligors may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Investments (other than to a Financing Subsidiary) so long as after giving effect to such sale, transfer or other disposition (and any concurrent acquisitions of Investments or payment of outstanding Loans) the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed the Borrowing Base;
82 |
(e) the Obligors may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Investments to a Financing Subsidiary so long as (i) after giving effect to such sale, transfer or other disposition (and any concurrent acquisitions of Investments or payment of outstanding Loans) the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed the Borrowing Base and the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to such effect and (ii) either (x) the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Covered Debt Amount immediately prior to such release is not diminished as a result of such release or (y) the Borrowing Base immediately after giving effect to such release is at least 110% of the Covered Debt Amount;
(f) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person so long as (i) the Borrower is the continuing or surviving entity in such transaction and (ii) at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and
(g) the Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of equipment or other property or assets that do not consist of Investments so long as the aggregate amount of all such sales, leases, transfer and dispositions does not exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year.
SECTION 6.04. Investments. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, acquire, make or enter into, or hold, any Investments except:
(a) operating deposit accounts with banks;
(b) Investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors;
(c) Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s financial planning and not for speculative purposes;
(d) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the extent such Investments are permitted under the Investment Company Act and the Borrower’s Investment Policies as in effect as of the date such Investments are acquired;
(e) Investments in Financing Subsidiaries so long as, (i) after giving effect to such Investment, the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed the Borrowing Base and (ii) the sum of (x) all Investments under this clause (e) that occur after the Commitment Termination Date and (y) all Investments under clause (f) below that occur after the Commitment Termination Date, shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate;
(f) additional Investments up to but not exceeding $15,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that the sum of (x) all Investments under this clause (f) that occur after the Commitment Termination Date and (y) all Investments under clause (e) above that occur after the Commitment Termination Date, shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate;
(g) Investments in Cash and Cash Equivalents; and
(h) Investments described on Schedule 3.12(b).
83 |
For purposes of clause (f) of this Section, the aggregate amount of an Investment at any time shall be deemed to be equal to (A) the aggregate amount of cash, together with the aggregate fair market value of property, loaned, advanced, contributed, transferred or otherwise invested that gives rise to such Investment minus (B) the aggregate amount of dividends, distributions or other payments received in cash in respect of such Investment; provided that in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Investment be deemed to be less than zero; the amount of an Investment shall not in any event be reduced by reason of any write-off of such Investment nor increased by any increase in the amount of earnings retained in the Person in which such Investment is made that have not been dividended, distributed or otherwise paid out.
SECTION 6.05. Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that the Borrower may declare and pay:
(a) dividends with respect to the capital stock of the Borrower payable solely in additional shares of the Borrower’s common stock;
(b) dividends and distributions in either case in cash or other property (excluding for this purpose the Borrower’s common stock) in any taxable year of the Borrower in amounts not to exceed the amount that is determined in good faith by the Borrower to be required to (i) qualify and maintain the status of the Borrower as a RIC, and (ii) avoid federal excise taxes for such taxable year imposed by Section 4982 of the Code;
(c) dividends and distributions in each case in cash or other property (excluding for this purpose the Borrower’s common stock) in addition to the dividends and distributions permitted under the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), so long as on the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:
(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; and
(ii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made during any taxable year of the Borrower after the date hereof under this clause (c) shall not exceed the difference of (x) an amount equal to 10% of the taxable income of the Borrower for such taxable year determined under section 852(b)(2) of the Code, but without regard to subparagraphs (A), (B) or (D) thereof, minus (y) the amount, if any, by which dividends and distributions made during such taxable year pursuant to the foregoing clause (b) (whether in respect of such taxable year or the previous taxable year) based upon the Borrower’s estimate of taxable income exceeded the actual amounts specified in subclauses (i) and (ii) of such foregoing clause (b) for such taxable year.
84 |
(d) other Restricted Payments so long as (i) on the date of such other Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto (x) the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed 90% of the Borrowing Base and (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) on the date of such other Restricted Payment the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a Borrowing Base Certificate as at such date demonstrating compliance with subclause (x) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment. For purposes of preparing such Borrowing Base Certificate, (A) the fair market value of Portfolio Investments for which market quotations are readily available shall be the most recent quotation available for such Portfolio Investment and (B) the fair market value of Portfolio Investments for which market quotations are not readily available shall be the Value set forth in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01(d); provided that the Borrower shall reduce the Value of any Portfolio Investment referred to in this sub-clause (B) to the extent necessary to take into account any events of which the Borrower has knowledge that adversely affect the value of such Portfolio Investment.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit the payment of Restricted Payments by any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or to any other Subsidiary Guarantor.
SECTION 6.06. Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries. The Borrower will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries) to enter into or suffer to exist any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement (other than the Loan Documents) that prohibits or restrains, in each case in any material respect, or imposes materially adverse conditions upon, the incurrence or payment of Indebtedness, the declaration or payment of dividends, the making of loans, advances, guarantees or Investments or the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of property to the Borrower by any Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) indentures, agreements, instruments or other arrangements pertaining to other Indebtedness permitted hereby (provided that such restrictions would not adversely affect the exercise of rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the Security Documents or restrict any Subsidiary in any manner from performing its obligations under the Loan Documents) and (ii) indentures, agreements, instruments or other arrangements pertaining to any lease, sale or other disposition of any asset permitted by this Agreement or any Lien permitted by this Agreement on such asset so long as the applicable restrictions only apply to the assets subject to such lease, sale, other disposition or Lien.
SECTION 6.07. Certain Financial Covenants.
(a) Minimum Shareholders’ Equity. The Borrower will not permit Shareholders’ Equity at the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than $[105,000,000] plus 25% of the net proceeds of the sale of Equity Interests by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the Effective Date (other than proceeds of sales of Equity Interests by and among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries).
(b) Asset Coverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Asset Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.00 to 1 at any time.
(c) Liquidity Test. The Borrower will not permit (a) the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments that are Cash (excluding Cash Collateral for outstanding Letters of Credit) or that can be converted to Cash in fewer than 10 Business Days without more than a 5% change in price, to be less than (b) 15% of the Covered Debt Amount, for more than 30 consecutive Business Days during any period when the Adjusted Covered Debt Balance is greater than 85% of the Adjusted Borrowing Base.
85 |
SECTION 6.08. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transactions with any of its Affiliates, even if otherwise permitted under this Agreement, except (a) transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary (other than a SBIC Subsidiary) than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate, (c) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.05, (d) the transactions provided in the Affiliate Agreements, (e) transactions described on Schedule 6.08, (f) any Investment that results in the creation of an Affiliate or (g) transactions between or among the Obligors and any SBIC Subsidiary or any “downstream affiliate” (as such term is used under the rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act) company of an Obligor at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Obligors than could be obtained at the time on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties.
SECTION 6.09. Lines of Business. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, engage to any material extent in any business other than in accordance with its Investment Policies. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to amend or modify the Investment Policies (other than a Permitted Policy Amendment).
SECTION 6.10. No Further Negative Pledge. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease which prohibits or limits the ability of any Obligor to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or which requires the grant of any security for an obligation if security is granted for another obligation, except the following: (a) this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and documents with respect to Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(b); (b) covenants in documents creating Liens permitted by Section 6.02 prohibiting further Liens on the assets encumbered thereby; (c) customary restrictions contained in leases not subject to a waiver; (d) any such agreement that imposes restrictions on investments or other interests in Financing Subsidiaries (but no other assets of any Obligor); and (e) any other agreement that does not restrict in any manner (directly or indirectly) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents on any Collateral securing the “Secured Obligations” under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement and does not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing any Indebtedness or other obligation by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of property of any Obligor to secure the Loans or any Hedging Agreement.
SECTION 6.11. Modifications of Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness Documents. The Borrower will not consent to any modification, supplement or waiver of:
(a) any of the provisions of any agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or relating to any Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness that would result in such Indebtedness not meeting the requirements of the definition of “Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness” set forth in Section 1.01 of this Agreement; or
(b) any of the Affiliate Agreements, unless such modification, supplement or waiver is not materially less favorable to the Borrower than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, in each case, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (with the approval of the Required Lenders).
86 |
SECTION 6.12. Payments of Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, or set apart any money for a sinking, defeasance or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of or make any voluntary payment or prepayment of the principal of or interest on, or any other amount owing in respect of, any Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness (other than the refinancing of Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness with Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01), except for (a) regularly scheduled payments, prepayments or redemptions of principal and interest in respect thereof required pursuant to the instruments evidencing such Indebtedness (it being understood that any cash payment made in respect of the repurchase of convertible notes at the option of the holder or the settlement in Cash or stock or a combination thereof upon conversion of such notes shall constitute a “regularly scheduled payment, prepayment or redemption of principal and interest” within the meaning of this clause (a)); and (b) so long as no Default shall exist or be continuing, any payment that, if treated as a Restricted Payment for purposes of Section 6.05(d), would be permitted to be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 6.05(d).
SECTION 6.13. Accounting Changes. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted under GAAP or required by law or rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or (b) its fiscal year.
SECTION 6.14. SBIC Guarantee. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, cause or permit the occurrence of any event or condition that would result in any recourse to any Obligor under any Permitted SBIC Guarantee.
ARTICLE
VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur and be continuing:
(a) the Borrower shall (i) fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any failure to pay any monthly installment of principal payable on any Scheduled Payment Date and any failure to pay all principal on the Loans in full on the Final Maturity Date) or (ii) fail to deposit any amount into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account as required by Section 2.09(a) on the Commitment Termination Date;
(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days;
87 |
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made in any material respect;
(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (i) Section 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or Sections 5.08(a) and (b) or in Article VI or any Obligor shall default in the performance of any of its obligations contained in Sections 3 and 7 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement or (ii) Sections 5.01(e) and (f) or 5.02 and such failure in the case of this clause (ii) shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any Lender) to the Borrower;
(e) a Borrowing Base Deficiency shall occur and continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days after delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate demonstrating such Borrowing Base Deficiency pursuant to Section 5.01(e); provided that it shall not be an Event of Default hereunder if the Borrower shall present the Administrative Agent with a reasonably feasible plan acceptable to the Required Lenders in their sole discretion to enable such Borrowing Base Deficiency to be cured within 30 Business Days (which 30-Business Day period shall include the five Business Days permitted for delivery of such plan), so long as such Borrowing Base Deficiency is cured within such 30-Business Day period;
(f) the Borrower or any Obligor, as applicable, shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b), (d), (e) or (s) of this Article) or any other Loan Document and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any Lender) to the Borrower;
(g) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, taking into account any applicable grace period;
(h) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or shall continue unremedied for any applicable period of time sufficient to enable or permit the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (h) shall not apply to (1) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; or (2) convertible debt that becomes due as a result of a conversion or redemption event, other than as a result of an “event of default” (as defined in the documents governing such convertible Material Indebtedness);
88 |
(i) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 or more days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(j) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (i) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(k) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(l) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to enforce any such judgment;
(m) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(n) a Change in Control shall occur;
(o) the Borrower shall cease to be managed by the External Manager or an Affiliate thereof;
(p) if, prior to the Final Maturity Date, any two principals of the External Manager (who initially will be Robert Ladd, Dean D’Angelo and Joshua Davis), or any of their successors who have been approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion within ninety days, cease to be employed by the External Manager;
89 |
(q) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall, at any time with respect to Portfolio Investments having an aggregate Value in excess of 5% of the aggregate Value of all Portfolio Investments, not be valid and perfected (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation, possession or control is required herein or therein) in favor of the Administrative Agent, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02 or under the respective Security Documents) except to the extent that any such loss of perfection results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of the certificates representing the securities pledged under the Loan Documents;
(r) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Loan Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect in any material respect, or the enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Borrower or any other Obligor;
(s) the Obligors shall at any time, without the consent of the Required Lenders fail to comply with the covenant contained in Section 5.11, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after the earlier of notice thereof by the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any Lender) to the Borrower or knowledge thereof by a Financial Officer; or
(t) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall cause or permit the occurrence of any condition or event that would result in any recourse to any Obligor under any Permitted SBIC Guarantee;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (i) or (j) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (i) or (j) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.
In the event that the Loans shall be declared, or shall become, due and payable pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent or Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the total LC Exposure demanding the deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall immediately deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account cash in an amount equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (i) or (j) of this Article.
90 |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, on the CAM Exchange Date, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by law, (a) the Lenders shall automatically and without further act be deemed to have exchanged interests in the Designated Obligations such that, in lieu of the interests of each Lender in the Designated Obligations under each Loan in which it shall participate as of such date, such Lender shall own an interest equal to such Lender’s CAM Percentage in the Designated Obligations under each of the Loans and (b) simultaneously with the deemed exchange of interests pursuant to clause (a) above, the interests in the Designated Obligations to be received in such deemed exchange shall, automatically and with no further action required, be converted into the Dollar Equivalent of such amount (as of the Business Day immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date) and on and after such date all amounts accruing and owed to the Lenders in respect of such Designated Obligations shall accrue and be payable in Dollars at the rate otherwise applicable hereunder. Each Lender, each Person acquiring a participation from any Lender as contemplated by Section 9.04 and the Borrower hereby consents and agrees to the CAM Exchange. The Borrower and the Lenders agree from time to time to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests and obligations of the Lenders after giving effect to the CAM Exchange, and each Lender agrees to surrender any promissory notes originally received by it in connection with its Loans hereunder to the Administrative Agent against delivery of any promissory notes so executed and delivered; provided that the failure of the Borrower to execute or deliver or of any Lender to accept any such promissory note, instrument or document shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the CAM Exchange. As a result of the CAM Exchange, on and after the CAM Exchange Date, each payment received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of the Designated Obligations shall be distributed to the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective CAM Percentages (to be redetermined as of each such date of payment).
ARTICLE
VIII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
SECTION 8.01. Appointment of the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
91 |
SECTION 8.02. Capacity as Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
SECTION 8.03. Limitation of Duties; Exculpation. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders, and (c) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein or therein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 8.04. Reliance. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
92 |
SECTION 8.05. Sub-Agents. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a count of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.
SECTION 8.06. Resignation; Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in consultation with the Borrower), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and (2) the Required Lenders shall perform the duties of the Administrative Agent (and all payments and communications provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly) until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Administrative Agent.
Any resignation by SunTrust as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, (b) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.
93 |
SECTION 8.07. Reliance by Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.
Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement or any Assignment and Assumption and funding any Loan shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by the Administrative Agent, Required Lenders or Lenders.
SECTION 8.08. Modifications to Loan Documents. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02(b) or (c) of this Agreement or the Security Documents with respect to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, with the prior consent of the Required Lenders (but not otherwise), consent to any modification, supplement or waiver under any of the Loan Documents; provided that, without the prior consent of each Lender, the Administrative Agent shall not (except as provided herein or in the Security Documents) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or otherwise terminate all or substantially all of the Liens under any Security Document providing for collateral security, agree to additional obligations being secured by all or substantially all of such collateral security, or alter the relative priorities of the obligations entitled to the benefits of the Liens created under the Security Documents with respect to all or substantially all of the Collateral, except that no such consent shall be required, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, to release any Lien covering property that is the subject of either a disposition of property permitted hereunder or a disposition to which the Required Lenders have consented.
ARTICLE
IX
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.01. Notices; Electronic Communications.
(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
(i) if to the Borrower, to it at:
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77024
Attention: W. Todd Huskinson
Telecopy Number: (713) 292-5414
Telephone: (713) 292-5454
94 |
(ii) if to the Administrative Agent or Swingline Lender, to it at:
SunTrust Bank
3333 Peachtree Road, 7th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30326
Attention: Doug Kennedy
Telecopy Number: (404) 739-7390
with a copy to:
SunTrust Bank
Agency Services
303 Peachtree Street, N. E./ 25th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Attention: Wanda Gregory
Telecopy Number: (404) 658-4906
(iii) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at:
SunTrust Bank
303 Peachtree Street, N. E./ 25th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Attention: Wanda Gregory
Telecopy Number: (404) 658-4906
(iv) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).
(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.06 if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
95 |
(i) Notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
Each party hereto understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Administrative Agent, any Lender or their respective Related Parties, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Platform and any electronic communications media approved by the Administrative Agent as provided herein are provided “as is” and “as available”. None of the Administrative Agent or its Related Parties warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the such media or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and such media. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Administrative Agent and any of its Related Parties in connection with the Platform or the electronic communications media approved by the Administrative Agent as provided for herein.
(c) Private Side Information Contacts. Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to information that is not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain Non-Public Information with respect to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their Securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws. In the event that any Public Lender has determined for itself to not access any information disclosed through the Platform or otherwise, such Public Lender acknowledges that (i) other Lenders may have availed themselves of such information and (ii) neither Borrower nor Administrative Agent has any responsibility for such Public Lender’s decision to limit the scope of the information it has obtained in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
96 |
(d) Documents to be Delivered under Sections 5.01 and 5.12(a). For so long as an Intralinks™ or equivalent website is available to each of the Lenders hereunder, the Borrower may satisfy its obligation to deliver documents to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under Sections 5.01 and 5.12(a) by delivering one hard copy thereof to the Administrative Agent and either an electronic copy or a notice identifying the website where such information is located for posting by the Administrative Agent on Intralinks™ or such equivalent website; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility to maintain access to Intralinks™ or an equivalent website.
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments.
(a) No Deemed Waivers Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, Swingline Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
(b) Amendments to this Agreement. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall:
(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender,
(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby,
(iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby,
(iv) change Section 2.17(b), (c) or (d) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, or
97 |
(v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;
provided further that (x) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be and (y) the consent of Lenders holding not less than two-thirds of the Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments will be required (A) for any adverse change affecting the provisions of this Agreement relating to the determination of the Borrowing Base (excluding changes to the provisions of Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) and (F), but including changes to the provisions of Section 5.12(c)(ii) and the definitions set forth in Section 5.13), and (B) for any release of any material portion of the Collateral other than for fair value or as otherwise permitted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.
Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no waiver or modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Lenders of any Class in a manner that does not affect all Classes equally shall be effective against the Lenders of such Class unless the Required Lenders of such Class shall have concurred with such waiver or modification.
(c) Amendments to Security Documents. No Security Document nor any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified, nor may the Liens thereof be spread to secure any additional obligations (including any increase in Loans hereunder, but excluding any such increase pursuant to a Commitment Increase under Section 2.08(e) to an amount not greater than $150,000,000) except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower, and by the Collateral Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that, (i) without the written consent of each Lender, no such agreement shall release all or substantially all of the Obligors from their respective obligations under the Security Documents and (ii) without the written consent of each Lender, no such agreement shall release all or substantially all of the collateral security or otherwise terminate all or substantially all of the Liens under the Security Documents, alter the relative priorities of the obligations entitled to the Liens created under the Security Documents (except in connection with securing additional obligations equally and ratably with the Loans and other obligations hereunder) with respect to all or substantially all of the collateral security provided thereby, or release all or substantially all of the guarantors under the Guarantee and Security Agreement from their guarantee obligations thereunder, except that no such consent shall be required, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized (and so agrees with the Borrower) to direct the Collateral Agent under the Guarantee and Security Agreement, to release any Lien covering property (and to release any such guarantor) that is the subject of either a disposition of property permitted hereunder or a disposition to which the Required Lenders have consented.
98 |
(d) Replacement of Non-Consenting Lender. If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination to any of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by this Section 9.02, the consent of the Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more Lenders (each a “Non-Consenting Lender”) whose consent is required for such proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination is not obtained, then (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to replace each such Non-Consenting Lender or Lenders with one or more replacement Lenders pursuant to Section 2.18(b) so long as at the time of such replacement, each such replacement Lender consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination.
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iii) all documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender as well as one outside counsel for the Lenders and additional counsel should any conflict of interest arise, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof and (iv) and all documented costs, expenses, taxes, assessments and other charges incurred in connection with any filing, registration, recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated by any Security Document or any other document referred to therein.
99 |
(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all reasonable losses, claims, damages, liabilities, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of one outside counsel for all Indemnitees (and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction for all Indemnitees) unless, in the reasonable opinion of an Indemnitee, representation of all Indemnitees by such counsel would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest) in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and laws, statutes, rules or regulations relating to environmental, occupational safety and health or land use matters), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise and related expenses or disbursements of any kind (other than Taxes or Other Taxes which shall only be indemnified by the Borrower to the extent provided in Section 2.16), including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and whether brought by the Borrower or a third party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that indemnification for Taxes is subject to the provisions of Section 2.16.
The Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnitee for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of the Transactions asserted by an Indemnitee against the Borrower or any other Obligor; provided that the foregoing limitation shall not be deemed to impair or affect the Obligations of the Borrower under the preceding provisions of this subsection.
(c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.
(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent caused by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
100 |
(e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns.
(a) Assignments Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) Assignments by Lenders.
(i) Assignments Generally. Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (other than natural persons, any Defaulting Lender or any Person listed in the Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans and LC Exposure at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:
(A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided, further, that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after having received notice thereof; and
(B) the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank.
(ii) Certain Conditions to Assignments. Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an Assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans and LC Exposure of a Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans and LC Exposure of such Class of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than U.S. $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
101 |
(B) each partial assignment of any Class of Commitments or Loans and LC Exposure shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Class of Commitments, Loans and LC Exposure;
(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, together with a processing and recordation fee of U.S. $3,500 (which fee shall not be payable in connection with an assignment to a Lender or to an Affiliate of a Lender), for which the Borrower and the Guarantors shall not be obligated; and
(D) the assignee, if it shall not already be a Lender of the applicable Class, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(iii) Effectiveness of Assignments. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions set forth in Section 9.04(b)(ii) or otherwise, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and Administrative Agent, the Applicable Percentage of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender and each Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full Applicable Percentage of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
102 |
(c) Maintenance of Registers by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in New York City a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Registers” and each individually, a “Register”). The entries in the Registers shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Registers pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Registers shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d) Acceptance of Assignments by Administrative Agent. Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(e) Special Purposes Vehicles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”) owned or administered by such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment to make any Loan by any SPC, (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof, (iii) the rights of any such SPC shall be derivative of the rights of the Granting Lender, and such SPC shall be subject to all of the restrictions upon the Granting Lender herein contained, and (iv) no SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 (or any other increased costs protection provision), 2.15 or 2.16. Each SPC shall be conclusively presumed to have made arrangements with its Granting Lender for the exercise of voting and other rights hereunder in a manner which is acceptable to the SPC, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, and each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Obligors shall be entitled to rely upon and deal solely with the Granting Lender with respect to Loans made by or through its SPC. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by the Granting Lender.
103 |
Each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or similar proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, in respect of claims arising out of this Agreement; provided that the Granting Lender for each SPC hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage and expense arising out of their inability to institute any such proceeding against its SPC. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, any SPC may (i) without the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to its Granting Lender or to any financial institutions providing liquidity and/or credit facilities to or for the account of such SPC to fund the Loans made by such SPC or to support the securities (if any) issued by such SPC to fund such Loans (but nothing contained herein shall be construed in derogation of the obligation of the Granting Lender to make Loans hereunder); provided that neither the consent of the SPC or of any such assignee shall be required for amendments or waivers hereunder except for those amendments or waivers for which the consent of participants is required under paragraph (1) below, and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis (in the same manner described in Section 9.13(b)) any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of a surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
104 |
(f) Participations. Any Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to it); provided that (i) the consent of the Borrower shall not be required if such Participant does not have the right to receive any non-public information that may be provided pursuant to this Agreement (and the Lender selling such participation agrees with the Borrower at the time of the sale of such participation that it will not deliver such non-public information to the Participant), (ii) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, (iii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (v) no Person listed in the Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter may be a Participant. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (g) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lenders would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation; provided, further, that no Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation granted to such Participant and such Participant shall have complied with the requirements of Section 2.16 as if such Participant is a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(d) as though it were a Lender hereunder. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest of each Participant’s interest in the loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any other information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or is other obligations under any Loan Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosures are necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(g) Limitations on Rights of Participants. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with paragraphs (e) and (f) of Section 2.16 as though it were a Lender and in the case of a Participant claiming exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, the applicable Lender shall provide the Borrower with satisfactory evidence that the participation is in registered form and shall permit the Borrower to review such register as reasonably needed for the Borrower to comply with its obligations under applicable laws and regulations.
(h) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any such pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
105 |
(i) No Assignments to the Borrower or Affiliates. Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, no Lender may assign or participate any interest in any Loan or LC Exposure held by it hereunder to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries without the prior consent of each Lender.
SECTION 9.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination, Cash Collateralization or backstop of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.
(a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopy electronically (e.g. pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
106 |
SECTION 9.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.17(d) and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the amounts owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
107 |
(c) Waiver of Venue. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement (i) irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 and (ii) agrees that service as provided in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any proceeding in any court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 9.11. Judgment Currency. This is an international loan transaction in which the specification of Dollars or any Foreign Currency, as the case may be (the “Specified Currency”), and payment in New York City or the country of the Specified Currency, as the case may be (the “Specified Place”), is of the essence, and the Specified Currency shall be the currency of account in all events relating to Loans denominated in the Specified Currency. The payment obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall not be discharged or satisfied by an amount paid in another currency or in another place, whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise, to the extent that the amount so paid on conversion to the Specified Currency and transfer to the Specified Place under normal banking procedures does not yield the amount of the Specified Currency at the Specified Place due hereunder. If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in the Specified Currency into another currency (the “Second Currency”), the rate of exchange that shall be applied shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Specified Currency with the Second Currency on the Business Day next preceding the day on which such judgment is rendered. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in this Section called an “Entitled Person”) shall, notwithstanding the rate of exchange actually applied in rendering such judgment be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Entitled Person of any sum adjudged to be due hereunder in the Second Currency such Entitled Person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase and transfer to the Specified Place the Specified Currency with the amount of the Second Currency so adjudged to be due; and the Borrower hereby, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, agrees to indemnify such Entitled Person against, and to pay such Entitled Person on demand, in the Specified Currency. the amount (if any) by which the sum originally due to such Entitled Person in the Specified Currency hereunder exceeds the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased and transferred.
108 |
SECTION 9.12. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.13. Treatment of Certain Information; No Fiduciary Duty; Confidentiality.
(a) Treatment of Certain Information. The Borrower acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be offered or provided to the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries (in connection with this Agreement or otherwise) by any Lender or by one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of such Lender and the Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender to share any information delivered to such Lender by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such Lender to enter into this Agreement, to any such subsidiary or affiliate, it being understood that any such subsidiary or affiliate receiving such information shall be bound by the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section as if it were a Lender hereunder. Such authorization shall survive the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. Each Lender shall use all information delivered to such Lender by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such Lender to enter into this Agreement, in connection with providing services to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their stockholders and/or their affiliates. The Borrower, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their stockholders or affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their stockholders or their affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each acknowledge and agree that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each agree that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
109 |
(b) Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party hereto, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (x) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (y) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Borrower, (viii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or (ix) on a confidential basis to (x) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder or (y) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent any Lender or the Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of Information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such Information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
110 |
SECTION 9.14. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each other Obligor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each other Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and each other Obligor in accordance with said Act.
111 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Revolving Credit Agreement
SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank and a Lender | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Revolving Credit Agreement
Exhibit (k)(6)
GUARANTEE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
GUARANTEE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of November [ ], 2012 (this “Agreement”), among STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Borrower”); and each entity that becomes a “SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR” after the date hereof pursuant to Section 7.04 hereof (collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and, together with the Borrower, the “Obligors”); SUNTRUST BANK, as administrative agent for the parties defined as “Lenders” under the Credit Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); and SUNTRUST BANK, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties hereinafter referred to (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrower, certain lenders and the Administrative Agent are entering into a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which such lenders have agreed to extend credit (by means of loans and letters of credit) to the Borrower from time to time;
WHEREAS, to induce such lenders to extend credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower wishes to provide (a) for certain of its Subsidiaries from time to time to become parties hereto and to guarantee the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations (as hereinafter defined), and (b) for the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors to provide collateral security for the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined);
WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent (on behalf of itself and such lenders) is or will be entering into this Agreement for the purpose of setting forth its respective rights to the Collateral (as hereinafter defined); and
WHEREAS, the Obligors and the Secured Parties agree that the Collateral Agent shall administer the Collateral, and the Collateral Agent is willing to so administer the Collateral pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions, Etc.
1.01. Certain Uniform Commercial Code Terms. As used herein, the terms “Account”, “Chattel Paper”, “Commodity Account”, “Commodity Contract”, “Deposit Account”, “Document”, “Electronic Chattel Paper”, “General Intangible”, “Instrument”, “Investment Property”, “Letter-of-Credit Right”, “Proceeds”, “Promissory Note” and “Tangible Chattel Paper” have the respective meanings set forth in Article 9 of the NYUCC, and the terms “Certificated Security”, “Clearing Corporation”, “Entitlement Holder”, “Financial Asset”, “Indorsement”, “Securities Account”, “Security”, “Security Entitlement” and “Uncertificated Security” have the respective meanings set forth in Article 8 of the NYUCC.
1.02. Additional Definitions. In addition, as used herein:
“Acceleration” means the Secured Obligations of any Secured Party having been declared (or become) due and payable following a default by the Borrower and expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto.
“Acceleration Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
“Administrative Agent” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, a depositary, including the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream.
“Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Appointed Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5.04.
“Borrower” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Clearing Corporation Security” means a security that is registered in the name of, or Indorsed to, a Clearing Corporation or its nominee or is in the possession of the Clearing Corporation in bearer form or Indorsed in blank by an appropriate Person.
“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, a corporation organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
“Clearstream Security” means a Security that (a) is a debt or equity security and (b) is capable of being transferred to an Agent Member’s account at Clearstream pursuant to the definition of “Delivery”, whether or not such transfer has occurred.
“Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.
“Collateral Agent” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Control” means “control” as defined in Section 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107 of the NYUCC.
“Credit Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the recitals.
“Credit Agreement Obligations” means, collectively, all obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), including in each case in respect of the principal of and interest on the loans made, or letters of credit issued, thereunder, and all fees, indemnification payments and other amounts whatsoever, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter from time to time owing to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or any of them under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and including all interest and expenses accrued or incurred subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to the Borrower, whether or not such interest or expenses are allowed as a claim in such proceeding.
2 |
“Custodian” means State Street Bank and Trust Company, as custodian holding Investments on behalf of the Obligors, or any successor in such capacity. The term “Custodian” includes any agent or sub-custodian acting on behalf of the Custodian.
“Debt Documents” means, collectively, the Credit Agreement, any Hedging Agreement evidencing or relating to any Hedging Agreement Obligations and the Security Documents.
“Default” means any event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.
“Deliver”, “Delivered” or “Delivery” (whether to the Collateral Agent or otherwise) means, with respect to any Investment or other Collateral, that such Investment or other Collateral is held, registered or covered by a recorded UCC-1 financing statement as described below, in each case in a manner satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that, until the Collateral Agent advises the Borrower that it is not satisfied, the conditions set forth below shall be deemed to have been met):
(a) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Certificated Security (other than a Special Equity Interest, U.S. Government Security, Clearing Corporation Security, Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security), that such Certificated Security is either (i) in the possession of the Collateral Agent and registered in the name of the Collateral Agent (or its nominee) or Indorsed to the Collateral Agent or in blank, or (ii) in the possession of the Custodian and registered in the name of the Custodian (or its nominee) or Indorsed in blank and the Custodian has credited the same to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary and has agreed that such Certificated Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Collateral Agent has Control over such Securities Account;
(b) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Instrument, that such Instrument is either (i) in the possession of the Collateral Agent, or (ii) in the possession of the Custodian where the Custodian has agreed in documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent to hold such Instrument as bailee on behalf of the Collateral Agent;
(c) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Uncertificated Security (other than a Special Equity Interest, U.S. Government Security, Clearing Corporation Security, Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security), that such Uncertificated Security is either (i) registered on the books of the issuer thereof to the Collateral Agent (or its nominee), or (ii) registered on the books of the issuer thereof to the Custodian (or its nominee) under an arrangement where the Custodian has credited the same to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary and has agreed that such Uncertificated Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Collateral Agent has Control over such Securities Account;
3 |
(d) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Clearing Corporation Security, that such Clearing Corporation Security is either (i) credited to a Securities Account of the Collateral Agent at such Clearing Corporation (and, if such Clearing Corporation Security is a Certificated Security, that the same is in the possession of such Clearing Corporation), or (ii) credited to a Securities Account of the Custodian at such Clearing Corporation (and, if a Certificated Security, so held in the possession of such Clearing Corporation, or of an agent or custodian on its behalf) and the Security Entitlement of the Custodian in such Clearing Corporation Securities Account has been credited by the Custodian to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed that such Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Collateral Agent has Control over such Securities Account;
(e) in the case of each Euroclear Security and Clearstream Security, that the actions described in clause (d) above have been taken with respect to such Security as if such Security were a Clearing Corporation Security and Euroclear and Clearstream were Clearing Corporations; provided, that such additional actions shall have been taken as shall be necessary under the law of Belgium (in the case of Euroclear) and Luxembourg (in the case of Clearstream) to accord the Collateral Agent rights substantially equivalent to Control over such Security under the NYUCC;
(f) in the case of each U.S. Government Security, that such U.S. Government Security is either (i) credited to a securities account of the Collateral Agent at a Federal Reserve Bank, or (ii) credited to a Securities Account of the Custodian at a Federal Reserve Bank and the Security Entitlement of the Custodian in such Federal Reserve Bank Securities Account has been credited by the Custodian to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed that such U.S. Government Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Collateral Agent has Control over such Securities Account;
(g) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of a Special Equity Interest constituting a Certificated Security, that the holder of the first Lien on such Certificated Security has possession of such Certificated Security in the United States (which has been registered in the name of such holder (or its nominee) or Indorsed to such holder or in blank) and has agreed to deliver the certificates evidencing such Certificated Security directly to the Collateral Agent upon the discharge of such Lien and has acknowledged that it holds such certificates for the Collateral Agent subject to such Lien (it being understood that, upon receipt of any such Certificated Security, if so requested by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent shall deliver the same to the Custodian to be held in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) above) and, in the case of a Special Equity Interest constituting an Uncertificated Security, that the holder of the first Lien on such Uncertificated Security has been registered as the holder thereof on the books of the issuer thereof and acknowledged that it holds such Uncertificated Security for the Collateral Agent subject to such Lien;
(h) in the case of any Tangible Chattel Paper, that the original of such Tangible Chattel Paper is either (i) in the possession of the Collateral Agent in the United States or (ii) in the possession of the Custodian in the United States under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed to hold such Tangible Chattel Paper as bailee on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and in each case any agreements that constitute or evidence such Tangible Chattel Paper is free of any marks or notations indicating that it is then pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Collateral Agent;
4 |
(i) in the case of each General Intangible (including any participation in a debt obligation, any Commodity Contract and any Commodity Account) of an Obligor organized in the United States, that such General Intangible falls within the collateral description of a UCC-1 financing statement, naming the relevant Obligor as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party and filed in the jurisdiction of organization of such relevant Obligor; provided that in the case of a participation in a debt obligation where such participation obligation is evidenced by an Instrument, either (i) such Instrument is in the possession of the applicable participating institution in the United States, and such participating institution has agreed that it holds possession of such Instrument for the benefit of the Collateral Agent (or for the benefit of the Custodian, and the Custodian has agreed that it holds the interest in such Instrument as bailee on behalf of the Collateral Agent) or (ii) such Instrument is in the possession of the applicable participating institution outside of the United States and such participating institution (and, if applicable, the obligor that issued such Instrument) has taken such actions as shall be necessary under the law of the jurisdiction where such Instrument is physically located to accord the Collateral Agent rights equivalent to Control over such Instrument under the NYUCC;
(j) in the case of each General Intangible (including any participation in a debt obligation) of an Obligor not organized in the United States, that such Obligor shall have taken such action as shall be necessary to accord the Collateral Agent rights substantially equivalent to a perfected first-priority security interest in such General Intangible under the NYUCC;
(k) in the case of any Deposit Account or Securities Account, that the Collateral Agent has Control over such Deposit Account or Securities Account, or that such Deposit Account or Securities Account is in the name of the Custodian and the Custodian has credited its rights in respect of such Deposit Account or Securities Account (the “Underlying Accounts”) to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed that the rights of the Custodian in such Underlying Accounts constitute a Financial Asset and where the Collateral Agent has Control over such Securities Account;
(l) in the case of any money (regardless of currency), that such money has been credited to a Deposit Account over which the Collateral Agent has Control as described in clause (k) above;
(m) in the case of any Certificated Security, Uncertificated Security, Instrument or Special Equity Interest issued by a Person organized outside of the United States, that such additional actions shall have been taken as shall be necessary under applicable law to accord the Collateral Agent rights substantially equivalent to those accorded to a secured party under the NYUCC that has possession or control of such Certificated Security, Uncertificated Security, Instrument or Special Equity Interest; and
5 |
(n) in the case of each Investment not of a type covered by the foregoing clauses (a) through (m) that such Investment has been transferred to the Collateral Agent in accordance with applicable law and regulation.
“Depositary” means The Depositary Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.
“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A., as operator of the Euroclear system.
“Euroclear Security” means a Security that (a) is a debt or equity Security and (b) is capable of being transferred to an Agent Member’s account at Euroclear, whether or not such transfer has occurred.
“Event of Default” means any Event of Default as defined in the Credit Agreement.
“Excess Funding Guarantor” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.
“Excess Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.
“Excluded Accounts” means any deposit account, securities account or commodities account of any Obligor used solely to hold Cash or U.S. Government Securities subject to a Lien under any Treasury Credit Facility.
“Guarantee Assumption Agreement” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A, between the Collateral Agent and an entity that, pursuant to Section 7.04, is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder (with such changes as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request, consistent with the requirements of Section 7.04).
“Guaranteed Obligations” means, collectively, the Credit Agreement Obligations and the Hedging Agreement Obligations.
“Hedging Agreement Obligations” means, collectively, all obligations of any Obligor to any Lender (or any Affiliate thereof) under any Hedging Agreement, including in each case all fees, indemnification payments and other amounts whatsoever, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter from time to time owing to such Lender (or any Affiliate thereof) under such Hedging Agreement, and including all interest and expenses accrued or incurred subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to such Obligor, whether or not such interest or expenses are allowed as a claim in such proceeding.
“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 9.05.
“Indorsed” means, with respect to any Certificated Security, that such Certificated Security has been assigned or transferred to the applicable transferee pursuant to an effective Indorsement.
6 |
“Lenders” means any Lender, or any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender (in each case as defined in the Credit Agreement), that are from time to time party to the Credit Agreement.
“NYUCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
“Obligors” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Pro Rata Share” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.
“Required Secured Parties” means (a) so long as no Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, the Required Lenders or (b) if a Trigger Event shall have occurred and be continuing, Secured Parties holding more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Credit Agreement Obligations and the Hedging Agreement Obligations.
“Secured Obligations” means, collectively, (a) in the case of the Borrower, the Credit Agreement Obligations and the Hedging Agreement Obligations, (b) in the case of the Subsidiary Guarantors, the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Section 3.01 and (c) in the case of all Obligors, all present and future obligations of the Obligors to the Secured Parties, or any of them, hereunder or under any other Security Document.
“Secured Party” means, collectively, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
“Security Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed with respect to the security interests in the Collateral created pursuant hereto and all other assignments, pledge agreements, security agreements, control agreements, custodial agreements and other instruments executed and delivered on or after the date hereof by any of the Obligors pursuant hereto or otherwise providing or relating to any collateral security for any of the Secured Obligations.
“Shares” means shares of capital stock of a corporation, limited liability company interests, partnership interests and other ownership or equity interests of any class in any Person.
“Specified Actions” has the meaning specified in Section 5.04.
“Subsidiary Guarantors” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Trigger Event” means any of the following events or conditions:
(a) Acceleration of Secured Obligations representing 66-2/3% or more of the aggregate Secured Obligations at the time outstanding;
7 |
(b) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Obligor or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Obligor or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for a period of 60 or more days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or
(c) any Obligor shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (b) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Obligor or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any corporate or other action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.
1.03. Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.
1.04. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or therein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits and Annexes to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
Section 2. Representations and Warranties. Each Obligor represents and warrants to the Secured Parties that:
2.01. Organization. Such Obligor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.
8 |
2.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the granting of the Liens contemplated hereunder, are within such Obligor’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, including by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Obligor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the granting of the Liens contemplated hereunder, (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been or will be obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant hereto, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Obligor or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default in any material respect under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or any of its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant hereto, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Obligor.
2.04. Title. Such Obligor is the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral in which a security interest is granted by such Obligor hereunder and no Lien exists upon such Collateral other than (a) the security interest created or provided for herein, which security interest constitutes a valid first and prior perfected Lien on the Collateral (except that any such security interest in a Special Equity Interest may be subject to a Lien in favor of a creditor of the issuer of such Special Equity Interest as contemplated by the definition of such term in the Credit Agreement) and (b) other Liens not prohibited by the provisions of any Debt Document.
2.05. Names, Etc. The full and correct legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, organizational ID number (if applicable) and mailing address of each Obligor as of the date hereof are correctly set forth in Annex 1 (and of each additional Obligor as of the date of the Guarantee Assumption Agreement referred to below are set forth in the supplement to Annex 1 in Appendix A to the Guarantee Assumption Agreement executed and delivered by such Obligor pursuant to Section 7.04).
2.06. Changes in Circumstances. No Obligor has (a) within the period of four months prior to the date hereof (or, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantor, within the period of four months prior to the date it becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement), changed its location (as defined in Section 9-307 of the NYUCC), (b) as of the date hereof (or, with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, as of the date it becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement), changed its name or (c) as of the date hereof (or, with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, as of the date it becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement), become a “new debtor” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(56) of the NYUCC) with respect to a currently effective security agreement previously entered into by any other Person and binding upon such Obligor, in each case except as notified in writing to the Collateral Agent prior to the date hereof (or, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantor, prior to the date it becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement).
9 |
2.07. Promissory Notes. Annex 2 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Promissory Notes (other than any previously delivered to the Custodian or held in a Securities Account referred to in Annex 3) held by the Borrower on the date hereof (or held by a Subsidiary Guarantor on the date it becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement) and having an aggregate unpaid principal amount in excess of $1,000,000.
2.08. Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. Annex 3 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts of the Borrower on the date hereof (and of any Subsidiary Guarantor on the date it becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement), except for any Deposit Account specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments.
Section 3. Guarantee.
3.01. The Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantee to each of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby further jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated or extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Subsidiary Guarantors will jointly and severally pay the same without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.
3.02. Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 3.01 are irrevocable, absolute and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the other Debt Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 3 that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:
(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Subsidiary Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;
10 |
(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement, the other Debt Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;
(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement, the other Debt Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or
(d) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, any Secured Party as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected.
The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement, the other Debt Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.
3.03. Reinstatement. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Section 3 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify the Secured Parties on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and other charges of counsel) incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
3.04. Subrogation. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations, and the expiration and termination of all letters of credit or commitments to extend credit under all Debt Documents, they shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by them of their guarantee in Section 3.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.
3.05. Remedies. The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Secured Parties, a Guaranteed Obligation may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in the respective Debt Document therefor including, in the case of the Credit Agreement, Article VII thereof (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided therein including, in the case of the Credit Agreement, such Article VII) for purposes of Section 3.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantors and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for purposes of Section 3.01.
11 |
3.06. Continuing Guarantee. The guarantee in this Section 3 is a continuing guarantee of payment (and not of collection), and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.
3.07. Instrument for the Payment of Money. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Section 3 constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Secured Party, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Subsidiary Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring motion action under New York CPLR Section 3213.
3.08. Rights of Contribution. The Obligors hereby agree, as between themselves, that if any Subsidiary Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, then each other Subsidiary Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the next sentence), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, debts and liabilities of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of the Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations. The payment obligation of a Subsidiary Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 3.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 3 and such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations.
For purposes of this Section 3.08, (i) “Excess Funding Guarantor” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, a Subsidiary Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) “Excess Payment” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed Obligations and (iii) “Pro Rata Share” means, for any Subsidiary Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of such Subsidiary Guarantor (excluding any shares of stock or other equity interest of any other Subsidiary Guarantor) exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and any obligations of any other Subsidiary Guarantor that have been Guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of the Borrower and all of the Subsidiary Guarantors exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Obligors hereunder) of the Borrower and all of the Subsidiary Guarantors, determined (A) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a party hereto on the date hereof, as of the date hereof, and (B) with respect to any other Subsidiary Guarantor, as of the date such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.
12 |
3.09. General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate or other law, or any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 3.01 would otherwise, taking into account the provisions of Section 3.08, be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 3.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, any Secured Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.
3.10. Indemnity by Borrower. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Subsidiary Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 3.04), the Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security Document to satisfy in whole or in part the Guaranteed Obligations, the Borrower shall indemnify such Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.
Section 4. Collateral. As collateral security for the payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of its Secured Obligations, each Obligor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as hereinafter provided a security interest in all of such Obligor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following property, in each case whether tangible or intangible, wherever located, and whether now owned by such Obligor or hereafter acquired and whether now existing or hereafter coming into existence (all of the property described in this Section 4 being collectively referred to herein as “Collateral”):
(a) all Accounts, all Chattel Paper, all Commodity Accounts, all Commodity Contracts, all Documents, all General Intangibles, all Instruments (including all Promissory Notes), all Investment Property and all Securities not otherwise credited to a Securities Account, in each case to the extent constituting Investments or the Proceeds thereof, but excluding any such asset released pursuant to Section 10.03(e);
(b) all Letter-of-Credit Rights where the underlying letter of credit supports any Collateral described in clause (a) of this Section;
(c) all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts (including Securities Entitlements with respect thereto and Financial Assets carried therein);
13 |
(d) to the extent related to any Collateral, all books, correspondence, credit files, records, invoices and other papers (including all tapes, cards, computer runs and other papers and documents in the possession or under the control of such Obligor or any computer bureau or service company from time to time acting for such Obligor); and
(e) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing Collateral.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (A) in no event shall the security interest granted under this Section 4 attach to (i) any contract, property rights, obligation, instrument or agreement to which an Obligor is a party (or to any of its rights or interests thereunder) if the grant of such security interest would constitute or result in either (x) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of such Obligor therein or (y) in a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, any such contract, property rights, obligation, instrument or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective by Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction); (ii) Equity Interests in directly-held Foreign Subsidiaries in excess of 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of each such Foreign Subsidiary or any Equity Interests in indirectly-held Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case, except to the extent that, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower, such a security interest would not reasonably be expected to result in a materially adverse tax consequence to such Obligor; or (iii) any Excluded Account; and (B) the Obligors, may by notice to the Collateral Agent, exclude from the grant of a security interest provided above in this Section 4, any Special Equity Interests designated by the Borrower in reasonable detail to the Collateral Agent in such notice (it being understood that the Borrower may at any later time rescind any such designation by similar notice to the Collateral Agent).
Section 5. Certain Agreements Among Secured Parties.
5.01. Priorities; Additional Collateral.
(a) Pari Passu Status of Obligations. Each Secured Party by acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and the other Security Documents agrees that their respective interests in the Security Documents and the Collateral shall rank pari passu and that the Secured Obligations shall be equally and ratably secured by the Security Documents subject to the terms hereof and the priority of payment established in Section 8.06.
(b) Sharing of Guaranties and Liens. Each Secured Party by acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and the other Security Documents agrees that (i) such Secured Party will not accept from any Subsidiary of the Borrower any guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations unless such guarantor simultaneously guarantees the payment of all of the Guaranteed Obligations owed to all Secured Parties and (ii) such Secured Party will not hold, take, accept or obtain any Lien upon any assets of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations except and to the extent that such Lien is in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or another Security Document to which the Collateral Agent is a party for the benefit of all of the Secured Parties as provided herein.
14 |
Anything in this Section, or any other provision of this Agreement, to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall be inapplicable to any debtor-in-possession financing that may be provided by any Secured Party to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, and no consent or approval of any other Secured Party shall be required as a condition to the provision by any Secured Party of any such financing, and no other Secured Party shall be entitled to share in any Lien upon any Collateral granted to any Secured Party to secure repayment of such debtor-in-possession financing; provided, that no Secured Party shall be barred from objecting to any such financing on the basis of adequate protection or any other grounds.
5.02. Turnover of Collateral. If a Secured Party acquires custody, control or possession of any Collateral or the Proceeds therefrom, other than pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, such Secured Party shall promptly (but in any event within five Business Days) cause such Collateral or Proceeds to be Delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Until such time as such Secured Party shall have complied with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, such Secured Party shall be deemed to hold such Collateral and Proceeds in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent.
5.03. Cooperation of Secured Parties. Each Secured Party will cooperate with the Collateral Agent and with each other Secured Party in the enforcement of the Liens upon the Collateral and otherwise in order to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Security Documents.
5.04. Limitation upon Certain Independent Actions by Secured Parties. No Secured Party shall have any right to institute any action or proceeding to enforce any term or provision of the Security Documents or to enforce any of its rights in respect of the Collateral or to exercise any other remedy pursuant to the Security Documents or at law or in equity, for the purpose of realizing on the Collateral, or by reason of jeopardy of any Collateral, or for the execution of any trust or power hereunder (collectively, the “Specified Actions”), unless the Required Secured Parties have delivered written instructions to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have failed to act in accordance with such instructions within 30 days thereafter. In such case but not otherwise, the Required Secured Parties may appoint one Person to act on behalf of the Secured Parties solely to take any of the Specified Actions (the “Appointed Party”), and, upon the acceptance of its appointment as Appointed Party, the Appointed Party shall be entitled to commence proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction or to take any other Specified Actions as the Collateral Agent might have taken pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents (in accordance with the directions of the Required Secured Parties). The Obligors acknowledge and agree that should the Appointed Party act in accordance with this provision, such Appointed Party will have all the rights, remedies, benefits and powers as are granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto or pursuant to any Security Documents.
5.05. No Challenges. In no event shall any Secured Party take any action to challenge, contest or dispute the validity, extent, enforceability, or priority of the Collateral Agent’s Liens hereunder or under any other Security Document with respect to any of the Collateral, or that would have the effect of invalidating any such Lien or support any Person who takes any such action. Each of the Secured Parties agrees that it will not take any action to challenge, contest or dispute the validity, enforceability or secured status of any other Secured Party’s claims against any Obligor (other than any such claim resulting from a breach of this Agreement by a Secured Party, or any challenge, contest or dispute alleging arithmetical error in the determination of a claim), or that would have the effect of invalidating any such claim, or support any Person who takes any such action.
15 |
5.06. Rights of Secured Parties as to Secured Obligations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the right of each Secured Party to receive payment of the Secured Obligations held by such Secured Party when due (whether at the stated maturity thereof, by acceleration or otherwise) as expressed in any instrument evidencing or agreement governing such Secured Obligations, or to institute suit for the enforcement of such payment on or after such due date, and the obligation of the Obligors to pay their respective Secured Obligations when due, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Secured Party; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, each Secured Party agrees that it will not attempt to exercise remedies with respect to any Collateral except as provided in this Agreement.
Section 6. Recordkeeping. The Collateral Agent will maintain books and records necessary to enable it to determine at any time all transactions under this Agreement which have occurred on or prior to such time. Each Obligor agrees that such books and records maintained in good faith by the Collateral Agent shall be conclusive as to the matters contained therein absent manifest error. Each Obligor shall have the right to inspect such books and records at any time upon reasonable prior notice.
Section 7. Covenants of the Obligors. In furtherance of the grant of the security interest pursuant to Section 4, each Obligor hereby agrees with the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as follows:
7.01. Delivery and Other Perfection. (a) Within sixty days after the acquisition by an Obligor of any Investment constituting part of the Collateral as to which physical possession by the Collateral Agent or the Custodian is required in order for such Investment to have been “Delivered”, such Obligor shall take such actions as shall be necessary to effect Delivery of such Investment. As to all other Investments constituting part of the Collateral, such Obligor shall cause the same to be Delivered (to the extent not already Delivered) within five Business Days of the acquisition thereof. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Obligor shall promptly from time to time give, execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain all such financing statements, continuation statements, notices, instruments, documents, account control agreements or any other agreements or consents or other papers as may be necessary in the judgment of the Collateral Agent to create, preserve, perfect, maintain the perfection of or validate the security interest granted pursuant hereto or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights hereunder with respect to such security interest, and without limiting the foregoing, shall:
(i) keep full and accurate books and records relating to the Collateral in all material respects, and stamp or otherwise mark such books and records in such manner as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require in order to reflect the security interests granted by this Agreement; and
16 |
(ii) permit representatives of the Collateral Agent, upon reasonable notice, at any time during normal business hours to inspect and make abstracts from its books and records pertaining to the Collateral, and permit representatives of the Collateral Agent to be present at such Obligor’s place of business to receive copies of communications and remittances relating to the Collateral, and forward copies of any notices or communications received by such Obligor with respect to the Collateral, all in such manner as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require; provided that each such Obligor shall be entitled to have its representatives and advisors present during any inspection of its books and records at such Obligor’s place of business.
(b) Unless released from the Collateral pursuant to Section 10.03(e), once any Investment has been Delivered, the Obligors shall not take or permit any action that would result in such Investment no longer being Delivered hereunder and shall promptly from time to time give, execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain all such financing statements, continuation statements, notices, instruments, documents, account control agreements or any other agreements or consents or other papers as may be necessary or desirable in the judgment of the Collateral Agent to continue the Delivered status of any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligors shall not terminate any arrangement with the Custodian unless and until a successor Custodian reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent has been appointed and has executed all documentation necessary to continue the Delivered status of the Collateral, which documentation shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
7.02. Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, Etc. Each Obligor agrees that (a) without providing prior written notice to the Collateral Agent, such Obligor will not change its name, its place of business or, if more than one, chief executive office, or its mailing address or organizational identification number if it has one, (b) if such Obligor does not have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, such Obligor will forthwith notify the Collateral Agent of such organizational identification number, and (c) such Obligor will not change its type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure.
7.03. Other Financing Statements or Control. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement and the applicable provisions of each other Debt Document, the Obligors shall not (a) file or suffer to be on file, or authorize or permit to be filed or to be on file, in any jurisdiction, any financing statement or like instrument with respect to any of the Collateral in which the Collateral Agent is not named as the sole Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties other than any financing statement or like instrument in respect of a Lien not prohibited by the provisions of any Debt Document, or (b) cause or permit any Person other than the Collateral Agent to have Control of any Deposit Account, Electronic Chattel Paper, Investment Property or Letter-of-Credit Right constituting part of the Collateral.
17 |
7.04. Additional Subsidiary Guarantors. As contemplated by Section 5.08 of the Credit Agreement, any new Subsidiary (other than a Financing Subsidiary, Foreign Subsidiary, Immaterial Subsidiary or Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary) of the Borrower formed or acquired by the Borrower after the date hereof, is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” under this Agreement, by executing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Guarantee Assumption Agreement in the form of Exhibit A. Accordingly, upon the execution and delivery of any such Guarantee Assumption Agreement by any such Subsidiary, such new Subsidiary shall automatically and immediately, and without any further action on the part of any Person, become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and an “Obligor” for all purposes of this Agreement, and Annexes 1 through 3, inclusive, hereto shall be deemed to be supplemented in the manner specified in such Guarantee Assumption Agreement. In addition, upon execution and delivery of any such Guarantee Assumption Agreement, the new Subsidiary Guarantor makes the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 as of the date of such Guarantee Assumption Agreement.
7.05. Control Agreements. No Obligor shall open any account with any bank, securities intermediary or commodities intermediary (other than (i) any payroll account so long as such payroll account is a zero balance account, (ii) withholding tax and fiduciary accounts, (iii) any Excluded Accounts and (iv) any account in which the aggregate value of deposits therein, together with all other such accounts under this clause (iv), does not at any time exceed $100,000) unless such Obligor has notified the Collateral Agent of such new account and the Collateral Agent has Control over such account pursuant to a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
7.06. Credit Agreement. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees to perform, comply with and be bound by the covenants contained in Articles V and VI of the Credit Agreement (which provisions are incorporated herein by reference) applicable to such Subsidiary Guarantor as if each Subsidiary Guarantor were a signatory to the Credit Agreement.
Section 8. Acceleration Notice; Remedies; Distribution of Collateral.
8.01. Notice of Acceleration. Upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of a written notice from any Secured Party or the Borrower which (i) expressly refers to this Agreement, (ii) describes an event or condition which has occurred and is continuing and (iii) expressly states that such event or condition constitutes an Acceleration as defined herein, the Collateral Agent shall promptly notify each other party hereto of the receipt and contents thereof (any such notice is referred to herein as a “Acceleration Notice”).
8.02. Preservation of Rights. The Collateral Agent shall not be required to take steps necessary to preserve any rights against prior parties to any of the Collateral.
8.03. Events of Default, Etc. During the period during which an Event of Default or Trigger Event shall have occurred and be continuing:
(a) each Obligor shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, assemble the Collateral owned by it at such place or places, reasonably convenient to both the Collateral Agent and such Obligor, designated in the Collateral Agent’s request;
(b) the Collateral Agent may make any reasonable compromise or settlement deemed desirable with respect to any of the Collateral and may extend the time of payment, arrange for payment in installments, or otherwise modify the terms of, any of the Collateral;
18 |
(c) the Collateral Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code (whether or not the Uniform Commercial Code is in effect in the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are asserted) and such additional rights and remedies to which a secured party is entitled under the laws in effect in any jurisdiction where any rights and remedies hereunder may be asserted, including the right, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to exercise all voting, consensual and other powers of ownership pertaining to the Collateral as if the Collateral Agent were the sole and absolute owner thereof (and each Obligor agrees to take all such action as may be appropriate to give effect to such right);
(d) the Collateral Agent in its discretion may, in its name or in the name of any Obligor or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so; and
(e) the Collateral Agent may, upon ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Obligors of the time and place (or, if such sale is to take place on the NYSE or any other established exchange or market, prior to the time of such sale or other disposition), with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof which shall then be or shall thereafter come into the possession, custody or control of the Collateral Agent, the other Secured Parties or any of their respective agents, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such Collateral, at such place or places as the Collateral Agent deems best, and for cash or for credit or for future delivery (without thereby assuming any credit risk), at public or private sale, without demand of performance or notice of intention to effect any such disposition or of the time or place thereof (except such notice as is required above or by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or anyone else may be the purchaser, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral so disposed of at any public sale (or, to the extent permitted by law, at any private sale) and thereafter, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hold the same absolutely, free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind, including any right or equity of redemption (statutory or otherwise), of the Obligors, any such demand, notice and right or equity being hereby expressly waived and released, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the sale, and such sale may be made at any time or place to which the sale may be so adjourned.
The proceeds of each collection, sale or other disposition under this Section shall be applied in accordance with Section 8.06.
The Obligors recognize that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. The Obligors acknowledge that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agree that to the extent any such private sale is conducted by the Collateral Agent in a commercially reasonable manner, the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the Obligors, or the issuer thereof, to register it for public sale.
19 |
8.04. Deficiency. If the proceeds of sale, collection or other realization of or upon the Collateral pursuant to Section 8.03 are insufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such realization and the payment in full of the Secured Obligations, the Obligors shall remain liable for any deficiency.
8.05. Private Sale. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall incur no liability as a result of the sale of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at any private sale pursuant to Section 8.03 conducted in a commercially reasonable manner. Each Obligor hereby waives any claims against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale or was less than the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer the Collateral to more than one offeree, so long as such private sale was conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.
8.06. Application of Proceeds. Except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Collateral of any Obligor pursuant hereto, and any other cash of any Obligor at the time held by the Collateral Agent under this Agreement, shall be applied by the Collateral Agent as follows:
First, to the payment of the costs and expenses of such collection, sale or other realization, including reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel, and all expenses incurred and advances made by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith;
Second, to the payment of any fees and other amounts then owing by such Obligor to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;
Third, to the payment of any reasonable fees, costs and expenses then owing by such Obligor to the Secured Parties under the applicable Debt Documents, in each case to each Secured Party ratably;
Fourth, to the payment of the Secured Obligations of such Obligor then due and payable, in each case to each Secured Party ratably in accordance with the amount of Secured Obligations then due and payable to such Secured Party (it being understood that, for the purposes hereof (i) the outstanding principal amount of the loans under the Credit Agreement shall be deemed then due and payable whether or not any Acceleration of such loans has occurred, and (ii) to the extent any cover in respect of a letter of credit shall be due and payable under a Debt Document, that such cover shall be deemed to be a Secured Obligation that is due and payable for purposes hereof); and
Fifth, after application as provided in clauses “First” “Second”, “Third” and “Fourth” above, to the payment to the respective Obligor, or their respective successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any surplus then remaining.
20 |
In making the allocations required by this Section, the Collateral Agent may rely upon its records and information supplied to it pursuant to Section 9.02, and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the other Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, except to the extent of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Collateral Agent may, in its sole discretion, at the time of any application under this Section, withhold all or any portion of the proceeds otherwise to be applied to the Secured Obligations as provided above and maintain the same in a segregated cash collateral account in the name and under the exclusive Control of the Collateral Agent, to the extent that it in good faith believes that the information provided to it pursuant to Section 9.02 is either incomplete or inaccurate and that application of the full amount of such proceeds to the Secured Obligations would be disadvantageous to any Secured Party. All distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section shall be final (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction), and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the other Secured Parties of any amounts distributed to them.
8.07. Attorney-in-Fact. Without limiting any rights or powers granted by this Agreement to the Collateral Agent while no Event of Default or Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default or Trigger Event, the Collateral Agent is hereby appointed the attorney-in-fact of each Obligor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Section 8 and taking any action and executing any instruments which the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment as attorney-in-fact is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Collateral Agent shall be entitled under this Section 8 to make collections in respect of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall have the right and power to receive, endorse and collect all checks made payable to the order of any Obligor representing any dividend, payment or other distribution in respect of the Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same.
Section 9. The Collateral Agent.
9.01. Appointment; Powers and Immunities. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes SunTrust to act as its agent hereunder with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent (which term as used in this sentence and in Section 9.06 and the first sentence of Section 9.07 shall include reference to its affiliates and its own and its affiliates’ officers, directors, employees and agents):
(a) shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and shall not by reason of this Agreement be a trustee for, or a fiduciary with respect to, any Lender;
(b) shall not be responsible to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any notice delivered hereunder, or in any other certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by it under, this Agreement, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any failure by the Obligors or any other Person to perform any of its obligations hereunder;
21 |
(c) shall not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder except, subject to Section 9.07, for any such litigation or proceedings relating to the enforcement of the guarantee set forth in Section 3, or the Liens created pursuant to Section 4; and
(d) shall not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
9.02. Information Regarding Secured Parties. The Borrower will at such times and from time to time as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, supply a list in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent setting forth the amount of the Secured Obligations held by each Secured Party (excluding, so long as SunTrust is both the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, the Credit Agreement Obligations) as of a date specified in such request. The Collateral Agent shall provide any such list to any Secured Party upon request. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon such information, and such information shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Agreement, except to the extent the Collateral Agent shall have been notified by a Secured Party that such information as set forth on any such list is inaccurate or in dispute between such Secured Party and the Borrower.
9.03. Reliance by Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including any thereof by telephone, telecopy, telex, telegram, cable or electronic mail) believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Collateral Agent. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions given by the Required Secured Parties, and such instructions of the Required Secured Parties, and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Secured Parties. If in one or more instances the Collateral Agent takes any action or assumes any responsibility not specifically delegated to it pursuant to this Agreement, neither the taking of such action nor the assumption of such responsibility shall be deemed to be an express or implied undertaking on the part of the Collateral Agent that it will take the same or similar action or assume the same or similar responsibility in any other instance.
22 |
9.04. Rights as a Secured Party. With respect to its obligation to extend credit under the Credit Agreement, SunTrust (and any successor acting as Collateral Agent) in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Secured Party and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as Collateral Agent, and the term “Secured Party” or “Secured Parties” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Collateral Agent in its individual capacity. SunTrust (and any successor acting as Collateral Agent) and its affiliates may (without having to account therefor to any other Secured Party) accept deposits from, lend money to, make investments in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with any of the Obligors (and any of their Subsidiaries or affiliates) as if it were not acting as Collateral Agent, and SunTrust and its affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from any of the Obligors for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the other Secured Parties.
9.05. Indemnification. Each Lender by acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and the other Security Documents agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent and each Related Party of the Collateral Agent (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) (to the extent not reimbursed under Section 10.04, but without limiting the obligations of the Obligors under Section 10.04) ratably in accordance with the aggregate Secured Obligations held by the Lenders, for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee (including by any other Secured Party) arising out of or by reason of any investigation in connection with or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any other Debt Documents, or any other documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the costs and expenses that the Obligors are obligated to pay under Section 10.04, but excluding, unless an Event of Default or a Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incident to the performance of its agency duties hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified.
9.06. Non-Reliance on Collateral Agent and Other Secured Parties. The Administrative Agent (and each Lender by acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and the other Security Documents) agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and their Subsidiaries and decision to extend credit to the Borrower in reliance on this Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and any Debt Document to which it is a party. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by any Obligor of this Agreement, any other Debt Document or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of any Obligor. The Collateral Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any other Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries (or any of their affiliates) that may come into the possession of the Collateral Agent or any of its affiliates, except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the other Secured Parties by the Collateral Agent hereunder.
23 |
9.07. Failure to Act. Except for action expressly required of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder unless it shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction from the other Secured Parties of their indemnification obligations under Section 9.05 against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that in the judgment of the Collateral Agent would violate any applicable law.
9.08. Resignation of Collateral Agent. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Collateral Agent as provided below, the Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the other Secured Parties and the Obligors. Upon any such resignation, the Required Secured Parties shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (or if an Event of Default or Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing in consultation with the Borrower) to appoint a successor Collateral Agent. If no successor Collateral Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Secured Parties and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Collateral Agent’s giving of written notice of resignation of the retiring Collateral Agent, then the retiring Collateral Agent may, on behalf of the other Secured Parties, appoint a successor Collateral Agent, that shall be a bank that has an office in New York, New York and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of at least $1,000,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, such successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent, and the retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Collateral Agent. The Borrower shall pay to any successor Collateral Agent the fees and charges necessary to induce such successor Collateral Agent to accept its appointment hereunder.
9.09. Agents and Attorneys-in-Fact. The Collateral Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.
Section 10. Miscellaneous.
10.01. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other demands hereunder and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing, (a) to any party hereto, delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy to the intended recipient at the “Address for Notices” specified below its name on the signature pages hereof (provided that notices to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be given to such Subsidiary Guarantor care of the Borrower at the address for the Borrower specified herein) or (b) as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All notices to any Lender that is not a party hereto shall be given to the Administrative Agent. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.
24 |
10.02. No Deemed Waivers; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Obligors therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 10.03, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.
10.03. Amendments; Waivers; Releases. Except as otherwise provided in any Security Document, the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents may be waived, altered or amended only by an instrument in writing duly executed by each Obligor and the Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Required Secured Parties; provided, that
(a) no such amendment shall adversely affect the relative rights of any Secured Party as against any other Secured Party without the prior written consent of such first Secured Party,
(b) without the prior written consent of each of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not release all or substantially all of the collateral under the Security Documents or release all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their guarantee obligations under Section 3 hereof, except that if any amounts have become due and payable in respect of any periodic or termination payment in respect of any Hedging Agreement Obligation, and shall have remained unpaid for 30 or more days, then the prior written consent (voting as a single group) of the holders of a majority in interest of such Hedging Agreement Obligations, whichever of such obligations are then due and payable, will also be required to release all or substantially all of such collateral;
(c) without the consent of each of the Secured Parties, no modification, supplement or waiver shall modify the definition of the term “Required Secured Parties” or modify in any other manner the number of percentage of the Secured Parties required to make any determinations or waive any rights under any Security Document;
(d) without the consent of the Collateral Agent, no modification, supplement or waiver shall modify the terms of Section 9 or this Section 10.03;
(e) the Collateral Agent is authorized to release (and shall release) any Collateral that is either the subject of a disposition not prohibited under the Credit Agreement or to which the Required Secured Parties shall have consented; notwithstanding the foregoing, Portfolio Investments constituting the Collateral shall be automatically released from the lien of this Agreement, without any action of the Collateral Agent, in connection with any disposition of Portfolio Investments that (i) occurs in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business and (ii) is not prohibited under the Credit Agreement; and
25 |
(f) the Collateral Agent is authorized to release (and shall release) any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its guarantee obligations under Section 3 hereof to the extent such Subsidiary Guarantor is an Immaterial Subsidiary or the Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction not prohibited under the Debt Documents, or to which the Required Secured Parties shall have consented, and, upon such release, the Collateral Agent is authorized to release (and shall release) any collateral security granted by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and under the other Security Documents.
Any such amendment or waiver shall be binding upon the Collateral Agent, each Secured Party and each Obligor.
10.04. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a) Costs and Expenses. The Obligors hereby jointly and severally agree to reimburse the Collateral Agent and each of the other Secured Parties and their respective Affiliates for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by them (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of legal counsel) in connection with (i) any Default or Trigger Event and any enforcement or collection proceeding resulting therefrom, including all manner of participation in or other involvement with (w) performance by the Collateral Agent of any obligations of the Obligors in respect of the Collateral that the Obligors have failed or refused to perform in the time period required under this Agreement, (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, foreclosure, winding up or liquidation proceedings of any Obligor, or any actual or attempted sale, or any exchange, enforcement, collection, compromise or settlement in respect of any of the Collateral, and for the care of the Collateral and defending or asserting rights and claims of the Collateral Agent in respect thereof, by litigation or otherwise, including expenses of insurance, (y) judicial or regulatory proceedings arising from or related to this Agreement and (z) workout, restructuring or other negotiations or proceedings (whether or not the workout, restructuring or transaction contemplated thereby is consummated) and (ii) the enforcement of this Section, and all such costs and expenses shall be Secured Obligations entitled to the benefits of the collateral security provided pursuant to Section 4.
(b) Indemnification by the Obligors. The Obligors shall indemnify each Indemnitee against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee.
26 |
Neither the Borrower nor any Obligor shall be liable to any Indemnitee for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with, this Agreement asserted by an Indemnitee against the Borrower or any other Obligor; provided that the foregoing limitation shall not be deemed to impair or affect the Obligations of the Borrower or any other Obligor under the preceding provisions of this subsection.
10.05. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Obligors and the Secured Parties (provided that none of the Obligors shall assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent).
10.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.
(a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Collateral Agent constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Collateral Agent and when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopy or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution”, “signed”, “signature” shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction.
(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
27 |
(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each Obligor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any Secured Party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Obligor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Waiver of Venue. Each Obligor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement (i) irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.01 and (ii) agrees that service as provided in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.01 is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any proceeding in any court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
10.09. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
10.10. Headings. Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
28 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Guarantee and Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written,
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address for Notices | ||
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation | ||
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500 | ||
Houston, Texas 77024 | ||
Attention: W. Todd Huskinson | ||
Telecopy Number: (713) 292-5414 | ||
Telephone: (713) 292-5454 |
[Signature Page - Guarantee and Security Agreement]
SUNTRUST BANK, | ||
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address for Notices | ||
SunTrust Bank | ||
303 Peachtree Street, N. E. | ||
Atlanta, Georgia 30308 | ||
Attention: [__________] | ||
Telecopy Number: [__________] | ||
with a copy to: | ||
SunTrust Bank | ||
Agency Services | ||
303 Peachtree Street, N. E., 25th Floor | ||
Atlanta, Georgia 30308 | ||
Attention: Wanda Gregory | ||
Telecopy Number: (404) 658-4906 |
[Signature Page - Guarantee and Security Agreement]
ANNEX I
FILING DETAILS
1. Legal name:
Type of organization:
Jurisdiction of organization:
Organizational Identification Number:
Tax Identification Number:
Mailing Address:
2. Legal name:
Type of organization:
Jurisdiction of organization:
Organizational Identification Number:
Tax Identification Number:
Mailing Address:
ANNEX 2
PROMISSORY NOTES
ANNEX 3
LIST OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS, SECURITIES
ACCOUNTS
AND COMMODITY ACCOUNTS
Deposit Accounts | ||||
Securities Accounts | ||||
Securities Intermediary | Name of Account | Account Number | ||
Commodity Accounts | ||||
EXHIBIT A
[Form of Guarantee Assumption Agreement]
GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT dated as of_________, ______ by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR], a _____________ (the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor”), in favor of SunTrust Bank, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors referred to therein, SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent for the Lenders referred to therein, and the Collateral Agent, are parties to a Guarantee and Security Agreement dated as of [ ], 2012 (the “Guarantee and Security Agreement”) pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantors have guaranteed the “Guaranteed Obligations” (as defined therein), and the Borrower and such Subsidiary Guarantors have granted liens in favor of the Collateral Agent as collateral security for the “Secured Obligations” (as defined therein). Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Guarantee and Security Agreement.
Pursuant to Section 7.04 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and an “Obligor”, under and for all purposes of the Guarantee and Security Agreement, and each of the Annexes to the Guarantee and Security Agreement shall be deemed to be supplemented in the manner specified in Appendix A hereto. Without limiting the foregoing, (a) the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, guarantees to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Guaranteed Obligations in the same manner and to the same extent as is provided in Section 3 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement and (b) as collateral security for the payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as provided in the Guarantee and Security Agreement a security interest in all of such Additional Subsidiary Guarantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral.
In addition, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement with respect to itself and its obligations under this Agreement, as if each reference in such Sections to the Guarantee and Security Agreement included reference to this Agreement.
The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby instructs its counsel to deliver any opinions to the Secured Parties required to be delivered in connection with the execution and delivery hereof
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Accepted and agreed: | ||
SUNTRUST BANK, | ||
as Collateral Agent | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Appendix A
SUPPLEMENTS TO ANNEXES TO
GUARANTEE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
Supplement to Annex 1:
[to be completed]
Supplement to Annex 2:
[to be completed]
Supplement to Annex 3:
[to be completed]
Exhibit (k)(7)
SENIOR SECURED TERM
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
November 7, 2012
among
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
as Borrower
and
SUNTRUST BANK
as Lender
$156,000,000
SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.
as Lead Arranger
Table of Contents
Page | ||||
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS | 1 | |||
SECTION 1.01. | Defined Terms | 1 | ||
SECTION 1.02. | Terms Generally | 9 | ||
SECTION 1.03. | Accounting Terms; GAAP | 9 | ||
ARTICLE II THE CREDITS | 10 | |||
SECTION 2.01. | The Loan | 10 | ||
SECTION 2.02. | Funding of the Loan | 10 | ||
SECTION 2.03. | Repayment of the Loan; Evidence of Debt | 10 | ||
SECTION 2.04. | Prepayment of the Loan | 10 | ||
SECTION 2.05. | Fees | 11 | ||
SECTION 2.06. | Interest | 11 | ||
SECTION 2.07. | Increased Costs | 11 | ||
SECTION 2.08. | Taxes | 12 | ||
SECTION 2.09. | Payments Generally | 14 | ||
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES | 15 | |||
SECTION 3.01. | Organization; Powers | 15 | ||
SECTION 3.02. | Authorization; Enforceability | 15 | ||
SECTION 3.03. | Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts | 15 | ||
SECTION 3.04. | [Reserved] | 15 | ||
SECTION 3.05. | Litigation | 15 | ||
SECTION 3.06. | Compliance with Laws and Agreements | 16 | ||
SECTION 3.07. | Taxes | 16 | ||
SECTION 3.08. | ERISA | 16 | ||
SECTION 3.09. | Disclosure | 16 | ||
SECTION 3.10. | Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations | 16 | ||
SECTION 3.11. | Material Agreements and Liens | 17 | ||
SECTION 3.12. | Subsidiaries and Investments | 17 | ||
SECTION 3.13. | Properties | 17 | ||
SECTION 3.14. | OFAC | 18 | ||
SECTION 3.15. | Patriot Act | 18 | ||
SECTION 3.16. | Collateral Documents | 18 |
-i- |
Table of Contents
(continued)
Page | ||||
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS | 18 | |||
SECTION 4.01. | Effective Date | 18 | ||
SECTION 4.02. | Loan | 20 | ||
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS | 21 | |||
SECTION 5.01. | Notices of Material Events | 21 | ||
SECTION 5.02. | Existence: Conduct of Business | 21 | ||
SECTION 5.03. | Payment of Obligations | 21 | ||
SECTION 5.04. | Maintenance of Properties; Insurance | 22 | ||
SECTION 5.05. | Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights | 22 | ||
SECTION 5.06. | Compliance with Laws | 22 | ||
SECTION 5.07. | Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances | 22 | ||
SECTION 5.08. | Use of Proceeds | 23 | ||
SECTION 5.09. | Status of BDC | 23 | ||
SECTION 5.10. | Investment Policies | 23 | ||
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS | 23 | |||
SECTION 6.01. | Indebtedness | 23 | ||
SECTION 6.02. | Liens | 23 | ||
SECTION 6.03. | Fundamental Changes | 24 | ||
SECTION 6.04. | Investments | 24 | ||
SECTION 6.05. | Restricted Payments | 24 | ||
SECTION 6.06. | Transactions with Affiliates | 24 | ||
SECTION 6.07. | Lines of Business | 24 | ||
SECTION 6.08. | Modifications of Purchase and Sale Agreement | 24 | ||
SECTION 6.09. | Payments of Indebtedness | 24 | ||
SECTION 6.10. | Accounting Changes | 24 | ||
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT | 25 | |||
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS | 27 | |||
SECTION 8.01. | Notices; Electronic Communications | 27 |
-ii- |
Table of Contents
(continued)
Page | ||||
SECTION 8.02. | Waivers; Amendments | 28 | ||
SECTION 8.03. | Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver | 29 | ||
SECTION 8.04. | Successors and Assigns | 30 | ||
SECTION 8.05. | Survival | 32 | ||
SECTION 8.06. | Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution | 33 | ||
SECTION 8.07. | Severability | 33 | ||
SECTION 8.08. | Right of Setoff | 33 | ||
SECTION 8.09. | Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc | 34 | ||
SECTION 8.10. | WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL | 34 | ||
SECTION 8.11. | Headings | 35 | ||
SECTION 8.12. | Treatment of Certain Information; No Fiduciary Duty; Confidentiality | 35 | ||
SECTION 8.13. | USA PATRIOT Act | 36 |
-iii- |
SCHEDULE 3.11 | - | Material Agreements and Liens |
SCHEDULE 3.12(a) | - | Subsidiaries |
SCHEDULE 3.12(b) | - | Investments |
EXHIBIT A | - | Form of Assignment and Assumption |
SENIOR TERM SECURED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of November [1], 2012 (this “Agreement”), among STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (the “Borrower”), and SUNTRUST BANK, as lender (the “Lender”).
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Affiliate” shall not include any Person that constitutes an Investment held by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business.
“Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the rate per annum equal to 1% plus the rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Lender in its reasonable discretion from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), for Dollar deposits with a term of one month. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or successor therefor) as set forth above shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or successor therefor), respectively.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 8.04), in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Lender.
“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
“Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by law to remain closed.
“Cadence Control Agreement” means that certain Deposit Account Control Agreement dated as of November 7, 2012 among the Borrower, the Lender and Cadence Bank, N.A., as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Escrow Agreement” means that certain Escrow Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2012, by and among SunTrust Bank, as escrow agent, D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C., DC Funding SPV, L.L.C., the Borrower and the Lender.
“Change in Control” means the External Manager ceases to be Controlled by any or all of Robert Ladd, Dean D’Angelo, Joshua Davis, W. Todd Huskinson and/or Todd Overbergen.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of (a) the adoption of any law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation or any change in any law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (regardless of whether the underlying law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation was issued or enacted prior to the date hereof), but excluding proposals thereof, or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, (b) any guideline, request or directive by any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) or any implementation rules or interpretations of previously issued guidelines, requests or directives, in each case that is issued or made after the date hereof or (c) compliance by the Lender (or its applicable lending office) or any company controlling the Lender with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case adopted after the date hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued (i) by any United States regulatory authority under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and (ii) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
2 |
“Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
“Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 8.02).
“Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests or equivalents (however designated, including any instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
“Escrow Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Cash Escrow Agreement.
“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
3 |
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income, corporate, franchise or other similar taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or profits by the United States of America (or any state or political subdivision thereof), or by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of the Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) in the case of the Lender, any U.S. withholding tax imposed on amounts payable to the Lender (i) at the time the Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or designates a new lending office, except to the extent that the Lender’s assignor or the Lender was entitled to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.08, at the time of such assignment or designation, or (ii) that is attributable to the Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law occurring after the date the Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) to comply with Section 2.08(e), (d) any U.S. federal, state or local backup withholding Taxes imposed on payments made under any Loan Document, and (e) any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed pursuant to FATCA.
“External Manager” means Stellus Capital Management, LLC.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Lender from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“Final Maturity Date” means the earlier to occur of (a) the closing of the Borrower’s initial public offering and (b) November 13, 2012.
“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower.
“Foreign Lender” means any lender that is not a “United States person” as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, or of any other nation, or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
4 |
“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or (ii) customary indemnification agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided that such indemnification obligations are unsecured, such Person has determined that any liability thereunder is remote and such indemnification obligations are not the functional equivalent of the guaranty of a payment obligation of the primary obligor.
“Hedging Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange protection agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.
“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed (with the value of such debt being the lower of the outstanding amount of such debt and the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien), (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset or Investment to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or Investment.
“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
5 |
“Investment” means, for any Person: (a) Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to acquire any Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of any other Person (and any rights or proceeds in respect of (x) any “short sale” of securities or (y) any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by such Person); (b) deposits, advances, loans or other extensions of credit made to any other Person (including purchases of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); or (c) Hedging Agreements.
“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.
“Investment Policies” means the investment objectives, policies, restrictions and limitations set forth in the “COMPANY” section of its Registration Statement, and as the same may be changed, altered, expanded, amended, modified, terminated or restated from time to time.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Lender’s Account” means an account designated by the Lender in a notice to the Borrower.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities, except in favor of the issuer thereof (and in the case of Investments that are securities, excluding customary drag-along, tag-along, right of first refusal and other similar rights in favor of the equity holders of the same issuer).
“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Cash Escrow Agreement and the Security Documents.
“Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.
“Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business and other assets, liabilities or financial condition of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender thereunder.
6 |
“Material Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness (other than the Loan and Hedging Agreements), of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $3,000,000 and (b) obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements under which the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement(s) were terminated at such time would exceed $3,000,000.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, excluding any such Taxes, charges or similar levies resulting from an assignment by the Lender in accordance with Section 8.04 hereof.
“Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.04.
“Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.04.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
“Permitted Policy Amendment” means any change, alteration, expansion, amendment, modification, termination or restatement of the Investment Policies that is either (a) approved in writing by the Lender, (b) required by applicable law, rule, regulation or Governmental Authority, or (c) not material in the reasonable discretion of the Lender.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
“Prime Rate” means the rate which SunTrust announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time.
“Purchase and Sale Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement by and between Borrower, D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C. and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C., dated as of October 22, 2012.
“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement initially filed by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2012, as amended and supplemented.
7 |
“Regulations D, T, U and X” means, respectively, Regulations D, T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower.
“Security Agreement” means that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 7, 2012 among the Borrower and the Lender, as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
“Security Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed with respect to the security interests in personal property created pursuant to the Security Agreement and all other assignments, pledge agreements, security agreements, control agreements (including the State Street Control Agreement and the Cadence Control Agreement) and other instruments executed and delivered on or after the date hereof by the Borrower pursuant to the Security Agreement or otherwise providing or relating to any collateral security for any of the Secured Obligations under and as defined in the Security Agreement.
“State Street Control Agreement” means that certain Control Agreement dated as of November 7, 2012 among the Borrower, the Lender and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Subsidiary” shall not include any Person that constitutes an Investment held by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business and that is not, under GAAP, consolidated on the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
“SunTrust” means SunTrust Bank.
“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees, or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
8 |
“Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of the Loan and the use of the proceeds thereof.
“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time. The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that whether or not the Borrower may at any time adopt Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (or successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities) or accounts for liabilities acquired in an acquisition on a fair value basis pursuant to Financial Accounting Standard No. 141(R) (or successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities), all determinations of compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be made on the basis that the Borrower has not adopted Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (or such successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities) or, in the case of liabilities acquired in an acquisition, Financial Accounting Standard No. 141(R) (or such successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities).
9 |
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
SECTION 2.01. The Loan. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees to make a single loan in Dollars to the Borrower on the Effective Date in an amount equal to $156,000,000 (the “Loan”). Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01 and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.
SECTION 2.02. Funding of the Loan. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.01 and 4.02, the Lender shall make the Loan on the Effective Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 9:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, to the Escrow Account.
SECTION 2.03. Repayment of the Loan; Evidence of Debt.
(a) Repayment. The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay the Lender the entire outstanding principal amount of the Loan on the Final Maturity Date.
(b) Maintenance of Records by the Lender. The Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice records evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender resulting from the Loan, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to the Lender from time to time hereunder.
(c) Effect of Entries. The entries made in the records maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence, absent obvious error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of the Lender to maintain such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(d) Promissory Notes. The Lender may request that the Loan be evidenced by a promissory note; in such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Lender a promissory note payable to the Lender (or, if requested by the Lender, to the Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Lender.
SECTION 2.04. Prepayment of the Loan.
(a) Optional Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to the requirements of this Section.
(b) Notices, Etc. The Borrower shall notify the Lender by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of the Loan or portion thereof to be prepaid. Each partial prepayment of the Loan shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.06.
10 |
SECTION 2.05. Fees.
(a) Lender Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in the fee letter agreement between the Borrower and the Lender.
(b) Payment of Fees. All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars and immediately available funds, to the Lender. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances absent obvious error.
SECTION 2.06. Interest.
(a) The Loan. The Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate.
(b) Default Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate applicable to the Loan and any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of principal of the Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to the Loan as provided above, or (ii) in the case of any fee or other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to the Loan as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.
(c) Payment of Interest. Accrued interest on the Loan shall be payable in arrears on the Final Maturity Date; provided that interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall be payable on demand.
(d) Computation. All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate shall be determined by the Lender and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.07. Increased Costs.
(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for account of, or credit extended by, the Lender; or
(ii) impose on the Lender any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement;
11 |
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to the Lender in Dollars, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) Capital Requirements. If the Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Lender’s capital or on the capital of the Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loan made by the Lender to a level below that which the Lender or the Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration the Lender’s policies and the policies of the Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), by an amount deemed to be material by the Lender, then from time to time the Borrower will pay to the Lender in Dollars such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender or the Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) Certificates from the Lender. A certificate of the Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be promptly delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay the Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of the Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of the Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate the Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than six months prior to the date that the Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.
SECTION 2.08. Taxes.
(a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Taxes from such payments, then (i) if such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
12 |
(c) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for and, within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor, pay the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Lender and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority, except to the extent that any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes arise as the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
(e) Tax Documentation. (i) The Lender, if requested by the Borrower, shall deliver such documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not the Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.08(e)(ii) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject the Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the Lender.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender shall deliver to the Borrower (and such additional copies as shall be reasonably requested by the recipient) on or prior to the Effective Date (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or any successor form certifying that the Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.
(iii) In addition, the Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form previously delivered by the Lender; provided it is legally able to do so at the time. The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time the chief tax officer of the Lender becomes aware that it no longer satisfies the legal requirements to provide any previously delivered form or certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. or other taxing authorities for such purpose).
(f) Documentation Required by FATCA. If a payment made to the Lender under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if the Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), the Lender shall deliver to the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower, such document prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as may be necessary for the Borrower to comply with its respective obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.08(f), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
13 |
(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund or credit (in lieu of such refund) of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender in the event the Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (g), in no event will the Lender be required to pay any amount to Borrower pursuant to this clause (g), the payment of which would place the Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Person would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Lender to make available its tax returns or its books or records (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.
SECTION 2.09. Payments Generally. The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or under Section 2.07 or 2.08, or otherwise) or under any other Loan Document (except to the extent otherwise provided therein) prior to 12:00 noon, Atlanta, Georgia time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Lender, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Lender at the Lender’s Account. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.
All amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document (except to the extent otherwise provided therein) are payable in Dollars.
14 |
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable.
SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents when executed and delivered by the Borrower will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been or will be obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default in any material respect under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 3.04. [Reserved].
SECTION 3.05. Litigation. There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority now pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.
15 |
SECTION 3.06. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any contract or other arrangement, the performance of which by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.07. Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Person has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.08. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.09. Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lender all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information (other than projected financial information, other forward looking information relating to third parties and information of a general economic or general industry nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole (and after giving effect to all updates, modifications and supplements) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
SECTION 3.10. Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations.
(a) Status as Business Development Company. The Borrower will elect to be regulated as a “business development company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act prior to the Borrower’s initial public offering.
(b) Compliance with Investment Company Act. The business and other activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the making of the Loan hereunder, the application of the proceeds and repayment thereof by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not result in a violation or breach in any material respect of the provisions of the Investment Company Act or any rules, regulations or orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in each case that are applicable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
16 |
(c) Investment Policies. The Borrower is in compliance in all respects with the Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments), except to the extent that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Use of Credit. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock.
SECTION 3.11. Material Agreements and Liens.
(a) Material Agreements. Part A of Schedule 3.11 is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of each credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, purchase agreement, guarantee, letter of credit or other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit) to, or guarantee by, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, and the aggregate principal or face amount outstanding or that is, or may become, outstanding under each such arrangement is correctly described in Part A of Schedule 3.11.
(b) Liens. Part B of Schedule 3.11 is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of each Lien securing Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date hereof covering any property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and the aggregate Indebtedness secured (or that may be secured) by each such Lien and the property covered by each such Lien is correctly described in Part B of Schedule 3.11.
SECTION 3.12. Subsidiaries and Investments.
(a) Subsidiaries. Set forth on Schedule 3.12(a) is a list of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.
(b) Investments. Set forth on Schedule 3.12(b) is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of all Investments held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any Person on the date hereof and, for each such Investment, (x) the identity of the Person or Persons holding such Investment and (y) the nature of such Investment. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.12, each of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries owns, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents), all such Investments.
SECTION 3.13. Properties.
(a) Title Generally. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.
17 |
(b) Intellectual Property. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.14. OFAC. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (b) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2 of such executive order, or (c) is a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.
SECTION 3.15. Patriot Act. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the Uniting And Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate Tools Required To Intercept And Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001). No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
SECTION 3.16. Collateral Documents. The provisions of the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Lender a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien on all right, title and interest of the Borrower in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Effective Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect such Liens.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS
SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The effectiveness of this Agreement and of the obligation of the Lender to make the Loan shall not become effective until completion of each of the following conditions precedent (unless a condition shall have been waived in accordance with Section 8.02):
(a) Documents. The Lender shall have received each of the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Lender in form and substance:
18 |
(i) Executed Counterparts. From each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Lender (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page to this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
(ii) Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower. A favorable written opinion (addressed to the Lender and dated the Effective Date) of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, New York and Maryland counsel for the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender (and the Borrower hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinion to the Lender).
(iii) Corporate Documents. Such documents and certificates as the Lender or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its counsel.
(iv) Officer’s Certificate. A certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in the lettered clauses of the first sentence of Section 4.02.
(v) Security Agreement. The Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each of the parties to the Security Agreement.
(vi) Control Agreements. The State Street Control Agreement and the Cadence Control Agreement, in each case, duly executed and delivered by each of the parties to such agreement.
(vii) Cash Escrow Agreement. The Cash Escrow Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each of the parties to the Cash Escrow Agreement.
(viii) Purchase and Sale Agreement. The Purchase and Sale Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each of the parties to the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
(b) Liens. The Lender shall have received results of a recent lien search in each relevant jurisdiction with respect to the Borrower, confirming that each financing statement in respect of the Liens in favor of the Lender created pursuant to the Security Documents is otherwise prior to all other financing statements or other interests reflected therein. All UCC financing statements and similar documents required to be filed in order to create in favor of the Lender a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (to the extent that such a security interest may be perfected by a filing under the Uniform Commercial Code) shall have been properly filed in each jurisdiction required (or arrangements for such filings acceptable to the Lender shall have been made).
(c) Consents. The Borrower shall have obtained and delivered to the Lender copies of all consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, or filings required to be made or obtained by the Borrower in connection with the Transactions and any transaction being financed with the proceeds of the Loan (if any), and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings and orders shall be in full force and effect and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired and no investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority regarding the Transactions or any transaction being financed with the proceeds of the Loan shall be ongoing.
19 |
(d) Fees and Expenses. The Borrower shall have paid in full to the Lender all fees and expenses related to this Agreement owing on the Effective Date.
(e) Minimum Equity Contributions. The Borrower shall have received at least $39,000,000 in equity contributions from a combination of (x) a contribution from D.E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C. and DC Funding SPV, L.L.C. (whose contribution may be in the form of contributed middle market loans), (y) a private placement of equity and (z) an equity contribution from management in an amount at least equal to the greater of (A) $2,000,000 and (B) an amount equal to 2% of the proceeds anticipated to be raised from the initial public offering of the Borrower.
(f) Revolver. The Borrower shall have confirmed that all conditions to closing and funding the $115,000,000 revolving credit agreement with SunTrust, as Administrative Agent, other than the settlement of the Borrower’s initial public offering have been satisfied.
(g) Private Placement Proceeds. The Lender shall have received written evidence from the Borrower that, as of the Effective Date, the proceeds of the private placement of equity described in clause (e)(y) above shall have been deposited in the securities account subject to the State Street Control Agreement.
(h) Compliance with Law. The Borrower shall be in compliance with all applicable laws (including the Investment Company Act).
(i) Patriot Act. The Lender shall have received, sufficiently in advance of the Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).
(j) Other Documents. The Lender shall have received such other documents as the Lender may reasonably request in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.
SECTION 4.02. Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan is additionally subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any portion of any representations and warranties already subject to a materiality qualifier, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of the Loan or, as to any such representation or warranty that refers to a specific date, as of such specific date;
20 |
(b) concurrently with the funding of the Loan, the Borrower shall have acquired at least $190,000,000 of middle market loans the composition of which shall have been approved by the Lender.
(c) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Loan, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Until the principal of and interest on the Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender that:
SECTION 5.01. Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Lender prompt written notice of the following:
(a) the occurrence of any Default;
(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Affiliates;
(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000; and
(d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
SECTION 5.02. Existence: Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business.
SECTION 5.03. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including income tax and other material tax liabilities and material contractual obligations, that, if not paid, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
21 |
SECTION 5.04. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in the Borrower’s reasonable judgment, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
SECTION 5.05. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books of record and account in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will permit any representatives designated by the Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties during business hours, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested, in each case, to the extent such inspection or requests for such information are reasonable and such information can be provided or discussed without violation of law, rule, regulation, order of any Governmental Authority or contract; provided that the Borrower shall be entitled to have its representatives and advisors present during any inspection of its books and records.
SECTION 5.06. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations, including the Investment Company Act, and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, conduct its business and other activities in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and any applicable rules, regulations or orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
SECTION 5.07. Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances.
(a) Ownership of Subsidiaries. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that each of its Subsidiaries is a wholly owned Subsidiary.
(b) Further Assurances. The Borrower will take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Lender to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will take such action from time to time (including filing appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Lender: (i) to create, in favor of the Lender perfected security interests and Liens in the Collateral; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant requirements of the Security Documents and (ii) to cause the closing sets and all executed amendments, consents, forbearances and other modifications and assignment agreements requested by the Lender, in each case, to be held by the Lender or a custodian pursuant to the terms of a custodian agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
22 |
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use 100% of the proceeds of the Loan for the acquisition of the Purchased Assets (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement); provided that the Lender shall have no responsibility as to the use of any of such proceeds. No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used in violation of applicable law or, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying any Margin Stock. Margin Stock shall be purchased by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries only with the proceeds of Indebtedness not directly or indirectly secured by Margin Stock, or with the proceeds of equity capital of the Borrower.
SECTION 5.09. Status of BDC. The Borrower shall take all steps necessary to obtain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act prior to the Borrower’s initial public offering.
SECTION 5.10. Investment Policies. The Borrower shall at all times be in compliance in all material respects with its Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments).
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Until the principal of and interest on the Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender that:
SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness created hereunder.
SECTION 6.02. Liens. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof except:
(a) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Part B of Schedule 3.11; provided that (i) no such Lien shall extend to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; and
(b) Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Security Documents.
23 |
SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution). The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, acquire any business or property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, any part of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except in accordance with the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
SECTION 6.04. Investments. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, acquire, make or enter into, or hold, any Investments except for the Purchased Assets (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement) and Investments described on Schedule 3.12(b).
SECTION 6.05. Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment.
SECTION 6.06. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transactions with any of its Affiliates; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall this provision be considered to apply to the transactions under the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
SECTION 6.07. Lines of Business. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than in accordance with its Investment Policies. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to amend or modify the Investment Policies (other than a Permitted Policy Amendment).
SECTION 6.08. Modifications of Purchase and Sale Agreement. The Borrower will not consent to any modification, supplement or waiver of the Purchase and Sale Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lender.
SECTION 6.09. Payments of Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, or set apart any money for a sinking, defeasance or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of or make any voluntary payment or prepayment of the principal of or interest on, or any other amount owing in respect of, any Indebtedness.
SECTION 6.10. Accounting Changes. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted under GAAP or required by law or rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or (b) its fiscal year.
24 |
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur and be continuing:
(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of the Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any failure to pay all principal on the Loan in full on the Final Maturity Date);
(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on the Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable;
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made in any material respect;
(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained herein or in any other Loan Document;
(e) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, taking into account any applicable grace period;
(f) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or shall continue unremedied for any applicable period of time sufficient to enable or permit the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity;
(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of its assets;
25 |
(h) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (i) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(i) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(j) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $2,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any combination thereof;
(k) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Lender, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(l) a Change in Control shall occur;
(m) the Borrower shall cease to be managed by the External Manager or an Affiliate thereof;
(n) any two principals of the External Manager (who initially will be Robert Ladd, Dean D’Angelo and Joshua Davis) cease to be employed by the External Manager;
(o) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall, at any time with respect to the Collateral and the Escrow Account, not be valid and perfected (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation, possession or control is required herein or therein) in favor of the Lender, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Liens permitted under the respective Security Documents);
(p) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Loan Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect in any material respect, or the enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(q) Borrower is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act and is not so registered;
(r) the Purchase and Sale Agreement shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect in any material respect, or the enforceability thereof shall be contested by any party thereto or any party to the Purchase and Sale Agreement breaches any of such Person’s material obligations thereunder;
26 |
(s) the amount held in the Escrow Account shall at any time be less than the outstanding principal balance of the Loan; or
(t) the amount held in the securities account subject to the State Street Control Agreement shall at any time be less than the amount of the proceeds of the private placement of equity described in Section 4.01(e)(y);
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (f) or (g) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Lender may by notice to the Borrower, take any of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) declare the Loan to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loan so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (f) or (g) of this Article, the principal of the Loan, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower or (ii) apply amounts held in the Escrow Account to the repayment of all amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.01. Notices; Electronic Communications.
(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
(i) if to the Borrower, to it at:
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500
Houston, Texas 77024
Attention: W. Todd Huskinson
Telecopy Number: (713) 292-5414
Telephone: (713) 292-5454
27 |
(ii) if to the Lender, to it at:
SunTrust Bank
3333 Peachtree Road, 3rd Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30326
Attention: David Fournier
Telephone Number: (404) 439-7611
Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).
(b) Electronic Communications. The Lender or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.
Each party hereto understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Lender or its respective Related Parties, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
SECTION 8.02. Waivers; Amendments.
(a) No Deemed Waivers Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay by the Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of the Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
28 |
(b) Amendments to this Agreement. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Lender.
SECTION 8.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Lender, in connection with the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one outside counsel for the Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loan, including all such documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof and (iii) and all documented costs, expenses, taxes, assessments and other charges incurred in connection with any filing, registration, recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated by any Security Document or any other document referred to therein.
(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender, and each Related Party of the Lender (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all reasonable losses, claims, damages, liabilities, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of one outside counsel for all Indemnitees (and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction for all Indemnitees) unless, in the reasonable opinion of an Indemnitee, representation of all Indemnitees by such counsel would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest) in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and laws, statutes, rules or regulations relating to environmental, occupational safety and health or land use matters), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise and related expenses or disbursements of any kind (other than Taxes or Other Taxes which shall only be indemnified by the Borrower to the extent provided in Section 2.08), including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and whether brought by the Borrower or a third party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that indemnification for Taxes is subject to the provisions of Section 2.08.
29 |
The Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnitee for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of the Transactions asserted by an Indemnitee against the Borrower; provided that the foregoing limitation shall not be deemed to impair or affect the obligations of the Borrower under the preceding provisions of this subsection.
(c) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, the Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent caused by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(d) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.
SECTION 8.04. Successors and Assigns.
(a) Assignments Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) the Lender may not assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of the Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
30 |
(b) Assignments by Lender.
(i) Assignments Generally. Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii) below, the Lender may assign to one or more assignees (other than natural persons) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Loan at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to an Affiliate of the Lender, or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee.
(ii) Certain Conditions to Assignments. The parties to each assignment shall execute an Assignment and Assumption in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.
(iii) Effectiveness of Assignments. From and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.07, 2.08 and 8.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 8.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by the Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.
(c) Participations. The Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of the Loan owing to it); provided that (i) the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection with the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which the Lender sells such a participation shall provide that the Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that the Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 8.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (d) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.07 and 2.08 to the same extent as if it were the Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.07 and 2.08, with respect to any participation, than the participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation; provided, further, that no Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.08 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation granted to such Participant and such Participant shall have complied with the requirements of Section 2.08 as if such Participant were a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 8.08 as though it were the Lender. If the Lender sells a participation, the Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that the Lender shall not have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any other information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or is other obligations under any Loan Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosures are necessary to establish that such loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
31 |
(d) Limitations on Rights of Participants. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.07 or 2.08 than the Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.08 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with paragraphs (d) and (e) of Section 2.08 as though it were a Lender and in the case of a Participant claiming exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, the Lender shall provide the Borrower with satisfactory evidence that the participation is in registered form and shall permit the Borrower to review such register as reasonably needed for the Borrower to comply with its obligations under applicable laws and regulations.
(e) Certain Pledges. The Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of the Lender, including any such pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank having jurisdiction over the Lender, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release the Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for the Lender as a party hereto.
SECTION 8.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loan, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on the Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid. The provisions of Sections 2.07, 2.08 and 8.03 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loan or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
32 |
SECTION 8.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.
(a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Lender constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Lender and when the Lender shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopy electronically (e.g. pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
SECTION 8.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 8.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by the Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by the Lender, irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lender agrees to notify the Borrower promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
33 |
SECTION 8.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Waiver of Venue. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement (i) irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.01 and (ii) agrees that service as provided in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.01 is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any proceeding in any court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 8.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
34 |
SECTION 8.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 8.12. Treatment of Certain Information; No Fiduciary Duty; Confidentiality.
(a) Treatment of Certain Information. The Borrower acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be offered or provided to the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries (in connection with this Agreement or otherwise) by the Lender or by one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of the Lender and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to share any information delivered to the Lender by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of the Lender to enter into this Agreement, to any such subsidiary or affiliate, it being understood that any such subsidiary or affiliate receiving such information shall be bound by the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section as if it were the Lender hereunder. Such authorization shall survive the repayment of the Loan or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. The Lender shall use all information delivered to the Lender by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of the Lender to enter into this Agreement, in connection with providing services to the Borrower. The Lender and its Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lender”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their stockholders and/or their affiliates. The Borrower, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) the Lender has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their stockholders or affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their stockholders or their affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) the Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each acknowledge and agree that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each agree that it will not claim that the Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
35 |
(b) Confidentiality. The Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party hereto, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (x) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (y) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Borrower, (viii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Lender or any of its Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or (ix) on a confidential basis to (x) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder or (y) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of Information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such Information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
SECTION 8.13. USA PATRIOT Act. The Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with said Act.
36 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Term Credit Agreement |
SUNTRUST BANK, as Lender | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Term Credit Agreement |
Exhibit (k)(8)
SECURITY AGREEMENT
SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of November 7, 2012 (this “Agreement”), between STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION, a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Borrower”), and SUNTRUST BANK, as lender (the “Lender”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrower and the Lender are entering into a Senior Secured Term Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lender has agreed to make a term loan to the Borrower;
WHEREAS, to induce the Lender to make the term loan to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower wishes to provide collateral security for the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined);
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions, Etc.
1.01. Certain Uniform Commercial Code Terms. As used herein, the terms “Account”, “Chattel Paper”, “Commercial Tort Claims”, “Commodity Account”, “Commodity Contract”, “Deposit Account”, “Document”, “Electronic Chattel Paper”, “General Intangible”, “Goods”, “Instrument”, “Investment Property”, “Letter-of-Credit Right”, “Proceeds”, “Promissory Note”, “Tangible Chattel Paper” and “Supporting Obligations” have the respective meanings set forth in Article 9 of the NYUCC, and the terms “Certificated Security”, “Clearing Corporation”, “Entitlement Holder”, “Financial Asset”, “Indorsement”, “Securities Account”, “Security”, “Security Entitlement” and “Uncertificated Security” have the respective meanings set forth in Article 8 of the NYUCC.
1.02. Additional Definitions. In addition, as used herein:
“Agent Members” means members of, or participants in, a depositary, including the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream.
“Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Borrower” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of corporate stock (however designated) of and any and all other Equity Interests and participations representing ownership interests (including membership interests and limited liability company interests) in, such Person.
“Clearing Corporation Security” means a security that is registered in the name of, or Indorsed to, a Clearing Corporation or its nominee or is in the possession of the Clearing Corporation in bearer form or Indorsed in blank by an appropriate Person.
“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, a corporation organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
“Clearstream Security” means a Security that (a) is a debt or equity security and (b) is capable of being transferred to an Agent Member’s account at Clearstream pursuant to the definition of “Delivery”, whether or not such transfer has occurred.
“Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.
“Control” means “control” as defined in Section 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107 of the NYUCC.
“Credit Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the recitals.
“Custodian” means State Street Bank and Trust Company, as custodian holding Investments on behalf of the Borrower, or any successor in such capacity. The term “Custodian” includes any agent or sub-custodian acting on behalf of the Custodian.
“Deliver”, “Delivered” or “Delivery” (whether to the Lender or otherwise) means, with respect to any Investment or other Collateral, that such Investment or other Collateral is held, registered or covered by a recorded UCC-1 financing statement as described below, in each case in a manner satisfactory to the Lender (it being understood that, until the Lender advises the Borrower that it is not satisfied, the conditions set forth below shall be deemed to have been met):
(a) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Certificated Security (other than a Special Equity Interest, U.S. Government Security, Clearing Corporation Security, Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security), that such Certificated Security is either (i) in the possession of the Lender and registered in the name of the Lender (or its nominee) or Indorsed to the Lender or in blank, or (ii) in the possession of the Custodian and registered in the name of the Custodian (or its nominee) or Indorsed in blank and the Custodian has credited the same to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary and has agreed that such Certificated Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Lender has Control over such Securities Account;
(b) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Instrument, that such Instrument is either (i) in the possession of the Lender, or (ii) in the possession of the Custodian where the Custodian has agreed in documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Lender to hold such Instrument as bailee on behalf of the Lender;
(c) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Uncertificated Security (other than a Special Equity Interest, U.S. Government Security, Clearing Corporation Security, Euroclear Security or Clearstream Security), that such Uncertificated Security is either (i) registered on the books of the issuer thereof to the Lender (or its nominee), or (ii) registered on the books of the issuer thereof to the Custodian (or its nominee) under an arrangement where the Custodian has credited the same to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary and has agreed that such Uncertificated Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Lender has Control over such Securities Account;
2 |
(d) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of each Clearing Corporation Security, that such Clearing Corporation Security is either (i) credited to a Securities Account of the Lender at such Clearing Corporation (and, if such Clearing Corporation Security is a Certificated Security, that the same is in the possession of such Clearing Corporation), or (ii) credited to a Securities Account of the Custodian at such Clearing Corporation (and, if a Certificated Security, so held in the possession of such Clearing Corporation, or of an agent or custodian on its behalf) and the Security Entitlement of the Custodian in such Clearing Corporation Securities Account has been credited by the Custodian to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed that such Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Lender has Control over such Securities Account;
(e) in the case of each Euroclear Security and Clearstream Security, that the actions described in clause (d) above have been taken with respect to such Security as if such Security were a Clearing Corporation Security and Euroclear and Clearstream were Clearing Corporations; provided, that such additional actions shall have been taken as shall be necessary under the law of Belgium (in the case of Euroclear) and Luxembourg (in the case of Clearstream) to accord the Lender rights substantially equivalent to Control over such Security under the NYUCC;
(f) in the case of each U.S. Government Security, that such U.S. Government Security is either (i) credited to a securities account of the Lender at a Federal Reserve Bank, or (ii) credited to a Securities Account of the Custodian at a Federal Reserve Bank and the Security Entitlement of the Custodian in such Federal Reserve Bank Securities Account has been credited by the Custodian to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed that such U.S. Government Security constitutes a Financial Asset and that the Lender has Control over such Securities Account;
(g) subject to clause (m) below, in the case of a Special Equity Interest constituting a Certificated Security, that the holder of the first Lien on such Certificated Security has possession of such Certificated Security in the United States (which has been registered in the name of such holder (or its nominee) or Indorsed to such holder or in blank) and has agreed to deliver the certificates evidencing such Certificated Security directly to the Lender upon the discharge of such Lien and has acknowledged that it holds such certificates for the Lender subject to such Lien (it being understood that, upon receipt of any such Certificated Security, if so requested by the Borrower, the Lender shall deliver the same to the Custodian to be held in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) above) and, in the case of a Special Equity Interest constituting an Uncertificated Security, that the holder of the first Lien on such Uncertificated Security has been registered as the holder thereof on the books of the issuer thereof and acknowledged that it holds such Uncertificated Security for the Lender subject to such Lien;
3 |
(h) in the case of any Tangible Chattel Paper, that the original of such Tangible Chattel Paper is either (i) in the possession of the Lender in the United States or (ii) in the possession of the Custodian in the United States under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed to hold such Tangible Chattel Paper as bailee on behalf of the Lender, and in each case any agreements that constitute or evidence such Tangible Chattel Paper is free of any marks or notations indicating that it is then pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Lender;
(i) in the case of each General Intangible (including any participation in a debt obligation, any Commodity Contract and any Commodity Account) of the Borrower organized in the United States, that such General Intangible falls within the collateral description of a UCC-1 financing statement, naming the Borrower as debtor and the Lender as secured party and filed in the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower; provided that in the case of a participation in a debt obligation where such participation obligation is evidenced by an Instrument, either (i) such Instrument is in the possession of the applicable participating institution in the United States, and such participating institution has agreed that it holds possession of such Instrument for the benefit of the Lender (or for the benefit of the Custodian, and the Custodian has agreed that it holds the interest in such Instrument as bailee on behalf of the Lender) or (ii) such Instrument is in the possession of the applicable participating institution outside of the United States and such participating institution (and, if applicable, the obligor that issued such Instrument) has taken such actions as shall be necessary under the law of the jurisdiction where such Instrument is physically located to accord the Lender rights equivalent to Control over such Instrument under the NYUCC;
(j) in the case of each General Intangible (including any participation in a debt obligation) of the Borrower not organized in the United States, that the Borrower shall have taken such action as shall be necessary to accord the Lender rights substantially equivalent to a perfected first-priority security interest in such General Intangible under the NYUCC;
(k) in the case of any Deposit Account or Securities Account, that the Lender has Control over such Deposit Account or Securities Account, or that such Deposit Account or Securities Account is in the name of the Custodian and the Custodian has credited its rights in respect of such Deposit Account or Securities Account (the “Underlying Accounts”) to a Securities Account for which the Custodian is a Securities Intermediary under an arrangement where the Custodian has agreed that the rights of the Custodian in such Underlying Accounts constitute a Financial Asset and where the Lender has Control over such Securities Account;
(l) in the case of any money (regardless of currency), that such money has been credited to a Deposit Account over which the Lender has Control as described in clause (k) above;
(m) in the case of any Certificated Security, Uncertificated Security, Instrument or Special Equity Interest issued by a Person organized outside of the United States, that such additional actions shall have been taken as shall be necessary under applicable law to accord the Lender rights substantially equivalent to those accorded to a secured party under the NYUCC that has possession or control of such Certificated Security, Uncertificated Security, Instrument or Special Equity Interest; and
4 |
(n) in the case of each Investment not of a type covered by the foregoing clauses (a) through (m) that such Investment has been transferred to the Lender in accordance with applicable law and regulation.
“Depositary” means The Depositary Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.
“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A., as operator of the Euroclear system.
“Euroclear Security” means a Security that (a) is a debt or equity Security and (b) is capable of being transferred to an Agent Member’s account at Euroclear, whether or not such transfer has occurred.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any (a) direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or its territories or possessions and that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, (b) direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower which is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Code or (c) direct or indirect Subsidiary that is disregarded as an entity that is separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes and substantially all of its assets consist of the Capital Stock of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries.
“Indorsed” means, with respect to any Certificated Security, that such Certificated Security has been assigned or transferred to the applicable transferee pursuant to an effective Indorsement.
“Lender” has the meaning given to such term in the preamble.
“NYUCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
“Secured Obligations” means, collectively, all obligations of the Borrower to the Lender under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including in each case in respect of the principal of and interest on the loans made thereunder, and all fees, indemnification payments and other amounts whatsoever, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter from time to time owing to the Lender under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and including all interest and expenses accrued or incurred subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with respect to the Borrower, whether or not such interest or expenses are allowed as a claim in such proceeding.
“Security Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed with respect to the security interests in the Collateral created pursuant hereto and all other assignments, pledge agreements, security agreements, control agreements, custodial agreements and other instruments executed and delivered on or after the date hereof by the Borrower pursuant hereto or otherwise providing or relating to any collateral security for any of the Secured Obligations.
5 |
“Shares” means shares of capital stock of a corporation, limited liability company interests, partnership interests and other ownership or equity interests of any class in any Person.
“Special Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest that is subject to a Lien in favor of creditors of the issuer of such Equity Interest provided that (a) such Lien was created to secure Indebtedness owing by such issuer to such creditors, (b) such Indebtedness was (i) in existence at the time the Borrower acquired such Equity Interest, (ii) incurred or assumed by such issuer substantially contemporaneously with such acquisition or (iii) already subject to a Lien granted to such creditors and (c) unless such Equity Interest is not intended to be included in the Collateral, the documentation creating or governing such Lien does not prohibit the inclusion of such Equity Interest in the Collateral.
“U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of, and obligations the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and in the form of conventional bills, bonds, and notes.
1.03. Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.
1.04. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or therein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits and Annexes to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
Section 2. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:
2.01. Organization. The Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.
6 |
2.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the granting of the Liens contemplated hereunder, are within the Borrower’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, including by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the granting of the Liens contemplated hereunder, (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been or will be obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant hereto, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default in any material respect under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant hereto, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower.
2.04. Title. The Borrower is the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral in which a security interest is granted by the Borrower hereunder and no Lien exists upon such Collateral other than (a) the security interest created or provided for herein, which security interest constitutes a valid first and prior perfected Lien on the Collateral (except that any such security interest in a Special Equity Interest may be subject to a Lien in favor of a creditor of the issuer of such Special Equity Interest as contemplated by the definition of such term in the Credit Agreement) and (b) other Liens not prohibited by the provisions of the Credit Agreement.
2.05. Names, Etc. The full and correct legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, organizational ID number (if applicable) and mailing address of the Borrower as of the date hereof are correctly set forth in Annex 1.
2.06. Changes in Circumstances. The Borrower has not (a) within the period of four months prior to the date hereof, changed its location (as defined in Section 9-307 of the NYUCC), (b) as of the date hereof, changed its name or (c) as of the date hereof, become a “new debtor” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(56) of the NYUCC) with respect to a currently effective security agreement previously entered into by any other Person and binding upon the Borrower, in each case except as notified in writing to the Lender prior to the date hereof.
2.07. Promissory Notes. Annex 2 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Promissory Notes (other than any previously delivered to the Custodian or held in a Securities Account referred to in Annex 3) held by the Borrower on the date hereof and having an aggregate unpaid principal amount in excess of $1,000,000.
7 |
2.08. Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. Annex 3 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts of the Borrower on the date hereof, except for any Deposit Account specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments.
Section 3. Collateral. As collateral security for the payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of its Secured Obligations, the Borrower hereby pledges and grants to the Lender as hereinafter provided a security interest in all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following property, in each case whether tangible or intangible, wherever located, and whether now owned by the Borrower or hereafter acquired and whether now existing or hereafter coming into existence (all of the property described in this Section 3 being collectively referred to herein as “Collateral”):
(a) all Accounts;
(b) all Chattel Paper;
(c) all Commercial Tort Claims;
(d) all Deposit Accounts;
(e) all Documents;
(f) all General Intangibles;
(g) all Goods;
(h) all Instruments;
(i) all Investment Property;
(j) all Letter-of-Credit Rights and Letters of Credit;
(k) all Supporting Obligations;
(l) all books, records, writings, databases, information and other property relating to, used or useful in connection with, evidencing, embodying, incorporating or referring to, any of the foregoing in this Section;
(m) all Proceeds and products of the foregoing and, to the extent not otherwise included, (i) all payments under insurance (whether or not the Lender is the loss payee thereof) and (ii) all tort claims; and
(n) all other property and rights of every kind and description and interests therein.
8 |
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (A) in no event shall the security interest granted under this Section 3 attach to (i) any contract, property rights, obligation, instrument or agreement to which the Borrower is a party (or to any of its rights or interests thereunder) if the grant of such security interest would constitute or result in either (x) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the Borrower therein or (y) in a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, any such contract, property rights, obligation, instrument or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective by Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction) or (ii) Equity Interests in directly-held Foreign Subsidiaries in excess of 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of each such Foreign Subsidiary or any Equity Interests in indirectly-held Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case, except to the extent that, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower, such a security interest would not reasonably be expected to result in a materially adverse tax consequence to the Borrower; and (B) the Borrower, may by notice to the Lender, exclude from the grant of a security interest provided above in this Section 3, any Special Equity Interests designated by the Borrower in reasonable detail to the Lender in such notice (it being understood that the Borrower may at any later time rescind any such designation by similar notice to the Lender). For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral shall include the Purchased Assets (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement) and all of the Borrower’s rights in and with respect to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Escrow Agreement and all amounts deposited in the Escrow Account as provided under Section 2.5 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement. In the event that the Sellers (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement) are required to repurchase the Purchased Assets (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Lender’s Lien on the Purchased Assets shall automatically be released upon the Lender’s receipt of funds held in the Escrow Account in an amount equal to the Cash Consideration (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement) portion of the Repurchase Price (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement).
Section 4. Covenants of the Borrower. In furtherance of the grant of the security interest pursuant to Section 3, the Borrower hereby agrees with the Lender as follows:
4.01. Delivery and Other Perfection. (a) Within two days after the acquisition by the Borrower of any Investment constituting part of the Collateral as to which physical possession by the Lender or the Custodian is required in order for such Investment to have been “Delivered”, the Borrower shall take such actions as shall be necessary to effect Delivery of such Investment. As to all other Investments constituting part of the Collateral, the Borrower shall cause the same to be Delivered (to the extent not already Delivered) within five Business Days of the acquisition thereof. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall promptly from time to time give, execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain all such financing statements, continuation statements, notices, instruments, documents, account control agreements or any other agreements or consents or other papers as may be necessary in the judgment of the Lender to create, preserve, perfect, maintain the perfection of or validate the security interest granted pursuant hereto or to enable the Lender to exercise and enforce its rights hereunder with respect to such security interest, and without limiting the foregoing, shall:
(i) keep full and accurate books and records relating to the Collateral in all material respects, and stamp or otherwise mark such books and records in such manner as the Lender may reasonably require in order to reflect the security interests granted by this Agreement; and
9 |
(ii) permit representatives of the Lender, upon reasonable notice, at any time during normal business hours to inspect and make abstracts from its books and records pertaining to the Collateral, and permit representatives of the Lender to be present at the Borrower’s place of business to receive copies of communications and remittances relating to the Collateral, and forward copies of any notices or communications received by the Borrower with respect to the Collateral, all in such manner as the Lender may reasonably require; provided that each the Borrower shall be entitled to have its representatives and advisors present during any inspection of its books and records at the Borrower’s place of business.
(b) Once any Investment has been Delivered, the Borrower shall not take or permit any action that would result in such Investment no longer being Delivered hereunder and shall promptly from time to time give, execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain all such financing statements, continuation statements, notices, instruments, documents, account control agreements or any other agreements or consents or other papers as may be necessary or desirable in the judgment of the Lender to continue the Delivered status of any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not terminate any arrangement with the Custodian unless and until a successor Custodian reasonably satisfactory to the Lender has been appointed and has executed all documentation necessary to continue the Delivered status of the Collateral, which documentation shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
4.02. Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, Etc. The Borrower agrees that (a) without providing prior written notice to the Lender, the Borrower will not change its name, its place of business or, if more than one, chief executive office, or its mailing address or organizational identification number if it has one, (b) if the Borrower does not have an organizational identification number and later obtains one, the Borrower will forthwith notify the Lender of such organizational identification number, and (c) the Borrower will not change its type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure.
4.03. Other Financing Statements or Control. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall not (a) file or suffer to be on file, or authorize or permit to be filed or to be on file, in any jurisdiction, any financing statement or like instrument with respect to any of the Collateral in which the Lender is not named as the sole secured party other than any financing statement or like instrument in respect of a Lien not prohibited by the provisions of the Credit Agreement, or (b) cause or permit any Person other than the Lender to have Control of any Deposit Account, Electronic Chattel Paper, Investment Property or Letter-of-Credit Right constituting part of the Collateral.
4.04 Control Agreements. The Borrower shall not open any account with any bank, securities intermediary or commodities intermediary (other than (i) any payroll account so long as such payroll account is a zero balance account, (ii) withholding tax and fiduciary accounts, and (iii) any account in which the aggregate value of deposits therein, together with all other such accounts under this clause (iii), does not at any time exceed $100,000) unless the Borrower has notified the Lender of such new account and the Lender has Control over such account pursuant to a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.
Section 5. Remedies; Distribution of Collateral.
5.01. Events of Default, Etc. During the period during which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:
10 |
(a) the Borrower shall, at the request of the Lender, assemble the Collateral owned by it at such place or places, reasonably convenient to both the Lender and the Borrower, designated in the Lender’s request;
(b) the Lender may make any reasonable compromise or settlement deemed desirable with respect to any of the Collateral and may extend the time of payment, arrange for payment in installments, or otherwise modify the terms of, any of the Collateral;
(c) the Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code (whether or not the Uniform Commercial Code is in effect in the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are asserted) and such additional rights and remedies to which a secured party is entitled under the laws in effect in any jurisdiction where any rights and remedies hereunder may be asserted, including the right, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to exercise all voting, consensual and other powers of ownership pertaining to the Collateral as if the Lender were the sole and absolute owner thereof (and the Borrower agrees to take all such action as may be appropriate to give effect to such right);
(d) the Lender in its discretion may, in its name or in the name of the Borrower or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so; and
(e) the Lender may, upon ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrower of the time and place (or, if such sale is to take place on the NYSE or any other established exchange or market, prior to the time of such sale or other disposition), with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof which shall then be or shall thereafter come into the possession, custody or control of the Lender or any of its agents, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such Collateral, at such place or places as the Lender deems best, and for cash or for credit or for future delivery (without thereby assuming any credit risk), at public or private sale, without demand of performance or notice of intention to effect any such disposition or of the time or place thereof (except such notice as is required above or by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and the Lender or anyone else may be the purchaser, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral so disposed of at any public sale (or, to the extent permitted by law, at any private sale) and thereafter, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hold the same absolutely, free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind, including any right or equity of redemption (statutory or otherwise), of the Borrower, any such demand, notice and right or equity being hereby expressly waived and released, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
The Lender may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the sale, and such sale may be made at any time or place to which the sale may be so adjourned.
The proceeds of each collection, sale or other disposition under this Section shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.04.
11 |
The Borrower recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws, the Lender may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. The Borrower acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Lender than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agree that to the extent any such private sale is conducted by the Lender in a commercially reasonable manner, the Lender shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the Borrower, or the issuer thereof, to register it for public sale.
5.02. Deficiency. If the proceeds of sale, collection or other realization of or upon the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.01 are insufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such realization and the payment in full of the Secured Obligations, the Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency.
5.03. Private Sale. The Lender shall incur no liability as a result of the sale of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at any private sale pursuant to Section 5.01 conducted in a commercially reasonable manner. The Borrower hereby waives any claims against the Lender arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale or was less than the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations, even if the Lender accepts the first offer received and does not offer the Collateral to more than one offeree, so long as such private sale was conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.
5.04. Application of Proceeds. Except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Collateral of the Borrower pursuant hereto, and any other cash of the Borrower at the time held by the Lender under this Agreement, shall be applied by the Lender as follows:
First, to the payment of the costs and expenses of such collection, sale or other realization, including reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Lender and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel, and all expenses incurred and advances made by the Lender in connection therewith;
Second, to the payment of any reasonable fees, costs and expenses then owing by the Borrower to the Lender under the Loan Documents;
Third, to the payment of the Secured Obligations of the Borrower then due and payable to the Lender; and
Fourth, after application as provided in clauses “First” “Second” and “Third” above, to the payment to the Borrower, or its successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any surplus then remaining.
12 |
5.05. Attorney-in-Fact. Without limiting any rights or powers granted by this Agreement to the Lender while no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender is hereby appointed the attorney-in-fact of the Borrower for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Section 5 and taking any action and executing any instruments which the Lender may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment as attorney-in-fact is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Lender shall be entitled under this Section 5 to make collections in respect of the Collateral, the Lender shall have the right and power to receive, endorse and collect all checks made payable to the order of the Borrower representing any dividend, payment or other distribution in respect of the Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same.
Section 6. Miscellaneous.
6.01. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other demands hereunder and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing, (a) to any party hereto, delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy to the intended recipient at the “Address for Notices” specified below its name on the signature pages hereof or (b) as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.
6.02. No Deemed Waivers; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay by the Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 5.01, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.
6.03. Amendments; Waivers. Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided in any Security Document, the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents may be waived, altered or amended only by an instrument in writing duly executed by the Borrower and the Lender.
6.04. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the Lender and its Affiliates for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by them (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of legal counsel) in connection with (i) any Default and any enforcement or collection proceeding resulting therefrom, including all manner of participation in or other involvement with (w) performance by the Lender of any obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Collateral that the Borrower has failed or refused to perform in the time period required under this Agreement, (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, foreclosure, winding up or liquidation proceedings of the Borrower, or any actual or attempted sale, or any exchange, enforcement, collection, compromise or settlement in respect of any of the Collateral, and for the care of the Collateral and defending or asserting rights and claims of the Lender in respect thereof, by litigation or otherwise, including expenses of insurance, (y) judicial or regulatory proceedings arising from or related to this Agreement and (z) workout, restructuring or other negotiations or proceedings (whether or not the workout, restructuring or transaction contemplated thereby is consummated) and (ii) the enforcement of this Section, and all such costs and expenses shall be Secured Obligations entitled to the benefits of the collateral security provided pursuant to Section 3.
13 |
(b) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify each Indemnitee against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or (ii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee.
The Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnitee for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with, this Agreement asserted by an Indemnitee against the Borrower; provided that the foregoing limitation shall not be deemed to impair or affect the obligations of the Borrower under the preceding provisions of this subsection.
6.05. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Borrower and the Lender (provided that the Borrower shall not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender).
6.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.
(a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Lender constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Lender and when the Lender shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopy or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
14 |
(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution”, “signed”, “signature” shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
6.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
6.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction.
(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Waiver of Venue. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement (i) irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01 and (ii) agrees that service as provided in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01 is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any proceeding in any court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
15 |
6.09. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
6.10. Headings. Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
16 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written,
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address for Notices | ||
Stellus Capital Investment Corporation | ||
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500 | ||
Houston, Texas 77024 | ||
Attention: W. Todd Huskinson | ||
Telecopy Number: (713) 292-5414 | ||
Telephone: (713) 292-5454 |
[Signature Page - Security Agreement]
SUNTRUST BANK, | ||
as Lender | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address for Notices | ||
SunTrust Bank | ||
303 Peachtree Street, N. E. | ||
Atlanta, Georgia 30308 | ||
Attention: Doug Kennedy | ||
Telecopy Number: (404) 739-7390 | ||
with a copy to: | ||
SunTrust Bank | ||
Agency Services | ||
303 Peachtree Street, N. E., 25th Floor | ||
Atlanta, Georgia 30308 | ||
Attention: Wanda Gregory | ||
Telecopy Number: (404) 658-4906 |
[Signature Page - Security Agreement]
ANNEX I
FILING DETAILS
1. Legal name:
Type of organization:
Jurisdiction of organization:
Organizational Identification Number:
Tax Identification Number:
Mailing Address:
2. Legal name:
Type of organization:
Jurisdiction of organization:
Organizational Identification Number:
Tax Identification Number:
Mailing Address:
ANNEX 2
PROMISSORY NOTES
ANNEX 3
LIST OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS, SECURITIES ACCOUNTS
AND COMMODITY ACCOUNTS
Deposit Accounts | ||||
Securities Accounts | ||||
Securities Intermediary | Name of Account | Account Number | ||
Commodity Accounts |
Exhibit (k)(9)
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
10000 Memorial Drive, Suite 500
Houston, TX 77024
November 2, 2012
D. E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C.
DC Funding SPV, L.L.C.
1166 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attn: General Counsel
Re: Certain Understandings Regarding Purchase Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter (this “Letter Agreement”) is being entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement dated as of October 22, 2012 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among D. E. Shaw Direct Capital Portfolios, L.L.C., DC Funding SPV, L.L.C. (collectively, the “Sellers”), and Stellus Capital Investment Corporation (“Buyer”) in order to amend the Purchase Agreement in the manner contemplated hereby. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
For the consideration set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned parties to this Letter Agreement hereby agree as follows:
A. | Amendment to Section 2.5 |
1. Section 2.5(a)(i) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
“(i) price on or prior to 3:00 p.m. (Eastern Standard Time) on November 8, 2012, or”
B. | Effect on Purchase Agreement; Counterparts |
Except as specifically set forth in this Letter Agreement, the Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Upon execution hereof, the terms of this Letter Agreement shall be incorporated into, and comprise a part of, the Purchase Agreement and shall be construed consistently therewith. This Letter Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Letter Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Letter Agreement have caused this Letter Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.
STELLUS CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By: _________________________________
Name:
Title:
D. E. SHAW DIRECT CAPITAL PORTFOLIOS, L.L.C.
By: _________________________________
Name:
Title:
DC FUNDING SPV, L.L.C.
By: _________________________________
Name:
Title:
Exhibit (n)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have issued our report dated October 23, 2012, with respect to the financial statements of Stellus Capital Investment Corporation contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Houston, Texas
November 7, 2012